# mir-titles

creator: Dostoyevsky
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: dostoyevsky-the-insulted-and-humiliated-flph
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-01-30T05:43:48Z,2026-02-04T21:39:55Z
publicdate: 2023-01-30T05:43:48Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,classics,russian literature
title: The Insulted And Humiliated (Classics of Russian Literature)
year: 1950
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-ahelmtexas,fav-aldenjix,fav-d_juazeiro,fav-deepa_chand,fav-floura28zz,fav-glenda_tan,fav-haight1968,fav-helena_dzwar,fav-loke_sh,fav-silahdar,fav-user77106,fav-zulfiqar_ali254

description:
In this novel we see a young man madly in love with a girl from a moderately poor family. This girl falls in love with a very aristocratic prince-- a man without principles, but charming in his childish egotism-- extremely attractive by his sincerity, and with a full capacity for quite unconsciously committing the worst crimes toward those with whom life brings him into contact. The psychology of both the girl and the young aristocrat is very good, but where Dostoyevsky appears at his best is in representing how the other young man, rejected by the girl, devotes the whole existence to being her humble servant and again his own will become instrumental in throwing her into the hands of the aristocrat. Edited by Olga Shartse Dostoyevsky ’s portrait by Vallotton Félix Designed by F. Konstantinov

stripped_tags:
div class="celwidget" style="margin-bottom:10px;",div class="a-expander-collapsed-height a-row a-expander-container a-spacing-base a-expander-partial-collapse-container" style="width:759px;max-height:140px;margin-bottom:12px;",div class="a-expander-content a-expander-partial-collapse-content",font color="#0f1111" face="Amazon Ember, Arial, sans-serif",span style="font-size:14px;",font,div style="color:rgb(15,17,17);font-family:'Amazon Ember', Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


btih: f7bde0f0f0975d9c29c6551afb75854b1537984f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-jsanc484,fav-vncomrade,fav-yoshiyamadeep
creator: Vasil Nibak
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vasil-nibak-chernobly-novosti-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-10-01T14:47:42Z,2026-02-06T04:15:54Z
publicdate: 2024-10-01T14:47:42Z
publisher: Novosti Press Agency
title: Chernobyl: Truth and Inventions
year: 1987
description:
 This illustrated booklet describes the tragic events of April 26, 1986 when the world's worst ever nuclear power station accident at Chernobyl, Kiev Region, Ukraine made tens of thousands of people leave their homes in fear of the invisible yet deadly enemy. Using witness accounts and a wealth of factual material, the author vividly recreates the atmosphere of the first days after the breakdown with their anxiety and selfless heroism, and of the recovery operations which have no precedent in history. Translated by Valentin Merkelov Credits to the original uploaders. This is a cleaned scan.

subject:
soviet literature,Chernobyl nuclear accident,nuclear aftermath,radiation poisoning,nuclear power,nuclear safety


creator: V. N. Faddeeva
date: 1959-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: faddeeva-computational-methods-of-linear-algebra
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-03-02T07:52:23Z,2026-02-04T21:49:28Z
publicdate: 2022-03-02T07:52:23Z
subject: linear algebra,matrices,mathematical,Jordan canonical form,proper vectors,calculations,computations
title: Computational Methods Of Linear Algebra
year: 1959
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_tomioka,fav-carlosbares,fav-carson_main,fav-dstev1,fav-floura28zz,fav-gherling,fav-hansblumenberg,fav-irohamca,fav-jason_munoz810,fav-ked2015,fav-l0hh983,fav-max522,fav-navix,fav-nikemaul,fav-oliveira_murilo_gomes_de,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-pramod_surya_makkena,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-sarajanesmith,fav-vignam,fav-whitejack

description:
COMPUTATIONAL METHODS OF LINEAR ALGEBRA V. N. Faddeeva English-speaking physicists, mathematicians, and engineers will welcome this first English translation of a unique and valuable Russian work. Translated especially for this edition by Curtis D. Benster, it is a basic work in English that presents a systematic exposition of computational methods of linear algebra— the classical ones, as well as those developed quite recently in Russia and elsewhere, by A. N. Krylov, A. M. Danilevsky, D. K. Faddeev, and others. This unusual computer’s guide shows in detail how to derive numerical solutions of problems in mathematical physics which are frequently connected with the numerical solution of basic problems of linear algebra. Theory as well as individual practices are given. The book is divided into three long chapters, with numerous sub-chapters. The first chapter provides the basic material from linear algebra (matrices, linear transformations, the Jordan canonical form, etc.) that is indispensable to what follows. The second chapter describes methods of numerical solution of systems of linear equations. The third chapter provides methods of computing the proper numbers and proper vectors of a matrix. One of the outstanding and valuable features of this work is the care which has been taken in the preparation of the twenty-three tables which accompany chapters 11 and III. These tables have been specially rcchecked and corrected by the translator, and carefully set (with uniform double-spacing) so as to allow the user to follow the computations throughout with case.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-nikemaul
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ferryboat-across-the-kirenga-progress-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-03-01T05:28:36Z,2026-02-04T21:52:42Z
publicdate: 2024-03-01T05:28:36Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: russian literature,soviet literature,short stories,russian fiction
title: Ferryboat Across The Kirenga
year: 1980
description:
A collection of short stories by Soviet Russian authors. Introduction by Georgi Markov 9 YURI ANTROPOV. Winter is Coming.  Translated by Nina Belenkaya 11  VALERY POVOLYAEV. Oil on Fire.  Translated by Edithe Haber 113  BORIS MASHUK. A Hard Night on the Railroad.  Translated by Edithe Haber 185  VLADIMIR MIRNEV. First Time in Moscow.  Translated by Ann Lowendale 247  VYACHESLAV SHUGAEV. Ferryboat Across the Kirenga.  Translated by Ann Lowendale 425  Translated from the Russian   Designed by Grigori Dauman


btih: a26f13b9394e99a508f1eecf448221e8a4a6718c
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: লিদিয়া ক্রাস্নগোবস্কায়া (Lidiya Krasnogorskaya )
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: education-of-a-pre-school-child-shishu-palan-lidiya-krasnogorskaya-re
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T10:26:29Z,2025-12-05T10:37:32Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T10:26:29Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet education,learning
title: শিশুপালন (Education of a pre School Child in Bengali)
year: 1960
description:
A book about Soviet perspective on education of pre-school child, Translated to Bengali. অনুবাদ: ননী ভৌমিক All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-artursz,fav-floura28zz,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul
creator: Fedynskii ( Ed.)
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fedynskii-ed.-the-earth-in-the-universe-ntt-ipst-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-11-17T09:54:15Z,2026-02-04T21:52:25Z
publicdate: 2023-11-17T09:54:15Z
publisher: NASA Technical Translations,Israel Program for Scientific Translations
title: The Earth In The Universe
year: 1968
description:
The space age was initiated on 4 October 1957, when the first Soviet artificial satellite was launched. Then, between 1961 and 1963, Gagarin, Titov, Nikolaev, Popovich, Bykovskii, and Tereshkova made their heroic entering into space. As a consequence, the science of the Earth is now going into a new phase of reappraisal and vigorous development. The Earth viewed from interplanetary space, the application of the advances in physics and modern technology to the study of the Earth's deep interior and the remote fringes of the terrestrial atmosphere, the incorporation o f new disciplines into the science of our planet —all these call for a fresh approach to many seemingly familiar phenomena. This book presents a series of articles, covering a broad range of subjects, by a group of Soviet scientists writing on some of the problems of modern science, such as the structure of matter, the nature of physical fields, the formation and evolution of the Earth and the universe, solar activity and the Earth, and the interaction between the Earth's biosphere and physical fields. Some facts fr om the history of science which are related to the "cosmization" of natural science (the emergence of science into the reaches of outer space) are also presented. Many of the ideas expressed in the articles of this collection draw upon the works of great Russian scientist s of the past, such as K.E. Tsiolkovskii and V.I. Vernadskii, whose topical interest has been revived with the onset of the space age. ... It is hoped that the body of ideas presented in this collection will impel the reader to seek further knowledge on the topical issues of natural science bearing on the relationship between the Earth and the boundless universe around it. Geographical Series Geograficheskaya seriya THE EARTH IN THE UNIVERSE (Zemlya vo vselennoi) Edited by V. V. Fedynskii Editorial Board: I.Ya. Ballakh, A. L. Chizhevskii, V. V. Piotrovskii, and N. I. Taranov Izdatel'stvo Sotsial'no-ekonomicheskoi Literatury "MYSL"' Moskva 1964 Translated from Russian Israel Program for Scientific Translations Jerusalem 1968 Translated and Edited by IPST Staff Table of Contents INTRODUCTION E.T. Faddeev SOME CHARACTERISTIC ASPECTS OF MODERN SCIENCE PART ONE MATTER AND PHYSICAL FIELDS D. D. Ivanenko  THE STRUCTURE OF MATTER AND ATTEMPTS TO CREATE A UNIFIED THEORY OF MATTER Yu.S. Vladimirov  NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN THE STUDY OF GRAVITATION PART TWO STRUCTURE AND EVOLUTION OF THE UNIVERSE V.A. Ambartsumyan  GALAXIES AND GALACTIC EVOLUTION B.A. Vorontsov-Vel'yaminov  FACTS AND PUZZLES CONCERNING THE STRUCTURE OF GALAXIES V.S. Brezhnev NEW IDEAS IN COSMOLOGY AND ASTROPHYSICS I.Ya. Ballakh THE ROLE OF EXPLOSIVE PHENOMENA IN COSMOGONIC PROCESSES S.S. Gamburg SOME REGULARITIES SHOWING SIMILARITY OF THE SOLAR AND PLANETARY SYSTEMS S.B. Pikel'ner THE EVOLUTION AND DYNAMICS OF THE SUN V. V. Fedynskii SOME PROBLEMS INVOLVING BOTH THE EARTH SCIENCES AND SPACE SCIENCES PART THREE STRUCTURE AND EVOLUTION OF THE EARTH B.L. Lichkov SYMMETRY FEATURES OF THE EARTH ASSOCIATED WITH THE GRAVITATIONAL FIELD, STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY, AND HYDROGEOLOGY T.D. Reznichenko and S.D. Reznichenko SOME REGULARITIES IN THE EVOLUTION OF THE EARTH P.S. Veitsmart DEEP SEISMIC SOUNDING AND STUDIES O F THE STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH'S CRUST IN THE USSR V.A. Tsaregradskii REGULAR LONG-PERIOD VARIATIONS IN THE VELOCITY O F THE EARTH'S ROTATION AND RELATED DEFORMATIONS OF THE EARTH'S CRUST G.F. Lungersgauzen PERIODIC CLIMATIC VARIATIONS IN THE EARTH’S GEOLOGICAL PAST* V. V.  Piotrovskii APPLICATION OF MORPHOMETRY TO STUDIESOF THE EARTH'S RELIEF AND STRUCTURE G.G. Khizanashvili FORMATION OF SUBMARINE VALLEYS IN THE LIGHT OF THE DYNAMICS OF THE EARTH’S AXIS S.Yu. Brodskaya PALEOMAGNETIC RESEARCH IN THE USSR V.B. Neiman A COMPARATIVE DESCRIPTION OF HYPSOGRAPHIC DATA OF SOME PLANETS PART FOUR SOLAR ACTIVITY AND THE EARTH V.V. Arsent'ev GIANT SOLAR FLARES IN 1961 S.I. Isaev ON THE EXISTENCE OF A REGION OF ENHANCED AURORAL ACTIVITY TO THE SOUTH OF THE ZONE OF MAXIMUM AURORAL FREQUENCY A. L. Chizhevskii ONE ASPECT OF THE SPECIFIC BIO ACTIVE OR Z-RADIATION OF THE SUN A. L. Chizhevskii PHYSICOCHEMICAL REACTIONS AS INDICATORS OF COSMIC PHENOMENA N.A. Shut'ls EFFECT OF VARIATIONS IN SOLAR ACTIVITY ON THE NUMBER OF WHITE BLOOD CELLS N.S. Sheherbinovskii THE RHYTHMS OF PROLIFIC BREEDING OF ORGANISMS DETERMINED BY CYCLIC SOLAR ACTIVITY PART FIVE BIOSPHERE OF THE EARTH AND PHYSICAL FIELDS M. S. Eigenson ABUNDANCE OF ORGANIC MATTER IN THE UNIVERSE A.L. Chizhevskii ATMOSPHERIC ELECTRICITY AND LIFE B.D. Vasil’ev ATMOSPHERIC AIR, LIFE, AND THE BLOOD A.A. Peredel'skii PENETRATING RADIATIONS AND RADIOECOLOGY A. V. Krylov MAGNETOTROPISM IN PLANTS PART SIX HISTORY OF SCIENCE A.L. Chizhevskii K.E. TSIOLKOVSKII'S WORLD PRIORITY

subject:
cosmology,soviet science,astronomy,galaxies,earth,solar system,space radiation,biosphere,physical fields,evolution of universe,sun,solar activity,geology,history of earth,formation of earth,structure of earth


creator: N. Beskin
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-beskin-fracciones-maravillosas-lecciones-populares-de-matematicas_202309
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-18T07:42:36Z,2026-02-05T20:41:03Z
publicdate: 2023-09-18T07:42:36Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
subject: Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas
title: Fracciones Maravillosas ( Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas)
year: 1987
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-adriano_sousa_rodrigues,fav-fredorm2017,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-joaopedro584,fav-k-oliveira,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-manrey,fav-mipenehueleacaca,fav-nikemaul,fav-noearchive,fav-pb_ess,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-tecolote2023

description:
Este libro está destinado a escolares quienes se interesan por las matemáticas. Está dedicado a uno de los apartados más cautivadores de la aritmética, la aproximación de los números reales mediante los racionales. La teoría de las fracciones continuas es bastante amplia. En el presente libro se exponen únicamente los datos fundamentales. Sin embargo, en el mismo está presente todo lo que debe conocer cada uno quien se interesa por las matemáticas. Los especialistas deben conocer mucho más.   Contenido:     Capítulo I. Dos enigmas históricos   Capítulo II. Formación de fracciones contínuas   Capítulo III. Fracciones congruentes   Capítulo IV. Fracciones continuas infinitas   Capítulo V. Aproximación de los números reales   Capítulo VI. Adivinanzas Traducido del ruso por A. Neémi Créditos al cargador original.

stripped_tags:
table width="1391" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" style="border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0px;max-width:100%;color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",colgroup,col width="1391" /,tbody,td class="xl64" width="1391" height="204" style="padding:0px;height:153pt;width:1043pt;"


btih: e64398a09f55a0ac0972cda8fc0ef68c213ff4e9
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-amit_phone,fav-avi_khobragade,fav-bhaj_govindam
creator: फ्लोरेंती रबीजा (Florenti Rabiza)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: florenti-rabiza-space-adventures-in-your-home-in-hindi-mir-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-10-02T11:28:30Z,2026-04-27T12:42:42Z
publicdate: 2024-10-02T11:28:30Z
publisher: Mir Publishers,मीर प्रकाशन
title: घर में अंतरिक्ष (Space Adventures In Your Home In Hindi)
year: 1987
description:
यह किताब केवल पढ़ने के लिए नहीं है, बल्कि इसे एक बनाने और सोचने की किताब के रूप में पढ़ा जाना चाहिए। आप सरल मॉडल और उपकरण बनाएंगे ताकि अद्भुत "अंतरिक्ष" प्रयोग कर सकें। "कौन जानता है, शायद ये साधारण प्रोजेक्ट आपको अंततः एक अंतरिक्ष यान की सीढ़ी तक ले जाएं।" "शुभकामनाएँ, प्रिय मित्रों, और आपकी यात्रा मंगलमय हो!" अनुवादक देवेंद्र वर्मा सभी श्रेय गुप्तजी को

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,rockets,hands-on science,children's science,experiments at home,fun science,space science,सोवियत साहित्य,लोकप्रिय विज्ञान,रॉकेट,हैंड्स-ऑन साइंस,बच्चों का विज्ञान,घर पर प्रयोग,मजेदार विज्ञान,अंतरिक्ष विज्ञान


creator: A. S. Davydov
date: 1965-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: davydov-quantum-mechanics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-02-08T17:03:48Z,2026-02-04T19:58:27Z
publicdate: 2022-02-08T17:03:48Z
title: Quantum Mechanics
year: 1965
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-0papai,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-acpwong,fav-aliedi,fav-amarrama,fav-antoniopedretti,fav-archiveuser096,fav-bob_sacamento,fav-carson_main,fav-cesar_rodriguez875,fav-daniisnotmyname,fav-darat51,fav-elias_abobo,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-eri29,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-fredorm2017,fav-gdr73,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-hello_world201,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-jaskoetemovic,fav-jetmorgann,fav-kingdavid425,fav-michelle_acevedo_callejas412,fav-mihaela_burduh,fav-mouloud_meddi,fav-nezih_dural,fav-nichole_johnson274,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rafaeltm,fav-renan481,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-roberto_stander,fav-rollieblackwater8899,fav-ruffratseatcats,fav-snat516,fav-theneonew,fav-thomas_krapp,fav-tymich_12,fav-williams_shalom,fav-yanis_rotge,fav-zayd567

description:
The present book is an extended exposition of a course of lectures in quantum mechanics given by the author over several years to students of the Physics Depart­ ment of Moscow University. This course is given after the sections on atomic and nuclear physics of the general course in physics. In those sections of the course a historical outline of the development of contemporary ideas about the structure of atoms and of atomic nuclei is given, as well as the experimental data on which quan­ tum mechanics is based. The present book therefore does not touch at all upon the historical development of quantum theory. The main emphasis in the present book is upon the physical ideas and the mathe­ matical formalism of the quantum theory of the non-relativistic and quasi-relativistic (up to terms of order v2lc2) motion of a single particle in an external field. In parti­ cular, we show the inapplicability of the concept of an essentially relativistic motion of a single particle. We put great emphasis upon representation theory, the theory of canonical transformations, scattering theory, and quantum transitions. A relatively detailed exposition is given of the theory of systems consisting of identical bosons or fermions. We also devote several sections to the theory of molecules, the theory of chemical binding, and solid state theory. An important role is played in this book by the theory of second quantisation as a method to study systems consisting of a large number of identical particles. In parti­ cular, we give the basic ideas of the theories of superconductivity and of superfluidity. The basic ideas are given of the methods for quantising the meson field, the electro­ magnetic field (without charges) and the electron-positron field, neglecting diver­ gencies and renormalisation, as these topics are dealt with in special books which are studied after quantum mechanics. The present book can be used as an introduction to a study of quantum elctro- dynamics, nuclear theory, or solid state theory. To read it, it is necessary to be fami­ liar with the usual contents of university courses in mathematics, classical mechanics, and electrodynamics. For reference purposes we give at the end of the book some mathematical appendices about special functions, matrices, and group theory. In this book we mainly refer to review or original papers when we want to indicate where the reader can study a more detailed discussion of a topic. These references do not pretend to be complete. Although we do not consider in this book special methodological problems, the exposition is based upon dialectic materialism, that is, we start from the idea that the regularities of atomic and nuclear physics which are studied in quantum mechanics are objective regularities of nature. The book is intended for students of physics, studying quantum mechanics. It can also be used as a reference book for teachers and other scientists.

subject:
quantum mechanics,physics,basic concepts of quantum mechanics,quantum states,interpretation of quantum mechanics,relation between quantum mechanics and classical mechanics,representation theory,applications of quantum mechanics,approximate methods,quasi-relativistic quantum mechanics,quantum transitions,quantum theory of scattering,theory of molecules,chemical bonds,solid state,bosons,elementary particles,femions


btih: 9fdb002d0b0b40b06ed2ca721384239fcd3ab4f0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-roberto_mart_nez718
creator: E. Galeev,V. Tijomirov
date: 1991-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: e.-galeev-v.-tijomirov-breve-curso-de-la-teoria-de-problemas-extremales-editorial-mir-1991
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-03T04:44:00Z,2025-07-03T05:00:05Z
publicdate: 2025-07-03T04:44:00Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Breve Curso De La Teoria De Problemas Extremales
year: 1991
description:
Aquí tienes una versión corregida y resumida del texto como introducción clara y formal al libro: En la actualidad, los problemas de optimización han adquirido una importancia creciente, convirtiéndose en un elemento esencial dentro de la formación matemática, ingenieril y económica. Este libro tiene como objetivo contribuir a que la teoría de los problemas extremales ocupe un lugar central en la enseñanza matemática moderna. La primera parte del manual abarca las principales ramas de la teoría que habitualmente se incluyen en los programas de análisis matemático y cursos introductorios de optimización: teoría de igualdades y desigualdades, programación lineal, cálculo de variaciones clásico y control óptimo. Esta sección está dirigida a un público amplio, y puede ser utilizada tanto en cursos completos de optimización como en módulos integrados dentro de programas generales de matemáticas en centros de enseñanza superior técnica o económica. Su estudio proporciona una base sólida para la resolución de una amplia gama de problemas aplicados. Cabe destacar que el contenido de esta primera parte cubre íntegramente el programa de la asignatura de “Cálculo de variaciones y métodos de optimización” correspondiente a la especialidad 2013 de «Matemáticas» en las universidades estatales. La segunda parte del libro (capítulos 7 a 11) está especialmente dirigida a estudiantes y docentes que imparten cursos especializados en optimización. Esta sección propone un enfoque unificado de la teoría de problemas extremales, integrando conceptos del análisis plano, convexo e infinitesimal. También se busca esclarecer las raíces conceptuales de esta teoría y su lugar dentro de la estructura general de las matemáticas. El capítulo 12 está dedicado a la solución detallada de importantes problemas de optimización y ofrece un conjunto de 260 ejercicios, algunos de ellos con resolución completa, que pueden utilizarse en prácticas y trabajos de laboratorio. El contenido del libro se basa en la experiencia de enseñanza de cursos de optimización en la Facultad Mecánico-Matemática de la Universidad Estatal de Moscú. La primera parte, el capítulo 12 y los problemas fueron elaborados por E. M. Galéev, mientras que el resto del texto es obra de V. M. Tijomirov. Traducido del ruso por A. Cherkúsov Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,optimización,problemas extremales,cálculo de variaciones,programación lineal,control óptimo,análisis convexo,enseñanza matemática


creator: फे. क्रिविन (F. Krivin)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: f.-krivin-our-great-grandmother-universe-in-hindi-raduga-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-03-08T14:19:26Z,2026-02-04T21:49:10Z
publicdate: 2024-03-08T14:19:26Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: हमारा ब्रह्मांड (Our Great Grandmother Universe In Hindi)
year: 1983
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-amsubodhini,fav-angelo_aac,fav-harry_green341,fav-indian_stars133,fav-manish_pathak_india,fav-nk8680,fav-rj_arj,fav-vinod_patel592

description:
A little book describing our universe: planets, stars and how we discovered them and came to know about them. खगोल विज्ञान और ब्रह्मांड के कई आकर्षक पहलुओं का वर्णन करने वाले बच्चों के लिए एक छोटी सी किताब ।  रुसी से अनुवाद योगेन्द्र नागपाल चित्र म. रोमादिन All credits to Guptaji सभी श्रेय गुप्तजी को

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:F. Krivin - Our Great Grandmother Universe (In Hindi) - Raduga - 1983:epub:a1229b9e-fea1-4f98-a442-0b3bbb0d9259

format:
Additional Text PDF,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,universe,planets,stars,discovery,history of science,children's science,सोवियत साहित्य,लोकप्रिय विज्ञान,ब्रह्मांड,ग्रह,सितारे,खोज,विज्ञान का इतिहास,बच्चों का विज्ञान,खगोल विज्ञान,astronomy


btih: 81e56f17a9735b5e071d58cd57077eb2a43cb99d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bharat_singh729,fav-elizabeth_monachan,fav-gguler,fav-nikemaul
creator: E. Kazakevich
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: e.-kazakevich-heart-of-a-friend-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-10-06T17:36:45Z,2026-05-10T05:48:55Z
publicdate: 2024-10-06T17:36:45Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,soviet novel,russian novel
title: Heart Of A Friend
year: 1950
description:
Kazakevich's "The Heart of a Friend" is a poignant tale of friendship, sacrifice, and the enduring power of human connection. Set against the backdrop of World War II, the story revolves around two soldiers, Ivan and Semyon, who form an unbreakable bond amidst the horrors of war. Their unwavering loyalty and selfless acts of kindness highlight the importance of friendship in the face of adversity, ultimately demonstrating the resilience of the human spirit. Translated from the Russian by R. D. Ixon Edited by M. H. Hamilton Designed by A. B. Belyukin Contents Page Chapter One. A Sailor in the Army 9 Chapter Two. Anichka Belyozyorova 32 Chapter Three. Fighting Reconnaissance 59 Chapter Four. Love 87 Chapter Five. The Sea 122 Chapter Six. Sea and Land 148 Chapter Seven. Ashore 180 Chapter Eight. Ashore (Concluded) 208 Chapter Nine. The Life of the Dead 238


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cirkazz,fav-pio07,fav-tommate
creator: E. Kazakevich
date: 1953-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: e.-kazakevich-spring-on-order-flph-1953
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-05-28T08:29:18Z,2026-02-04T21:41:56Z
publicdate: 2024-05-28T08:29:18Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: russian literature,soviet literature,second world war,soviet army,soviet soldier,nazi germany
title: Spring On Order
year: 1953
description:
"Spring on the Oder" by Emmanuil Kazakevich is a compelling historical novel set during the final months of World War II on the Eastern Front, focusing on the Soviet army's advance towards Berlin. The narrative vividly portrays the experiences of soldiers, emphasizing their bravery, camaraderie, and the psychological toll of war. Through a blend of realistic battle scenes and intimate character studies, Kazakevich captures the tension, sacrifice, and moral complexities faced by those involved in the conflict. The novel not only serves as a testament to the soldiers' endurance but also provides a nuanced exploration of the human condition amidst the horrors of war. Translated from Russian by Robert Daglish Designed by Y. Yecorov Winner of Stalin Prize 1949 LIBRARY OF SELECTED SOVIET LITERATURE


btih: e1497ab2ecd9d899b8111bedece09dbc06b6bc13
creator: V.A. Kudryavtsev
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-a.-kudryavtsev-b.-r-demidovich-a-brief-course-of-higher-mathematics-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-20T05:18:46Z,2026-02-06T01:45:00Z
publicdate: 2024-09-20T05:18:46Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: A Brief Course Of Higher Mathematics
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-abehareram,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-antoynette_edmondson,fav-armando_garcia_jr,fav-carson_main,fav-ducbang,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-felipe_figueroa884,fav-john_b858,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-leonardo662020,fav-manoj_jeyaram_mjn82_,fav-matt_404,fav-milanigno,fav-mulalic83,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-narasimha,fav-nikemaul,fav-paul2008d,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-pramod_surya_makkena,fav-raghu13957,fav-renan481,fav-rhysgaurav,fav-samurai_okunola,fav-sarajanesmith,fav-sarthak_shahade,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-sibtain_mohammad_dar,fav-sky357,fav-sunny5231,fav-thomzanoni,fav-timomartin,fav-vero55,fav-vignam

description:
The aim of this text is to set forth the essentials of higher mathematics and their applications in various fields. At present higher mathematics serves as the theoretical foundation for most branches of the natural, applied and engineering sciences. Therefore, every natural scientist must necessarily master its methods to be able to apply them for practical purposes. Translated from the Russian by Leonid Levant Many thanks to Guptaji for the scans and Balram Sharmaji of Kamgaar Prakashan for making this book available. Contents INTRODUCTION Chapter 1. The Rectangular Coordinate System in the Plane and Its Application to Simple Problems   Sec. 1. Rectangular Coordinates of a Point in the Plane   Sec. 2. Transformation of Rectangular Coordinates   Sec. 3. The Distance Between Two Points in the Plane   Sec. 4. Dividing a Line Segment in a Given Ratio   Sec. 5. The Area of a Triangle   Exercises   Chapter 2. The Equation of a Line   Sec. 6. Sets   Sec. 7. The Method of Coordinates in the Plane   Sec. 8. The Line as a Set of Points   Sec. 9. The Equation of a Line in the Plane   Sec. 10. Constructing a Line on the Basis of Its Equation   Sec. 11. Some Elementary Problems   Sec. 12. Two Basic Problems of Plane Analytical Geometry   Sec. 13. Algebraic Lines   Exercises   Chapter 3. The Straight Line   Sec. 14. The Equation of a Straight Line   Sec. 15. The Angle Between Two Straight Lines   Sec. 16. The Equation of a Straight Line Passing Through a Given Point in a Given Direction   Sec. 17. The Equation of a Straight Line Passing Through Two Points (Two-Point Form)   Sec. 18. The Intercept Form of the Equation of a Straight Line   Sec. 19. The Point of Intersection of Two Straight Lines   Sec. 20. The Distance from a Point to a Straight Line   Exercises   Chapter 4. Second-Order Lines   Sec. 21. The Circle   Sec. 22. Central Second-Order Curves (Conics)   Sec. 23. Focal Properties of Central Curves of the Second Order   Sec. 24. The Ellipse as a Uniformly Compressed Circle   Sec. 25. The Asymptotes of a Hyperbola   Sec. 26. The Graph of Inverse Proportionality   Sec. 27. Noncentral Quadric Curves   Sec. 28. The Focal Property of the Parabola   Sec. 29. The Graph of a Quadratic Trinomial   Exercises   Chapter 5. Polar Coordinates. Parametric Equations of a Line   Sec. 30. Polar Coordinates   Sec. 31. Relationship Between Rectangular and Polar Coordinates   Sec. 32. Parametric Equations of a Line   Sec. 33. Parametric Equations of the Cycloid   Exercises   Chapter 6. Functions   Sec. 34. Constants and Variables   Sec. 35. The Concept of Function   Sec. 36. Simplest Functional Relations   1. Direct Proportional Relation   2. Linear Relation   3. Inverse Proportional Relation   4. Quadratic Relation   5. Sinusoidal Relation   Sec. 37. Methods of Representing Functions   1. The Analytical Method   2. The Tabular Method   3. The Graphical Method   Sec. 38. The Concept of Function of Several Variables   Sec. 39. Implicit Function   Sec. 40. Inverse Function   Sec. 41. Classification of Functions of One Argument   Sec. 42. The Graphs of the Basic Elementary Functions   Sec. 43. Interpolation of Functions   Exercises   Chapter 7. The Theory of Limits   Sec. 44. Real Numbers   Sec. 45. Errors of Approximate Numbers   Sec. 46. Limit of a Function   Sec. 47. One-Sided Limits of a Function   Sec. 48. Limit of a Sequence   Sec. 49. Infinitesimals   Sec. 50. Infinitely Large Quantities   Sec. 51. Basic Properties of Infinitesimals   Sec. 52. Basic Limit Theorems   Sec. 53. Some Tests for the Existence of the Limit of a Function   Sec. 54. The Limit of X   Sec. 55. The Number e   Sec. 56. Natural Logarithms   Sec. 57. Asymptotic Formulas   Exercises   Chapter 8. Continuity of Functions   Sec. 58. Increments of an Argument and a Function. Continuity of a Function   Sec. 59. Another Definition of the Continuity of a Function   Sec. 60. Continuity of Basic Elementary Functions   Sec. 61. Basic Theorems on Continuous Functions   Sec. 62. Evaluation of Indeterminacies   Sec. 63. Classification of the Points of Discontinuity of a Function   Exercises   Chapter 9. The Derivative of a Function Sec. 64. A Tangent to a Curve - 159 Sec. 65. Velocity of a Moving Point - 161 Sec. 66. The Derivative Defined Generally - 163 Sec. 67. Other Applications of the Derivative - 166 Sec. 68. Relation Between the Continuity and Differentiability of a Function - 167 Sec. 69. The Notion of an Infinite Derivative - 169 Exercises - 169 Chapter 10. Basic Derivative Theorems Sec. 70. Introductory Notes - 170 Sec. 71. The Derivatives of Certain Simple Functions - 170 Sec. 72. Basic Differentiation Rules - 174 Sec. 73. The Derivative of a Composite Function - 179 Sec. 74. The Derivative of an Inverse Function - 182 Sec. 75. The Derivative of an Implicit Function - 184 Sec. 76. The Derivative of a Logarithmic Function - 185 Sec. 77. A Logarithmic Derivative - 188 Sec. 78. The Derivative of an Exponential Function - 188 Sec. 79. The Derivative of a Power Function - 190 Sec. 80. The Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions - 191 Sec. 81. The Derivative of a Function Represented Parametrically - 193 Sec. 82. The Table of Differentiation Formulas - 194 Sec. 83. Derivatives of Higher Orders - 195 Sec. 84. Physical Meaning of the Second Derivative - 195 Exercises - 196 Chapter 11. Applications of Derivatives Sec. 85. The Theorem About Finite Increments of a Function and Its Corollaries - 199 Sec. 86. Increase and Decrease of a Function of One Argument - 201 Sec. 87. L'Hospital’s Rule - 204 Sec. 88. Taylor’s Formula for a Polynomial - 208 Sec. 89. Binomial Formula - 210 Sec. 90. Taylor’s Formula for a Function - 211 Sec. 91. Maxima and Minima of a Function of One Variable - 213 Sec. 92. Concavity and Convexity of the Graph of a Function. Points of Inflection - 220 Sec. 93. Approximate Solution of Equations - 223 Sec. 94. Construction of Graphs of Functions - 227 Exercises - 230 Chapter 12. Differentials Sec. 95. The Differential of a Function - 232 Sec. 96. Relation Between the Differential of a Function and Its Derivative. The Differential of the Independent Variable - 235 Sec. 97. The Geometrical Meaning of the Differential - 237 Sec. 98. The Physical Meaning of the Differential - 237 Sec. 99. Approximate Calculation of Small Increments of a Function - 238 Sec. 100. Equivalence of the Increment and Differential of a Function - 239 Sec. 101. Properties of the Differential - 242 Sec. 102. Differentials of Higher Orders - 245 Exercises - 247 Chapter 13. Indefinite Integral Sec. 103. Antiderivative. Indefinite Integral - 248 Sec. 104. Basic Properties of the Indefinite Integral - 251 Sec. 105. Table of Simplest Indefinite Integrals - 253 Sec. 106. Independence of the Form of an Indefinite Integral of the Argument Chosen - 254 Sec. 107. Basic Integration Methods - 258 Sec. 108. Techniques for Integrating Rational Fractions with a Quadratic Denominator - 263 Sec. 109. Integration of Simplest Irrational Expressions - 267 Sec. 110. Integration of Trigonometric Functions - 269 Sec. 111. Integration of Certain Transcendental Functions - 271 Sec. 112. Cauchy’s Theorem. Some Important Integrals Inexpressible in Terms of Elementary Functions - 271 Exercises - 272 Chapter 14. The Definite Integral Sec. 113. The Concept of the Definite Integral - 275 Sec. 114. A Definite Integral with a Variable Upper Limit - 277 Sec. 115. Geometrical Meaning of the Definite Integral - 279 Sec. 116. Physical Meaning of the Definite Integral - 281 Sec. 117. Basic Properties of the Definite Integral - 282 Sec. 118. The Mean Value Theorem - 286 Sec. 119. Integration by Parts in the Definite Integral - 288 Sec. 120. Change of Variable in the Definite Integral (Integration by Substitution) - 289 Sec. 121. The Definite Integral as the Limit of an Integral Sum - 291 Sec. 122. Approximate Evaluation of Definite Integrals - 293 Sec. 123. Simpson’s Formula - 296 Sec. 124. Improper Integrals - 297 Exercises - 299 Chapter 15. Applications of the Definite Integral Sec. 125. Areas in Rectangular Coordinates - 301 Sec. 126. Areas in Polar Coordinates - 305 Sec. 127. The Arc Length in Rectangular Coordinates - 307 Sec. 128. The Arc Length in Polar Coordinates - 313 Sec. 129. Computing the Volume of a Solid by Known Cross Sections - 314 Sec. 130. The Volume of a Solid of Revolution - 316 Sec. 131. The Work of a Variable Force - 319 Sec. 132. Other Applications of the Definite Integral in Physics - 320 Exercises - 322 Chapter 16. Complex Numbers Sec. 133. Arithmetic Operations on Complex Numbers - 325 Sec. 134. The Complex Plane - 326 Sec. 135. Theorems on the Modulus and Argument - 328 Sec. 136. Taking the Root from a Complex Number - 329 Sec. 137. The Concept of a Function of a Complex Variable - 331 Exercises - 332 Chapter 17. Determinants of Second and Third Order Sec. 138. Second-Order Determinants - 335 Sec. 139. A System of Two Homogeneous Equations in Three Unknowns - 335 Sec. 140. Third-Order Determinants - 337 Sec. 141. Basic Properties of Determinants - 339 Sec. 142. A System of Three Linear Equations - 342 Sec. 143. A Homogeneous System of Three Linear Equations - 344 Sec. 144. A System of Linear Equations in Many Unknowns. Gauss’ Method - 346 Exercises - 349 Chapter 18. Fundamentals of Vector Algebra Sec. 145. Scalars and Vectors - 351 Sec. 146. The Sum of Several Vectors - 352 Sec. 147. The Difference of Vectors - 353 Sec. 148. Multiplication of a Vector by a Scalar - 353 Sec. 149. Collinear Vectors - 354 Sec. 150. Coplanar Vectors - 355 Sec. 151. The Projection of a Vector on an Axis - 356 Sec. 152. The Rectangular Cartesian Coordinates in Space - 359 Sec. 153. The Length and Direction of a Vector - 360 Sec. 154. The Distance Between Two Points in Space - 361 Sec. 155. Operations on Vectors Represented in the Coordinate Form - 362 Sec. 156. Scalar Product of Two Vectors - 364 Sec. 157. Scalar Product of Vectors in the Coordinate Form - 366 Sec. 158. Vector Product of Vectors - 367 Sec. 159. Vector Product in the Coordinate Form - 369 Sec. 160. Triple Scalar Product - 371 Exercises - 373 Chapter 19. Fundamentals of Solid Analytic Geometry Sec. 161. The Equations of a Surface and a Line in Space - 374 Sec. 162. The General Equation of a Plane - 380 Sec. 163. Angle Between Two Planes - 382 Sec. 164. Equations of a Straight Line in Space - 383 Sec. 165. The Derivative of a Vector Function - 387 Sec. 166. The Equation of a Sphere - 389 Sec. 167. The Equation of an Ellipsoid - 391 Sec. 168. The Equation of a Paraboloid of Revolution - 392 Exercises - 393 Chapter 20. Functions of Several Variables Sec. 169. The Concept of a Function of Several Variables - 395 Sec. 170. Continuity - 398 Sec. 171. Partial Derivatives of the First Order - 401 Sec. 172. The Total Differential of a Function - 403 Sec. 173. Application of the Differential of a Function to Approximate Computations - 409 Sec. 174. Directional Derivatives - 410 Sec. 175. The Gradient - 413 Sec. 176. Partial Derivatives of Higher Orders - 417 Sec. 177. Test for the Total Differential - 418 Sec. 178. The Extremum (Maximum or Minimum) of a Function of Several Variables - 420 Sec. 179. An Absolute Extremum of a Function - 422 Sec. 180. Constructing Empirical Formulas by the Method of Least Squares - 424 Exercises - 428 Chapter 21. Series Sec. 181. Examples of Infinite Series - 430 Sec. 182. Convergence of a Series - 431 Sec. 183. A Necessary Condition for Convergence of a Series - 435 Sec. 184. Comparison Tests - 437 Sec. 185. D’Alembert’s Test for Convergence - 440 Sec. 186. Absolute Convergence - 444 Sec. 187. Alternating Series. Leibniz’ Test - 446 Sec. 188. Power Series - 447 Sec. 189. Differentiation and Integration of Power Series - 450 Sec. 190. Expanding a Given Function into a Power Series - 450 Sec. 191. Maclaurin’s Series - 452 Sec. 192. Applying Maclaurin’s Series to Expanding Some Functions into Power Series - 453 Sec. 193. Applying Power Series to Approximate Calculations - 456 Sec. 194. Taylor’s Series - 459 Sec. 195. Series in a Complex Domain - 462 Sec. 196. Euler’s Formulas - 463 Sec. 197. Fourier Trigonometric Series - 464 Sec. 198. The Fourier Series of Even and Odd Functions - 473 Sec. 199. The Fourier Series of Nonperiodic Functions - 475 Exercises - 479 Chapter 22. Differential Equations Sec. 200. Basic Concepts - 481 Sec. 201. Differential Equations of the First Order - 484 Sec. 202. First-Order Equations with Variables Separable - 486 Sec. 203. Homogeneous Differential Equations of the First Order - 492 Sec. 204. Linear Differential Equations of the First Order - 495 Sec. 205. Euler’s Method - 500 Sec. 206. Differential Equations of the Second Order - 502 Sec. 207. Integrable Types of Second-Order Differential Equations - 504 Sec. 208. Reducing the Order of a Differential Equation - 510 Sec. 209. Integrating Differential Equations with the Aid of Power Series - 513 Sec. 210. Common Properties of the Solutions of Second-Order Linear Homogeneous Differential Equations - 514 Sec. 211. Second-Order Linear Homogeneous Differential Equations with Constant Coefficients - 517 Sec. 212. Second-Order Linear Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations with Constant Coefficients - 523 Sec. 213. Differential Equations Containing Partial Derivatives - 533 Sec. 214. Linear Differential Equations with Partial Derivatives - 536 Sec. 215. Deriving the Heat Conduction Equation - 538 Sec. 216. The Problem on Temperature Distribution in a Limited Rod - 540 Exercises - 543 Chapter 23. Line Integrals Sec. 217. The Line Integral of the First Kind - 546 Sec. 218. The Line Integral of the Second Kind - 548 Sec. 219. The Physical Meaning of the Line Integral of the Second Kind - 552 Sec. 220. Condition Under Which the Line Integral of the Second Kind is Independent of Path - 554 Sec. 221. The Work Performed by a Potential Force - 556 Exercises - 557 Chapter 24. Double and Triple Integrals Sec. 222. Double Integrals - 561 Sec. 223. The Double Integral in Rectangular Cartesian Coordinates - 564 Sec. 224. Expressing a Double Integral in Polar Coordinates - 571 Sec. 225. The Euler-Poisson Integral - 575 Sec. 226. Mean-Value Theorem - 576 Sec. 227. Geometrical Applications of the Double Integral - 578 Sec. 228. Physical Applications of the Double Integral - 579 Sec. 229. Triple Integrals - 584 Exercises - 588 Chapter 25. Fundamentals of the Theory of Probability A. Basic Definitions and Theorems Sec. 230. Random Events - 591 Sec. 231. Algebra of Events - 593 Sec. 232. The Classical Definition of Probability - 594 Sec. 233. The Statistical Definition of Probability - 597 Sec. 234. The Theorem on Addition of Probabilities - 598 Sec. 235. A Complete Group of Events - 599 Sec. 236. The Theorem on Multiplication of Probabilities - 600 Sec. 237. Bayes’ Formula - 603 B. Repeated Independent Trials Sec. 238. Elements of Combinatorial Analysis - 604 Sec. 239. The Formula of Total Probability - 605 Sec. 240. The Binomial Law of Distribution of Probabilities - 607 Sec. 241. The Laplace Local Theorem - 608 Sec. 242. The Laplace Integral Theorem - 610 Sec. 243. Poisson’s Theorem - 614 C. Random Variables and Their Numerical Characteristics Sec. 244. A Random Discrete Variable and Its Distribution Law - 615 Sec. 245. Mathematical Expectation - 617 Sec. 246. Basic Properties of Mathematical Expectation - 618 Sec. 247. Variance - 621 Sec. 248. Continuous Random Variables. Distribution Functions - 626 Sec. 249. Numerical Characteristics of a Continuous Random Variable - 630 Sec. 250. Uniform Distribution - 631 Sec. 251. Normal Distribution - 633 Exercises - 636 Chapter 26. The Concept of Linear Programming Sec. 252. An n-Dimensional Vector Space - 639 Sec. 253. Sets in n-Dimensional Space - 641 Sec. 254. The Problem of Linear Programming - 645 APPENDICES A. Most Important Constants - 650 B. List of Formulas (Classified and Explained) - 650 I. Plane Analytic Geometry - 650 II. Differential Calculus—Functions of One Variable - 652 III. Integral Calculus - 654 IV. Complex Numbers, Determinants, and Systems of Simultaneous Equations - 658 V. Elements of Vector Algebra - 660 VI. Solid Analytic Geometry - 661 VII. Differential Calculus—Functions of Several Variables - 662 VIII. Series - 663 IX. Differential Equations - 666 X. Line Integrals - 668 XI. Double and Triple Integrals - 669 XII. Probability Theory - 671 ANSWERS - 674 SUBJECT INDEX - 684

subject:
soviet literature,mathematics,intergration,derivatives,series,line integrals,functions,complex numbers,differential equations,vector algebra,solid analytic geometry,linear programming,theory of limits


creator: Ya. S. Dubnov
date: 1963-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: dubnov-mistakes-in-geometric-proofs-topics-in-mathematics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-12-23T03:13:55Z,2026-02-04T21:40:58Z
publicdate: 2021-12-23T03:13:55Z
stripped_tags: div style="height:5.85em;",div dir="ltr" class="sa"
title: Mistakes In Geometric Proofs ( Topics In Mathematics)
year: 1963
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-felipe_figueroa884,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-habichuelacolora,fav-jv9876,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-prash_neo,fav-seafarer54,fav-thf,fav-wriowa

description:
This booklet presents examples of faulty geometric proofs, some of which illustrate mistakes in reasoning that a student might make, while others are classic sophisms,  Chapters 1 and 3 present these faulty proofs, and then Chapters 2 and 4 give comprehensive analyses of the mistakes. A background of high school geometry is presupposed, with trigonometry needed for some details.

subject:
mathematics,soviet,topics in mathematics,high school,geometric proof,geometric reasoning,triangles,circles,diagrammatic reasoning,euclidean geometry,proofs and logic,fallacies,sophisms


btih: eb56b3ae079b5bddacb7781fe96b40d77740b5ad
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gguler,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul
creator: B. Shubin,Yu. Gritsman
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: b.-shubin-yu.-gritsman-men-vs.-cancer-mir-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-21T07:00:22Z,2026-02-04T10:12:21Z
publicdate: 2024-12-21T07:00:22Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet medicine,cancer,cancer treatment
title: Men Vs. Cancer
year: 1987
description:
Cancer is one of the most acute problems that exist in world biology and medicine. It is being tackled by a vast number of scientists and practitioners. Two specialists in the field, both Doctors of Medical Science, wrote this book. Complex questions are made more comprehensible because they are dealt with from the point of view of the founders of different directions in oncology. Achievements in this field, along with the problems still existing, are described, and the numerous legends and myths are countered by true stories about the successful treatment and prevention of this formidable disease. The book is intended both for a wide circle of readers and for medical specialists interested in the problem of cancer. Translated from the Russian by Arthur Aksenov Contents Foreword 5   Reading Chekhov a New 9   Facts and Reflections 28   What Is What? 28   Plus Growth, Minus Differentiation 37   Kept Under Suspicion 44   What Failed? 53   A Dangerous Encirclement 68   Filterable Agents 93   It’s Too Early to Shout: “Land Ahead!” 123   Iskander’s Grandson 154   Men Against Cancer 172   Legends About Cancer 200   The Main Condition 250   The Statistics of Survival 278   The Doctor and the Patient 318   The Authors Argue 371


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aitorarber,fav-dstev1
creator: Ivan Franko
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-franko-when-the-animals-could-talk-fables-dnipro-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-02-04T06:50:57Z,2026-02-04T22:29:38Z
publicdate: 2024-02-04T06:50:57Z
publisher: Dnipro Publishers
title: When The Animals Could Talk – Fables
year: 1987
description:
 Ukrainian folk tales in English translation with many colourful illustrations. Published by Dnipro Publishers Kiev.  Translated from the Ukrainian by Mary Skrypnyk “The Painted Fox”translated by Wilfred Szczesny Illustrated by Yuli Kryha All credits to Guptaji.  CONTENTS The Donkey and the Lion 5 How Past Favours are Forgotten 9 The Vixen and the Crane 14 The Fox and the Blackbird 16 The Hedgehog and the Rabbit 24 The Wolf as a Reeve 28 Godmother Vixen 40 The Rabbit and the Bear 44 The Kingbird and the Bear 49 The Wolf, the Vixen, and the Donkey 54 The Painted Fox 58 The Crow and the Snake 66 Three Sacks of Cunning 70 How the Animals Brought the People to Court 73 A Fable About Fables 94

subject:
Soviet literature,folk tales,animal stories,Ukrainian folk tales,fantasy stories,talking animals,children's books,illustrated books


btih: 8229ad7246f7b355fc57b8beb3b251ddd9978520
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-h_k_rai,fav-hemendrakumar_rai,fav-rajeev_gulati,fav-sureshpal360
creator: इवान तुर्गनेव (Ivan Turgenev)
date: 2009-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-turgenev-prem-prapanch-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-10T14:05:07Z,2025-12-10T16:37:03Z
publicdate: 2025-12-10T14:05:07Z
title: प्रेम-प्रपंच (Faust In Hindi)
year: 2009
description:
लब्धप्रतिष्ठ उपन्यासकार तुर्गनेव की 'फाउस्त' नामक भावपूर्ण रचना का हिन्दी-रूपान्तर अनुवादक जगन्नाथप्रसाद मिश्र संपादक बनारसीदास चतुर्वेदी


avg_rating: 5
backup_location: ia906104_2
creator: Igor Yershov, Ksenia Yershova
description: A picture story book for children from Russian Fairy tales
identifier: IgorYershovKseniaYershovaTheFireBirdRussianFairyTales
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2016-04-03T04:59:46Z,2026-02-04T22:23:53Z,2017-12-23T21:10:10Z
publicdate: 2016-04-03T04:59:46Z
reviewdate: 2017-12-23T21:10:10Z
subject: children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature,russian,fairy tale,fire bird,phoenix
title: The Fire Bird Russian Fairy Tales
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alanqsmithee,fav-amber_g774,fav-angelica_serra,fav-archiveuser5942,fav-dnetid,fav-elv_mi,fav-ematudose,fav-fiafilm,fav-goguoksana,fav-juan_martin675,fav-mar_a_castro476,fav-mssparkle65,fav-my_ly,fav-nieves25,fav-noemi_kulasak,fav-quetzal_amaterasu,fav-ronan363,fav-zehra_gn


backup_location: ia905705_5
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: I. E. Irodov
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: IrodovProblemsInAtomicAndNuclearPhysics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-19T03:59:14Z,2026-02-04T22:28:59Z
publicdate: 2013-08-19T03:59:14Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: irodov,IE irodov,mir publishers,moscow,atomic,nuclear
title: Problems In Atomic And Nuclear Physics
year: 1983
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_studies,fav-angel5555l,fav-boyhominid,fav-dwariberiamoon,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-floura28zz,fav-hello_world201,fav-hypercube8,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-lucas_keppo,fav-lucy_black690,fav-luka903,fav-mahmoud_mahmoud918,fav-malthouse,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-sdew23,fav-shauhram,fav-theneonew,fav-timomartin,fav-todasoliton,fav-zabeeulla_a

description:
This book is intended primarily for students taking general courses in atomic and nuclear physics. It contains, however, a sufficiently large number of problems lying beyond the general course to make it also useful in the study of some special courses. The volume contains over 1000 problems. The solutions of the most complicated of them are provided with detailed explanation. A brief summary of the basic terms and definitions at the beginning of each chapter also makes the solving easier. The fundamental physical constants and reference tables and graphs are given in the Appendix. Both the Periodic Table of the elements and the table of elementary particles are also provided. The Gaussian system of units is employed throughout the book. All initial data and numerical answers are given with due regard for the accuracy of appropriarte values and the rules of operation with approximate numbers. In conclusion, the author takes pleasure in expressing his deep appreciation to his colleagues from the Moscow Engineering Physics Institute and all those who submitted their comments on certain problems and thereby contributed to the improvement of the book.


btih: d0c766f91e29fd63cdb6eaa7cb53c25099533a75
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-balachandar1976,fav-kevinrexrobbin
creator: அந்தோன்‌ சேகன்‌ (Anton Chekhov)
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: anton-chekhov-three-years-in-tamil-progress-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-17T10:23:08Z,2026-02-03T22:45:22Z
publicdate: 2025-02-17T10:23:08Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: முன்று ஆண்டுகள்‌ (Three Years In Tamil)
year: 1979
description:
உங்களை நன்றாகப் பாருங்கள். எவ்வளவு மோசமாக வாழ்கிறீர்கள் என்பதை கவனியுங்கள் என்று மக்களிடம் இறந்த மனதோடு கூற விரும்பினேன். அவர்களை இதைப் புரிந்து கொள்ளச் செய்வது தான் மிக முக்கியம். அவர்கள் புரிந்து கொண்டு விட்டார்களானால், தங்கள் வாழ்க்கையை இன்னும் சிறப்புடையதாக மாற்றுவார்கள் என்பது உறுதி." அந்தோன் சேகவ் (1860-1904) என்ற மாபெரும் ரஷ்ய எழுத்தாளர் இந்த வார்த்தைகளைக் கூறினார். லேவ் தல்ஸ்தோய், ஃபியோதார் தாஸ்தயேவ்ஸ்கதி ஆகியோரோடு அந்தோன் சேகவ் ஒருங்கு வைக்கப்படுவது முற்றிலும் நியாயமானதே. எதேச்சக்காரணத்தை — அதன் எல்லா வெளிப்பாடுகளிலும் — சட்டத்துக்குக் கீழ்ப்படியாமை, பொய்மை, பலமிக்கவர்களின் "அலட்சியம்", பலவீனமானவர்களின் "இழிந்தநிலை" ஆகியவற்றை வெறுத்த சேகவ் மற்ற எல்லாவற்றைக் காட்டிலும் மனிதனுடைய கெளரவத்தையும் தார்மிகத் தூய்மையையும் போற்றினார். சுமார் ஒரு நூற்றாண்டுக் கால இடைவெளி நம்மையும் சேகவையும் த்து வைத்தாலும், அவரது புத்தகங்களை நாம் விரும்பிப் படிக்கிறோம். நம் காலத்தைச் சேர்ந்த ஒரு எழுத்தாளர் அவற்றை எழுதியிருப்பதைப் போல நினைத்துக் கொண்டு படிக்கிறோம். ஏனென்றால் ஒரு உண்மையான எழுத்துக் கலைஞரின் அன்புக்கும் நோர்மைக்கும் திறமையும் கால எல்லைகள் கிடையாது. மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்‌: ௮. கிருஷ்ணமூர்த்தி ஓவியார்‌: யூ.ம. ஸ்கவரோத்னிக்கவ்‌ Original scan from Tamil Digital Studies at Toronto Universtiy. This is a cleaned. optimised scan.

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:Anton Chekhov - Three Years in Tamil - Progress - 1979:epub:61670aa6-af84-41c9-b8e0-8da54502c7ba


btih: 0c7f6c98c42d0c15828ea01ddf157ece62379216
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ଏଲେକ୍ସାଣ୍ଡର ପୁଷ୍କିନଙ୍କ (Alexander Pushkin)
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: alexander-pushkin-captains-daughter-a-novella-in-oriya-raduga-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ori
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-07T14:50:57Z,2026-02-03T21:34:33Z
publicdate: 2024-12-07T14:50:57Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
stripped_tags: em
title: କ୍ୟାପ୍ଟେନ୍‌ଙ୍କ କନ୍ୟା (Captain's Daughter A Novella In Oriya)
year: 1989
description:
The Captain's Daughter by Alexander Pushkin is a historical novel set during the Pugachev Rebellion in 18th-century Russia. It tells the story of Pyotr Grinyov, a young nobleman, who is sent to serve at a remote fortress. There, he meets Masha Mironova, the captain's daughter, and falls in love with her. The novel explores themes of honour, loyalty, love, and courage as Pyotr navigates the chaos of the rebellion, led by the enigmatic Pugachev. Pushkin's work vividly portrays the turmoil of the time, blending personal drama with historical events to create a compelling narrative. ଏଲେକ୍ସାଣ୍ଡର ପୁଷ୍କିନଙ୍କ କ୍ୟାପ୍ଟେନ୍‍ସ ଡ଼ାଉଟର୍ ହେଉଛି 18ଶତାବ୍ଦୀର ରୁଷ୍ ରେ ଘଟିଥିବା ପୁଗାଚେଭ ବିଦ୍ରୋହକୁ ଆଧାର କରିଥିବା ଏକ ଐତିହାସିକ ଉପନ୍ୟାସ। ଏହାର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଚରିତ୍ର ପ୍ୟୋତ୍ର ଗ୍ରିନ୍ୟୋଭ, ଜେଉଁଥିକି ଜନ୍ମଜାତ ଏକ ଉଚ୍ଚବର୍ଗୀୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି, ତାଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ଦୂରସ୍ଥ କୋଟରେ ସେବା ନିମନ୍ତେ ପଠାଯାଏ। ସେଠାରେ ସେ ମାଶା ମିରୋନୋଭା, କ୍ୟାପ୍ଟେନ୍ଙ୍କ କନ୍ୟାଙ୍କ ସହିତ ପରିଚୟ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କ ପ୍ରତି ପ୍ରେମରେ ପଡ଼ନ୍ତି। ବିଦ୍ରୋହର ଆଫତରେ ସେ ମର୍ମକୁ ବୁଝିବା ସାଥିରେ ସେ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମାନ, ଭକ୍ତି, ପ୍ରେମ ଏବଂ ସାହସକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବାକୁ ବାଧ୍ୟ ହୁଅନ୍ତି। ଏହି ଉପନ୍ୟାସ ଐତିହାସିକ ଘଟଣାକୁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ କାହାଣୀ ସହିତ ମିଶାଇ ଜୀବନ୍ତ ଭାବରେ ଚିତ୍ରଣ କରିଛି। ଚରଣ ପରିଡ଼ା ଅନୁବାଦ – ବୈଷ୍ଣବ ବୈଷ୍ଣବ ଚା

subject:
soviet literature,russian literature,russian novel,ଓଡ଼ିଆରେ ଅନୁବାଦ: ସୋଭିଏତ ସାହିତ୍ୟ,ରୁଷ ସାହିତ୍ୟ,ରୁଷ ଉପନ୍ୟାସ


backup_location: ia906104_12
creator: I. Stepnova
description: A picture story book for children about counting and numbers and mathematics
identifier: IStepnovaFunWithNumbers
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-04-05T04:52:01Z,2026-02-04T22:29:20Z
publicdate: 2016-04-05T04:52:01Z
subject: children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature,mathematics,numbers,counting,arithmetic
title: Fun With Numbers
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-goguoksana,fav-mahmoudfdondeti12,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-renan481


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-adil_abboubi759,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-pio07
creator: A. Bérézine,O. Motchalkina
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: berezine-motchalkina-technologie-et-construction-des-cirscuits-integres-mir-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-24T07:10:50Z,2026-02-04T12:46:07Z
publicdate: 2022-06-24T07:10:50Z
publisher: Èditions Mir
stripped_tags: p class="p1"
subject: semiconducteur,transistors,microéléctronique,circuits intégrés,technologie
title: Technologie Et Construction Des Circuits Intégrés
year: 1986
description:
Le livre a été traduit du russe par V. Koliméev. Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original. Le présent ouvrage d’enseignement est le dernier des trois volu­ mes constituant le manuel de microélectronique publié en langue française par les Editions Mir de Moscou 1). Il est consacré à une étu­ de plus approfondie des questions concernant les Bases technologi­ ques de la microélectronique et les Composants des circuits intégrés [1] et traite également des problèmes de la réalisation pratique des microcircuits intégrés après la synthèse de leurs structure et schéma électrique [2]. Etant donné le développement rapide de la technologie et de la construction des CI, et l’apport constant d’innovations aux procédés technologiques et de construction, toutes les méthodes modernes de conception et de réalisation des CI ne sont pas encore exposées de manière exhaustive dans la littérature, en premier lieu, dans les ouvrages d’enseignement [3 à 27]. Les questions relatives à la techno­logie et à la construction des CI hybrides sont étudiées de façon assez complète [3, 4]. Les méthodes d’obtention des composantes de dimensions submicroniques et les méthodes d’attaque par plasma ionique et par plasma chimique des couches ne sont pas, quant à el­ les, suffisamment élaborées (v. par exemple [4, 51). En outre, cer­ tains aspects très importants de la construction des CI, tels que le cal­ cul des dimensions géométriques des transistors bipolaires en fonc­tion de leurs caractéristiques électriques et des particularités de structure, le calcul du gain d’amplification d’un transistor compte tenu des effets dus à un dopage fort de la région d’émetteur, l’opti­misation de la structure et la détermination des dimensions géomé­triques des diodes et transistors Schottky, l’analyse du lien existant entre les caractéristiques électrophysiques de la plaquette de semiconducteur et de la structure des transistors MOS, d’une part, et leurs paramètres électriques, d’autre part, l’évaluation de l’influen­ce parasite due aux lignes de métallisation et aux interconnexions 1) Les deux premiers sont Principes de la microélectronique par I. Stépanenko (publié en 1983) et Technique de synthèse des circuits intégrés par A. Alexenko, I, Chagourine (publié en 1986). 9  à plusieurs niveaux, les particularités que présente 1’élaboration de la topologie des circuits intégrés à transistors MOS, les traits spé­cifiques des éléments de base utilisés pour la réalisation des circuits intégrés à haut niveau d’intégration (LSI) et les particularités de leur conception assistée par ordinateur (GAO), sont exposés de ma­ nière incomplète. Tous ces aspects qui revêtent la plus haute importance pour la réalisation pratique des circuits LSI et VLSI modernes sont étudiés dans le présent ouvrage. Ce manuel est destiné aux étudiants initiés aux principes de la microéléctronique. Il sera tout aussi utile aux ingénieurs qui s’occu­ pent de la conception et de la fabrication des CI. Les chapitres 1 à 9 ont été rédigés par O. Motchalkina, les chapi­ tres 10 à 17 et l’annexe, par A. Bérésine, l’avant-propos, par les deux auteurs. Les auteurs tiennent à remercier très vivement les professeurs V. Labounov et Y. Ermolaév dont les précieux conseils ont contribué à améliorer le contenu du présent ouvrage. Ils manifestent en outre leur gratitude au feu professeur I. Stépanenko qui a assuré la ré­daction du manuscrit, ainsi qu’aux collaborateurs de la chaire de microélectronique de l’institut des ingénieurs physiciens de Moscou qui ont apporté leur aide lors de la préparation du manuscrit à la publication.


creator: Anatole Bilenko (Translator); Olga Shartse (Editor); Roman Adamovich (Designer, Illustrator)
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: A collection of Ukranian folk tales.
identifier: bilenko-ukranian-folk-tales-dnipro
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-12-04T08:26:24Z,2026-02-04T12:50:47Z
publicdate: 2021-12-04T08:26:24Z
publisher: Dnipro
subject: ukranian,folk tales,story books,soviet,illustrated books,children's books
title: Ukrainian Folk Tales
year: 1974
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aitorarber,fav-didix,fav-eohlson,fav-hridesh_lal,fav-lucas_honorio_galatti,fav-missdelroy,fav-trungxu,fav-user77157,fav-verante


backup_location: ia906802_6
creator: M. Korsunsky
date: 1963-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: KorsunskyTheAtomicNucleusFLPH
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-09-21T12:36:14Z,2026-02-05T17:45:10Z
publicdate: 2018-09-21T12:36:14Z
subject: physics,radioactivity,atoms,nucleus,nuclear,quantum mechanics
title: The Atomic Nucleus
year: 1963
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-drfedrickson,fav-floura28zz,fav-gia_khang_phan,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-s_bastienfritsch

description:
THE ATOMIC NUCLEUS M. Korsunsky About the book: The study of atomic structure is among the most important topics in modern physics, and in this age of nuclear fission and fusion the atomic nucleus has top priority as an object of intensive investigation and experimental research. This modern survey, originally published in 1958, presents all the available important facts about the nuclei of atoms in an unusually readable text. After a clear summary of early theory and experiment in radioactivity, the author devotes chapters to the nuclear model of the atom (Rutherford’s equation, Mendeleyev’s periodic table and nuclear charge, X-ray measurements, Bohr's theory of excitation, etc.), mass of nuclei (measuring techniques, work of Thomson and Aston, isotopes, nuclear binding energy, methods for separating isotopes, etc.), disintegration of nuclei (Rutherford’s disintegration of nitrogen, Blackett’s work, the neutron, Curie-Joliot experiments, nuclear transformations, etc.), the positron (cosmic rays, Bothe’s experiments, work of Skobeltsyn, birth and death of positrons and electrons, etc.), artificial transformation of nuclei (Cockcroft and Walton, Van de Graaff generators, acceleration of ions, cyclotrons, betatrons, synchrotons, cosmotrons, etc.), artificial radioactivity (Curie, Joliot, Fermi, low-energy neutrons, isomerism, new elements, etc.), mesons (Bethe, radiative loss, showers, Yukawa, types of meson, etc.), the neutrino (Pauli’s theory, K capture, Allen’s experiments, etc.), structure of nuclei, forces acting between nuclear particles, fission, transuranium elements, nuclear chain reactions, reactors, atomic energy and thermonuclear reactions. This is an extremely accurate, up-to-date, very thorough coverage of these important topics on a verbal level, completely free of nationalistic bias. It does not limit itself to the familiar material in most books on the atom, but presents much material that is not generally known except to specialists in the field. Yet because of its clear non-mathematical treatment, it can be read with full understanding as an introduction or survey for the beginning student and layman; it is also a first-rate summary for the specialist, indicating chains of development that might not have been clear to him, and formulating many difficult concepts in clear language. The book was translated from the Russian by G. Yankovsky and was first published by Foreign Languages Publishing House Moscow in 1958. PDF | OCR | 300 dpi | Bookmarked | Cover Table of Contents Chapter 1 Radioactivity................................................................. 7 Becquerel’s Discovery................................................................. 7  The Properties of Radioactive Radiation .................................11  The Energy Radiated by Radium...............................................12  Alpha, Beta and Gamma Rays ...................................................15  The Properties of Alpha, Beta and Gamma Rays .................17  What Is an Alpha Particle?..........................................................20 Radium Emanation (Radon)..........................................................24 The Hypothesis of Radioactive Decay........................................29  The Spinthariscope.........................................................................32  The Geiger Counter........................................................................33  The Cloud Chamber........................................................................ 37 The Photographic Method of Registering Alpha Particles . 40  The Charge of an Alpha Particle ' ............................................... 41 The Decay Time of Radium and Uranium.................................42  Once More About the Energy Contained in Atoms of Radium 49 Radioactive Series........................................................................49 Isotopes . . ................................................................................... 51  Brief Summary...............................................................................57 Chapter II. The Nuclear Model of the A to m .................................60 Scattering of Alpha Particles......................................................60  The Experiments of Geiger and Marsden.................................61  The Static Model of the Atom ...................................................62  The Nuclear Model of the Atom .......................................... . . 64  The Relation Between the Place of an Element in Mende­leyev’s. Periodic System and the Charge of Its Nucleus 69  Measuring the Charge of the Nucleus with X-Rays 73 Chapter III. The Mass of Atomic Nuclei................................... 84  Measuring the Mass of an Atom ............................................... 84 Separating the Isotopes ofNeon...................................................86 3  Isotopes of Stable Elements..........................................................92 Prout’s Hypothesis........................................................................94  The Binding Energy of Nuclei ...................................................97 Methods of Separating Isotopes.................................................103 Separating the Isotopes of Hydrogen.......................................105 Chapter IV. The Disintegration of Atomic Nuclei........................109 Anomalous Scattering of Alpha Particles ............................... 110  The Disintegration of Nitrogen Nuclei ................................... 111 The Disintegration of Other Elements ...................................114 Blackett’s Experiments............................................................... 116 Nitrogen Converted into Oxygen ..............................................118  Why Don't All Elements Disintegrate Under the Action of Alpha Particles? .......................................................................123  The Discovery of the Neutron.....................................................125  Ways of Observing Neutrons.....................................................132 Nuclear Transformations That Produce Neutrons.....................134 Nuclear Transformations Produced by Neutrons.....................136 Chapter V. The Discovery of the Positron ...................................140 What Is a Positron?........................................ 140  Cosmic Rays ............................................................. 141  Skobeltsyn’s Experiments............................................................149  How Lhe Positron Was Discovered............................................. 153  The “Birth and Death” of Electrons..........................................156 Chapter VI. The Artificial Transformation of Atomic Nuclei 161 The First Apparatus for the Artificial Disintegration ol' Atomic Nuclei..........................................................................162  The Disintegration of Lithium .................................................167  An Experimental Verification of Einstein’s Equation 170  The Van de Graaff Generator.....................................................172 Acceleration by an Alternating Electric Field........................178  The Cyclotron ..............................................................................182  The Betatron.................................................................................186  Now Types of Charged-Particle Accelerators ..........................199 Chapter VII. Artificial Radioactivity................................................205  The Discovery of Artificial Radioactivity...............................205 Artificial Radioactivity Induced by Neutrons.......................... 211 Thermal Neutrons..........................................................................215 Neutron Capture That Does Not Load to Radioactivity 218  Isomerism of Atomic Nuclei........................................................221 New Chemical Elements...............................................................223 Chapter VIII. Mesons.......................................................................225 Ionization and Radiative Losses .............................................226 Showers ........................................................................................ 232  The Discovery of the Meson........................................................235  The Lifetime of a Meson............................................................238  The Mass of Mesons.......................................................................241 Nuclear Transformations Produced by Pi-Mesons and The Transformation of Pi- and Mu-Mesons ...............................247  Heavy Mesons ..............................................................................250 Hyperons.........................................................................................251 Again About Cosmic Rays ........................................................254 Chapter IX. The Neutrino...............................................................261 Beta-Ray Spectra..........................................................................261  The Pauli Hypothesis...................................................................266  K-Capture ..................................................................................... 269 Allen’s Experiments ...................................................................275 Chapter X. The Structure of Atomic Nuclei and the Forces Acting Between Nuclear Particles ...........................277 Are There Electrons in Atomic Nuclei?...................................277  What Are Atomic Nuclei Made o f ? ..........................................280  The Radioactivity of the Neutron.............................................284 Nuclear Forces..............................................................................287  A Model of the Nucleus...............................................................291 Nuclear Transformations Accompanied by the Ejection of Several Particles.......................................................................296 Chapter XI. Nuclear Fission ........................................................ 300 Neutron Capture by Uranium....................................................300  An Investigation of the Nature of the Transuranium Elements 302  The Discovery of Rare-Earth Elements Among the Decay Products of Uranium...............................................................304  The Fission of Uranium................................................................306 Chemical Elements with Atomic: Numbers Above 92 308  Nuclear Fragments and Their Energy......................................315 Secondary Neutrons.......................................................................320 Thermal Neutrons and the Fission of Uranium .................... 324  The Spontaneous Fission of Uranium-235 Nuclei....................326 Chapter XII. Nuclear Chain Reactions..........................................329 The Chain Reaction.......................................................................329 The Nuclear Reactor...................................................................336 The First Soviet Uranium Reactor ..........................................339 The Atomic Bomb .......................................................................341 Chapter XIII . The Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy .................347 Atomic Power Stations................................................................347 Atomic Power Plants...................................................................353 Tracer Atoms and Their Use in the National Economy . . 355 Chapter XIV. Thermonuclear Reactions 369 The Binding Energy per Nuclear Particle 369  The Energy Liberated in Nuclear Fusion 371  Thermonuclear Reactions 373  The Hydrogen Bomb ................................................................... 378 Controlled Thermonuclear Reactions..........................................380 Appendix .................................................................................. 383


btih: a5fc735624a0cfa64c6054b4b51d60cb85dbd594
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-swarup_dey,fav-vignam
creator: Дж. Оден
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: Konechnye-elementy-v-nelineynoy-mehanike-Oden-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-02-03T17:38:20Z,2026-02-15T16:01:56Z
publicdate: 2021-02-03T17:38:20Z
title: Дж. Оден. Конечные элементы в нелинейной механике сплошных сред. 1976
year: 1976
description:
Дж. Оден. Конечные элементы в нелинейной механике сплошных сред. 1976. Издательство "Мир". Finite elements of nonlinear continua. J. T. Oden. 1972

subject:
элементы,физика,наука,конечные элементы,механика,нелинейная механика,сплошные среды,Мир,издательство "Мир",science,physics,elements,finite elements,continua,nonlinear continua,Mir,Mir titles,Mir books


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ಫೆಲಿಕ್ಸ್ ಕ್ರಿವಿನ್ (F. Krivin)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: f.-krivin-grandmother-universe-in-kannada
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: kan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-21T17:33:40Z,2026-02-04T21:49:12Z
publicdate: 2023-05-21T17:33:40Z
title: ಅಜ್ಜಿ ವಿಶ್ವ (Grandmother Universe In Kannada)
year: 1988
description:
ಅನುವಾದ: ಕೆ. ಎಲ್. ಗೋಪಾಲಕೃಷ್ಣರಾವ್‌ ಚಿತ್ರಗಳು: ಎಮ್. ರೊಮಾದಿನ್ Many thanks to Guptaji for the original scan. ಮೂಲ ಸ್ಕ್ಯಾನ್ ಮಾಡಿದ್ದಕ್ಕೆ ಗುಪ್ತಾಜಿಗೆ ತುಂಬಾ ಧನ್ಯವಾದಗಳು.

subject:
popular science,children's science,ಜನಪ್ರಿಯ ವಿಜ್ಞಾನ,ಮಕ್ಕಳ ವಿಜ್ಞಾನ,soviet literature,Navakarnataka,astronmy,planets,stars


creator: A. I. Akhiezer; V. B. Berestetskii
date: 1965-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: akhiezer-berestetskii-quantum-electrodynamics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-12-24T15:45:23Z,2026-02-03T21:28:56Z
publicdate: 2021-12-24T15:45:23Z
title: Quantum Electrodynamics
year: 1965
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-christosdedes,fav-dahan_wang,fav-dnaultra5,fav-floura28zz,fav-gdr73,fav-gherling,fav-jediaether,fav-mahesh_goswami_baba,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-marcus_aurelius161,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-renecorrea1982

description:
At the present time a number of particles is known which corre­ spond to various quantum fields interacting with each other. However, of the many types of physical interactions existing in nature the only one, apart from gravitation, that has been studied in sufficient detail is the electromagnetic interaction. The theory of the latter interaction is the subject of quantum electrodynamics, to which the systematic exposition of this book is devoted. Since the electromagnetic interaction is the fundamental one in the case of electrons and photons, quantum electrodynamics enables us to explain and to predict a wide range of phenomena related to the behavior of these particles.  In preparing the second edition we have subjected the book to extensive revision. The prineipal aim and the contents of the book have not been altered; the book is devoted to the systematic presen­ tation of electromagnetic processes only. Only some general theorems and methods go beyond the framework of electrodynamics proper. In the second edition the space devoted to these has been increased (reflection properties, Green’s functions, functional methods, etc.). In the presentation of the principles of quantum electrodynamics the theory of renormalizations has been subjected to the most exten­ sive revision. Without claiming complete mathematical rigor we have attempted to present the concept of renormalization from a single simple physical point of view, avoiding purely prescription-like methods of eliminating divergences, and making maximum use of the general properties of quantum mechanical systems.

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 11",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;",div class="page" title="Page 10"

subject:
quantum mechanics,quantum electrodynamics,photon wave functions,angular momentum,photon scattering,relativistic quantum mechanics,theory of electron,quantized electromagnetic fields,electron-positron fields,scattering matrix,bremsstrahlung,photo electric effect,retarded potential,method of equivalent photons,radiation correction,particles of spin zero,polarization of vacuum,annihilation of pairs


creator: I. Bazarov
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: bazarov-thermodynamique-mir-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-25T04:16:18Z,2026-02-04T10:17:03Z
publicdate: 2022-12-25T04:16:18Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Thermodynamique
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carajava32,fav-emmanuel_nu_ez_ruiz,fav-floura28zz,fav-guy_van_hooveld,fav-pio07

description:
Le présent livre est la première partie du cours Thermodynamique et physique statistique enseigné aux facultés de physique et de mathématiques des Universités. C’est un des cours principaux de physique théorique. Les corps macroscopiques, c’est-à-dire les systèmes constitués d’un très grand nombre de particules, y sont étudiés d’abord par la méthode thermodynamique et ensuite par les méthodes de la physique statistique. Un tel ordre est justifié par le passage graduel, au cours des études, d’une méthode de connaissance relativement simple à une méthode plus compliquée. A la différence du cours principal, le cours spécial de thermodynamique et de physique statistique peut être enseigné dans n’importe quel ordre. Le livre se compose de trois parties dont la première est consacrée à l’étude des bases théoriques de la thermodynamique, la deuxième décrit les applications de la thermodynamique et la troisième est réservée à la thermodynamique des processus irréversibles. L’ouvrage contient un grand nombre de problèmes. Une partie de ces problèmes est liée à des matières supplémentaires qui ne sont pas toujours exposées dans le cours et n’ont pas trouvé de place dans le texte principal du manuel. Par rapport aux éditions précédentes, certaines matières traitées ont été complétées ou modifiées. Pour la première fois dans les ouvrages d’enseignement, un chapitre est consacré à la thermodynamique relativiste et à la théorie thermodynamique des indices critiques et un chapitre spécial concerne les erreurs, parfois commises en thermodynamique et dont l’analyse est bien instructive pour l’assimilation. Traduit du russe par V. Kolimêev Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
Thermodynamique,physique,physique statistique,principes de la thermodynamique,d’équilibre thermodynamique,Thermodynamique relativiste,phénomènes de surface,processus irréversibles


creator: L. A. Chernov
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: chernov-wave-propagation-in-a-random-medium-1960
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-02T08:34:46Z,2026-02-04T15:54:56Z
publicdate: 2023-02-02T08:34:46Z
title: Wave Propagation In A Random Medium
year: 1960
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alejandro_salazar386,fav-floura28zz,fav-gherling,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-vignam

description:
Together with V. I. Tatarski’s Wave Propagation in a Turbulent Medium (Dover, $3.25) , this book furnishes a comprehensive arid authoritative sur­ vey of the present state of research in the field of wave propagation. Such a survey has been made urgent by recent problems in acoustics, optics, and radiophysics (i.e. twinkling of stars, the difficulty of locating submarines, the capriciousness of atmospheric transmission of distant noise, etc.) . Like T atarski’s book, this volume makes available in English the results of recent Russian investigations. The first part of the book studies the problem of wave propagation using the ray approximation (statistical characteristics of the medium, ray statistics). Part II deals with the diffraction theory of wave propagation, the wave equa­ tion, scattering by inhomogeneities, fluctuations, correlation of fluctuations) . Part III examines the question of how fluctuations in the incident wave affect the diffraction image formed by a focusing system (general formulas, the mean distribution near the focus, fluctuations behind the lens) . Throughout the book, some theoretical deductions are compared with the experimental data, but the most involved calculations are relegated to appendices. Because of its reliance upon research not easily available in English, this book is invaluable to specialists in radiophysics and atmospheric acoustics and optics. 13 figures and 61 bibliographical references are helpful extras.

subject:
wave propagation,physics,mathematics,acoustics,optics,radiophysics,ray approximation,diffraction theory,fluctuations,scattering


backup_location: ia907100_35
creator: B. I. Srebrodolsky
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: mysteryofmineralogyscienceforeveryone
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-01-05T14:17:03Z,2020-01-05T14:17:12Z,2026-02-05T20:41:04Z
publicdate: 2020-01-05T14:17:12Z
title: Mystery Of Mineralogy (Science For Everyone)
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abcdb_,fav-brittnay_wiley,fav-buzzmillennium,fav-eri29,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-golgonooza,fav-ilem,fav-lawrencedc,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-sewalm,fav-vignam

description:
This book deals with the mysteries of geology. The basic concepts about solid mineral materials, symmetry and its elements, single crystals, intergrowths and twins, and habitual and simple crystallographic forms, which manifest themselves both in the outward appearance and in the external atomic structure of minerals are presented in this book. This book is the result of many years of the author's studies on an interesting mineral assemblage in sulphate-carbonate rocks. The problems, connected with the speci fi cs of calcium sulphate conversion to sulphur and calcite, are discussed in the book. The reader is acquainted with the marble onyx secret and with the secrecy of Egyptian pyramids long- living. It is intended for geologists, students, and lovers of stones.

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 244",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:BaskervaldADFStd;font-weight:700;"

subject:
mir books,science for everyone,geology,minerals,crystals,ores,elements,earth,chemistry,geo-chemistry,popular science


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-nikemaul,fav-stew312856
creator: Arkady Yerusalimsky
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: arkady-yerusalimsky-german-imperialism-its-past-and-present-progress-1969
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-09T13:46:30Z,2026-02-03T23:12:01Z
publicdate: 2023-02-09T13:46:30Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: German Imperialism Its Past And Present
year: 1969
description:
This book is not an orderly account of the history of German imperialism. It does not contain a chronological analysis of all the pertinent problems. It is a selection of works on the development of German imperialism in the 20th century, on its home, foreign and colonial policy, its ideology and historiography. They were written over a long period beginning in the mid-twenties and ending in the present. Each had its own, often limited, purpose. Some are independent studies of Soviet, German, British and French documents and of documents from archives in the Soviet Union, the German Democratic Republic and the scientific institutions of the Weimar Republic. Others are studies of the more significant trends in the historiography and ideology of German imperialism. Still others were writ­ ten “in the make of the events”and are journalistic in complexion. Briefly, some of the topics, treated as objects of scientific investigation, have a solid documentary foundation, while others were dealt with in a journalistic vein. These latter are now an echo of past history even where the author succeeded as historian and contemporary to size up the events more or less correctly. The writer always had a liking for historical journalism, to which he devoted himself before the war and after it was over, but especially in his capacity of war correspondent. He has accumulated a vast amount of notes (regrettably irregular) taken in Moscow, in the front lines and abroad. 7  recording facts and impressions, and events indicating the influence exerted by the Soviet Union and the other mem­ bers of the anti-nazi coalition on international affairs. The bulk of the notes are related to the military and political aspects of Hitler Germany, to nazi propaganda, etc. They were the meat for articles in Krasnaya Zvezda, Pravda and Izvestia, and radio broadcasts (chiefly beamed abroad). The writer hopes that they will be of interest to the reader as the record of a Soviet historian's view of nazi Germany. The collection is arranged in chronological order by subjects. The various works have thus been converted into chapters and grouped in four parts. Some are presented as originally written. Others have been touched up, but no amendments or additional facts were inserted even where new documentary material has come to hand, for the writer wished to preserve the original interpretation of events, save where they contradicted contemporary research. Some chapters, on the other hand, have been considerably ex­ panded and partly revised. Besides, a few new’chapters have been added. The date at the end of every chapter indicates the time of writing of the original text. Two dates are given where the account was expanded or brought up to date at a later time. Translated from the Russian by Vic Schneierson

subject:
politics,world war I,world war II,Germany,Soviet Russia,diplomacy,military action,ideology,imperialism,socialism,third reich,hitler,nazi,fascism,colonial empires,world politics,european politics


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-goguoksana,fav-sewalm
creator: Gari Nemchenko
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gari-nemchenko-the-red-plymouth-rock-cockrel-stories-raduga-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-12-17T16:13:24Z,2026-02-04T21:59:13Z
publicdate: 2023-12-17T16:13:24Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: The Red Plymouth Rock Cockrel Stories
year: 1985
description:
The Red Plymouth Rock Cockerel will be of interest to the foreign reader. This book presents the vast expanses of Russia stretching between the Kuban and Siberia not only in three dimensions, with their steppes, mountains, rivers, taiga and the nature of these regions so finely depicted by the author, but also in many other dimensions of the non-physical order besides, such as the author’s imaginative perception of them, his memory, vision, philosophical musings, and kindness. The principal heroes of this book are children and wild and domestic animals, a bear, a cockerel, a young bull called Stew. a flock of cranes, but the most important and constant hero of all is Kindness. You see, one is either born kind or has to learn it. Especially now, when we are so concerned about our natural environment and so conscious of the fact that man is an integral part of nature and that we must all work together to ensure that irreparable harm is not done to nature and thus to ourselves. Nemchenko’s stories are lessons in kindness. That is why they will be of interest not only to children but also to adults, especially if they were not perhaps so fortunate, as to learn about kindness in childhood. Translated from the Russian by Jan Butler Designed and illustrated by Sikolai Voronkov Many thanks to Guptaji for the scans and the book.

subject:
soviet literature,children's stories,nature books,siberian winter,ussr,popular science,wild animals,flora and fauna


btih: 0658b54fb821720e95e5047cd00e873294fc1033
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-lavkumar12
creator: अन्तोन मकारेन्को (Anton Makarenko)
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: anton-makarenko-the-road-to-life-book-2-in-hindi-raduga-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-06T16:17:57Z,2026-02-03T22:45:23Z
publicdate: 2024-09-06T16:17:57Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: जीवन की ओर भाग २ (The Road To Life Book 2 In Hindi )
year: 1985
description:
The Road to Life  Book 2 by Anton Makarenko continues the narrative of the educational and transformative journey of juvenile delinquents in a Soviet labor colony. The book focuses on the methods employed by the colony’s staff to reform these young individuals. Through rigorous discipline, hard work, and education, the inmates begin to change their ways and embrace new values. The book highlights the struggles and successes of both the educators and the youths, showing how a structured and supportive environment can lead to personal growth and rehabilitation. Hindi Summary: जीवन की ओर पुस्तक 2, एंटोन मकरेनको द्वारा, एक सोवियत श्रमिक कॉलोनी में किशोर अपराधियों की शैक्षिक और परिवर्तनकारी यात्रा की कहानी को जारी रखती है। यह पुस्तक कॉलोनी के स्टाफ द्वारा उपयोग की गई विधियों पर ध्यान केंद्रित करती है, जो इन युवाओं को सुधारने के लिए लागू की जाती हैं। कड़ी अनुशासन, मेहनत, और शिक्षा के माध्यम से, कैदी अपने तरीकों को बदलना शुरू करते हैं और नए मूल्य अपनाने लगते हैं। पुस्तक शिक्षकों और युवाओं दोनों की संघर्षों और सफलताओं को उजागर करती है, यह दर्शाते हुए कि एक संरचित और सहायक वातावरण कैसे व्यक्तिगत विकास और पुनर्वास की दिशा में ले जा सकता है। नरोत्तम नागर द्वारा रूसी से अनुवादित इशिन द्वारा चित्रित All credits to Guptaji

stripped_tags:
em,strong,div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


creator: L. I. Antropov
date: 1972-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: antropov-theoretical-electrchemistry
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-06-17T11:50:58Z,2026-02-03T22:45:23Z
publicdate: 2020-06-17T11:50:58Z
title: Theoretical Electrochemistry
year: 1972
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-chaitanyahari,fav-floura28zz,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-matt_404,fav-pb_ess,fav-sarf17

description:
In selecting the material and the order of presentation for this work I have been guided by the definition of electrochemistry, given by Kislyakovsky in 1912, as the science “concerned with the study of the phenomena accompanying the direct conversion of chemical energy into electrical and vice versa''. This definition was taken further by Pisarzhevsky, who was the first to formulate clearly the prerequisites for mutual conversion of chemical and electrical forms of energy and introduce the concept of electrochemical system in which this process is possible. Our presentation is based on the theory of electrochemical systems, their constituent parts and their possible states. It seems to me that these principles permit one to visualize electrochemistry as an integral whole and independent, self-contained discipline and clearly define the boundaries separatum it from closely related sciences. Much attention is paid to disclosing the physical content of electrochemical phenomena and the essence of the related theoretical conceptions The mathematical apparatus is relatively simple, and only the general principles of electrochemical experiment are given. Experimental procedures are described in more detail only where it is necessary for the understanding of the nature of the process in question or the essence of the theoretical views concerned. In writing this textbook I have tried to cover all the basic aspects of theoretical electrochemistry and to reflect as completely as possible the latest advances and trends in its development. I hope that this has been accomplished to some extent but though I have tried to be objective I have probably not avoided a certain preference what seemed to me more correct, and particularly more important and interesting. In this connection it would seem appropriate to recall Mendeleyev’s words in the preface to the fifth edition of his famous ``Fundamentals of Chemistry'': - `in all objective expositions of science, there will always and inevitably be much that is subjective, bearing the stamp of the times and place... separate works, like a mirror, will reflect that which is near more clearly and strongly... although I have striven to make my book a true mirror—what is dear to me has involuntarily been reflected most sharply and illuminated more clearly, and presented, through the reflection, in all its pristine brightness'. The truth of these words has probably been felt by everyone who has tried to generalize the material of any science or branch of it. The book was translated from the Russian by Artavaz Beknararov. And was published by Mir in 1972. Thanks to Akbar Azimi for original scans. CONTENTS Principal Symbols                                               Introduction PART ONE EQUILIBRIUM IN ELECTROLYTE SOLUTIONS Chapter 1. Theory of Electrolytic Dissociation 33 Chapter 2. Theory of Ionic Interaction 45                               Chapter 3. Solvation and Hydration of Ions 69 PART TWO NONEQUILIBRIUM PHENOMENA IN ELECTROLYTIC SOLUTIONS Chapter 4. Electrical Conductance of Electrolytic Solutions 102 Chapter 5. Theoretical Interpretation of the Electrical Conductance of Electrolytes 123 Chapter 6. Diffusion in Electrolyte Solutions 142 PART THREE ELECTRODE EQUILIBRIUM Chapter 7. Equilibrium Electrode Potential 155 Chapter 8. Electrochemical Systems 190 Chapter 9. The Mechanism of Buildup of Electromotive Force and the Nature of Electrode Potentials 209 PART FOUR THE ELECTRICAL DOUBLE LAYER AT THE ELECTRODE-ELECTROLYTE INTERFACE Chapter 10. Electrokinetic and Electrocapillary Phenomena 243 Chapter 11. The Structure of the Electric Double Layer at the Electrode-Electrolyte Interface 282 PART FIVE NONEQUILIBRIUM (IRREVERSIBLE) ELECTRODE PROCESSES Chapter 12. The Chemical Effect of Electric Current 297 Chapter 13. The Kinetics of Electrode Processes 308 Chapter 14. Concentration Polarization 317 Chapter 15. Phase Overpotential 343 Chapter 16. Electrochemical Overpotential 360 Chapter 17 Some Methods of Investigating Electrode Kinetics 388 Chapter 18 Polarography 395 PART SIX The Kinetics of Some Electrode Processes Chapter 19 The Hydrogen Evolution Reaction 411 Chapter 20 The Kinetics of the Oxygen Evolution Reaction 442 Chapter 21 The Kinetics of Electrochemical Reduction and Oxidation 452 Chapter 22 Electrodeposition of Metals from Solutions 477   Chapter 23 Electrochemical Dissolution and Passivity of Metals   Chapter 24 Electrochemical Corrosion of Metals 511 Chapter 25 Some Problems of Modern Electrochemistry 538 Bibliography 548 Name Index 551 Subject Index 555

subject:
mirtitles,chemistry,science,electrochemistry,electrodes,potential,solutions,kinetics,metals,polarization,theory


backup_location: ia907101_20
creator: S. R. Filonovich
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: thegreatestspeed
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-01-12T12:12:37Z,2026-02-06T00:20:22Z
publicdate: 2020-01-12T12:12:37Z
title: The Greatest Speed ( Science For Everyone)
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-golgonooza,fav-ilem,fav-leonardo662020,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-sreejith_sreeram

description:
The constant denoting the velocity of light in vacuum is encountered in every branch of physics, and this uni- versality brings out the unity of the physical world. Although it is now over three hundred years since the constant was first defined, it yielded to scientific assaults only slowly, revealing as it did unexpectedly new phenomena. Its universality and the surprises that it threw up make any attempt to relate how the velocity of light came to be measured a minor history of physics. This book therefore oxplains the requisite science against the back- ground of the historical personalities involved. Intended for teachers and school pupils.

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 288",div class="section" style="background-color:rgb(100%,100%,100%);",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:8pt;font-family:CenturySchoolbook;"

subject:
science for everyone,physics,mir books,special relatiivity,light,speed,paradoxes,matter,relativity,modern physics


creator: G. I. Epifanov
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: epifanov_solid_state_physics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-04T07:29:05Z,2026-02-04T21:46:17Z
publicdate: 2022-05-04T07:29:05Z
title: Solid-State Physics
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-diego_oliveira,fav-floura28zz,fav-gherling,fav-golgonooza,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-ravd,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-vignam

description:
LaTeX version of the book by https://github.com/lnacquaroli/LaTeXOldBooks This is a book which covers the topic of solid state physics comprehensively. Starting from the structure of matter and various types of bonds in the first chapter the mechanical properties are treated in the second chapter. The second chapter also includes a discussion of Hooke's Law, plastic flow, dislocations, elasticity etc. The third chapter deals with statistical mechanics and discusses degenerate and non-degenerate ensembles and various distribution functions. The fourth chapter looks at thermal properties of solids with reference to crystal lattice, heat capacity, heat conductivity etc. The fifth chapter discusses band theory of solids with reference to energy spectrum, effective mass and semiconductors. Some of the graphs in this chapter are revealing of the physical processes in the working of band structure. Sixth and seventh chapter deal with electrical and magnetic properties of solids. Sixth chapter also discusses deviations from Ohm's Law (Section 58). Seventh chapter includes discssion on various types of magnetism their origins, and magnetic properties of solids and atoms along with magnetic resonance.  Eighth chapter discusses contact phenomenon, work functions between different of materials including p-n junctions. The last chapter discusses thermoelectric and galvanomagnetic phenomena including Seeback effect, Peltier effect, Thomson effect and some of their practical applications.  As in the first edition, the presentation of material has followed the aim of elucidating the physical nature of the phenomena dis­cussed. But, where possible, the qualitative relations are also pre­sented, often though without rigorous mathematics. The book was translated from the Russian by Mark Samokhvalov and was published by Mir in 1979. Contents Preface 5 1 Bonding. The Internal Structure of Solids § 1 The van der Waals forces 11  § 2 The ionic bond 15  § 3 The covalent bond 16  § 4 The metallic bond 21 § 5 The hydrogen bond 22  § 6 Comparison between bonds of various kinds 23  § 7 Forces of repulsion 24  § 8 Crystal lattice 25  § 9 Notation used to describe sites, directions, and planes in a crystal 29  §10 Classification of solids based on the nature of bonds 32  §11 Polymorphism 38  §12 Imperfections and defects of the crystal lattice 42 2 Mechanical Properties of Solids § 13 Elastic and plastic deformations. Hooke’s law 46 § 14 Principal laws governing plastic flow in crystals 51 § 15 Mechanical twinning 55 § 16 Theoretical and real shear strengths of crystals 56 § 17 The dislocation concept. Principal types of dislocations 58 § 18 Forces needed to move dislocations 64 § 19 Sources of dislocations. Strengthening of crystals 66 § 20 Brittle strength of solids 71 § 21 Time dependence of the strength of solids 77 § 22 Methods of increasing the strength of solids 81 3 Elements of Physical Statistics § 23 Methods used to describe the state of a macroscopic system 84  § 24 Degenerate and nondegenerate ensembles 88  § 25 The number of states for microscopic particles 91  § 26 Distribution function for a nondegenerate gas 94  § 27 Distribution function for a degenerate fermion gas 96  § 28 Distribution function for a degenerate boson gas 103  § 29 Rules for statistical averaging 105 4 Thermal Properties of Solids § 30 Normal modes of a lattice 107 § 31 Normal modes spectrum of a lattice 110 § 32 Phonons 112 § 33 Heat capacity of solids 115 § 34 Heat capacity of electron gas 120 § 35 Thermal expansion of solids 122 § 36 Heat conductivity of solids 126 5 The Band Theory of Solids § 37 Electron energy levels of a free atom 133 § 38 Collectivization of electrons in a crystal 136 § 39 Energy spectrum of electrons in a crystal 138 § 40 Dependence of electron energy on the wave vector 142 § 41 Effective mass of the electron 147 § 42 Occupation of bands by electrons. Conductors,dielectrics, and semiconductors 151 § 43 Intrinsic semiconductors. The concept of a hole 153 § 44 Impurity semiconductors 156 § 45 Position of the Fermi level and free carrier concentration in semiconductors 159 § 46 Nonequilibrium carriers 166 6 Electrical Conductivity of Solids § 47 Equilibrium state of electron gas in a conductor in the absence of an electric field 169  § 48 Electron drift in an electric field 170  § 49 Relaxation time and mean free path 171  § 50 Specific conductance of a conductor 173 § 51 Electrical conductivity of nondegenerate and degenerate gases 174 § 52 Wiedemann-Franz-Lorenz law 176 § 53 Temperature dependence of carrier mobility 177 § 54 Electrical conductivity of pure metals 183 § 55 Electrical conductivity of metal alloys 184 § 56 Intrinsic conductivity of semiconductors 188 § 57 Impurity (extrinsic) conductivity of semiconductors 190  § 58 Deviation from Ohm’s law. The effect ofa strong field 193  § 59 The Gunn effect 195  § 60 Photoconductivity of semiconductors 196  § 61 Luminescence 203  § 62 Fundamentals of superconductivity 207 7 Magnetic Properties of Solids § 63 Magnetic field in magnetic materials 224  § 64 Magnetic properties of solids 225  § 65 Magnetic properties of atoms 232  § 66 Origin of diamagnetism 238  § 67 Origin of paramagnetism 240  § 68 Origin of ferromagnetism 247  § 69 Antiferromagnetism 254  § 70 Ferrimagnetism. Ferrites 255 § 71 Magnetic resonance 257  § 72 Fundamentals of quantum electronics 259 8 Contact Phenomena § 73 Work function 265  § 74 Contact of two metals 268  § 75 The metal-semiconductor contact 271  § 76 Contact between two semiconductors of different types of conductivity 278  § 77 Physical principles of semiconductor p~n junction devices 288 § 78 Fundamentals of integrated circuit electronics (microelectron­ ics) 299 9 Thermoeleletric and Galvanomagnetic Phenomena § 79 The Seebeck effect 302.  § 80 The Peltier effect 307 § 81 The Thomson effect 310  § 82 Galvanomagnetic phenomena 310  § 83 Practical applications of thermoelectric and galvanomag­netic phenomena 315 Appendices I Derivation of the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function 317 II Derivation of the Fermi-Dirac distribution function 318 III Derivation of the Bose-Einstein distribution function 320 IV Tables 321 Glossary of Symbols and Notations 322  Bibliography 326 Index 329

subject:
mir books,mir publishers,solid state,physics,quantum,metals,semiconductors,band gap,phonons,heat capacity,thermal properties,magnetic properties,diamagnetism,ferromagnetism,potential,bloch potential,waves,conductivity,statistics,fermi-dirac,contact phenomena,thermoelectric,galvanometric,bonding,crystal structure,mechanical properties,van der waals forces,polymorphism,deformations,electrical properties,work function,p-n junction


btih: 70c595b49eda3e3f5cf88b1a01a481e3cb68083c
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_404
creator: A. I. Ivanov,,G. Sh. Livshits,V. Ye. Pavlov,B. T. Tashenov,Ya. A. Teyfel'
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-i.-ivanov-g.-sh.-livshits-v.-ye.-pavlov-b.-t.-tashenov-ya.-a.-teyfel-light-sc
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-13T09:41:41Z,2025-12-13T09:58:15Z
publicdate: 2025-12-13T09:41:41Z
publisher: NASA Technical Translations
subject: soviet literature,optics,physics,meteorology,atmopsheric optics,light
title: Light Scattering In The Atmosphere, Part 2
year: 1969
description:
This paper is the second part of a monograph published in 1965 [33]. The first book primarily contained the results of investigations of a straightforward problem—the determination of the radiation field of a realistic atmosphere. The investigative method and the results of a deter- mination of the fundamental atmospheric optical parameters, presented in the first part, permitted formulating a question concerning a more rigorous solution of the direct problem and carrying out studies of the possibility of solving the reverse problem—the determination of the size spectrum of an atmosphere aerosol from observations of scattered light intensity and polari- zation. Ex * The analysis of the solution of the direct problem is continued in the first chapter of the present monograph. Data from spectral observations of the sky brightness and polarization are presented; an attempt is made to interpret these data with the aid of present-day theoretical calculations. The results of studies of the fundamental optical parameters are pre- sented in the second chapter. The material presented is derived entirely from direct observational data. The possibilities of solving the reverse problem—the determination of the aerosol spectrum from observations of sky light brightness and polari- zation—are analyzed in the third chapter, and the first results of these in- vestigations are given. This monograph describes the data from research conducted in the atmospheric optics department of the Astrophysical Institute, Academy of Science Kazakh SSR. Overall editing was performed by G. Sh. Livshits. The authors wish to express their sincere gratitude of Professor G. V. Rozenberg for valuable critical comments made during the review of the manuscript Translation of ''Rasseyaniye Sveta v Atmosfere, Chast' 2" "Nauka" Press, Alma Ata, 1968


btih: c717e24d0337f283ac28dddfe5bfa70cc1268207
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-coop1er,fav-vignam
creator: அ. மலாஹவ் (A. Malakhov)
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-malakhov-mystery-of-earths-mantle-in-tamil-mir-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-28T07:58:18Z,2026-02-03T20:33:37Z
publicdate: 2025-01-28T07:58:18Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: புவியகத்தின் புரியாப் புதிர்கள் (Mystery Of Earth's Mantle In Tamil)
year: 1980
description:
What is the inside of the Earth like; what mysteries does its mantle conceal? What will the sensitive feelers of superdeep holes encounter there - boiling liquid magma or superhard matter, unimaginably high temperatures or cold approaching absolute zero? Science cannot as yet give the exact answers to these questions, though myriads of different hypotheses have been put forth. This book tells how scientists are ferreting out the secrets of the deeper zones of the Earth; its subject is the romance of the searches and tenacious investigations carried out by geologists who have devoted themselves to the study of the depths of our planet. பூமியின் உள்ளே எப்படி இருக்கும்; அதன் மஞ்சள் கவசம் எந்த மர்மங்களை மறைத்து வைக்கிறது? அங்கு மிகவும் ஆழமான துளைகளின் நுண்ணிய உணர்திறனுடைய கருவிகள் என்னைக் காணும் - கொதிக்கும் திரவமாக இருக்கும் மாக்மா அல்லது மிகவும் கடினமான பொருள், கணிசமாக உயர் வெப்பநிலை அல்லது பூஜ்யத்திற்கு மிக அருகில் இருக்கும் குளிர்? இக்கேள்விகளுக்கு விஞ்ஞானம் இதுவரை துல்லியமான பதில்களை வழங்க முடியவில்லை, எனினும் எண்ணற்ற வகையான கருதுகோள்கள் முன்வைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. இந்தப் புத்தகம், பூமியின் ஆழ்ந்த மண்டலங்களின் ரகசியங்களை கண்டறிய விஞ்ஞானிகள் எவ்வாறு முயற்சி செய்கிறார்கள் என்பதைச் சொல்கிறது; இது பூமியின் ஆழங்களை ஆராய்வதற்காக தங்கள் வாழ்வை அர்ப்பணித்த புவியியல் அறிஞர்கள் நடத்திய தேடல்களின் மற்றும் அவர்களின் உறுதியான விசாரணைகளின் காதலையே கருப்பொருளாகக் கொண்டுள்ளது. மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்: ரா. கிருஷ்ணையா

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",p style="color:rgb(0,0,0);"

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,geology,earth,structure of earth,மஞ்சள் கவசம்,புவியியல்,புவியியல் விஞ்ஞானம்,கற்கள்,தட்டுகள்,புவிசரிதை,மாக்மா,லாவா,ஓட்டங்கள்,கதிர்வீச்சு,கால அளவீடு,நேரம்


creator: A. Markushevich
date: 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-markushevich-teoria-de-las-funciones-analiticas-tome-2-mir-1970
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-04-23T13:00:14Z,2026-02-03T20:33:32Z
publicdate: 2023-04-23T13:00:14Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Teoria De Las Funciones Analiticas Tome II
year: 1970
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aaron_vila_a_moyon,fav-ajaharoni,fav-anthony_aguilar162,fav-christian_vargas_raudales,fav-joel_mir,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-roberto_mart_nez718

description:
En el presente curso de «Teoría de las Funciones Analíticas» en dos volúmenes se han recopilado las lecciones dadas a lo largo de varios años por el autor en la facultad Mecánico-Matemática de la Universidad Lomonósov de Moscú. Abarca con suficiente amplitud la teoría de las funciones de una variable compleia, incluyendo las transformaciones conformes, interpolación de las funciones por polinomios, elementos de la teoría de las funciones armónicos y subarmónicas, fundamentos de la teoría de las funciones enteras y meromorfas, el concepto de superficie de Riemann y prolongación analítica.El lector que desee estudiar los importantes problemas de la teoría moderna de las funciones analíticas de varias variables complejas deberá' consultar otros libros. El autor espera que su obra será útil para los que deseen estudiar una de las partes más interesantes del análisis clásico y de la teoría de las funciones. Es para mí sumamente grato que a las ediciones en ruso, inglés y chino venga ahora a sumarse esta edición en uno de los idiomas universales, como es el español. Aprovecho la ocasión para expresar mi sincero agradecimiento al traductor, E. Aparicio, por su esmerada y competente traducción. Traducido del Ruso por Emiliano Aparicio Bernardo Créditos al cargador/escáner original

subject:
matematícas,teoría analítica de ios números,ecuaciones diferenciales,geometría,hidromecánica,mecánica celeste,las transformaciones,interpolación de las funciones por polinomios,teoría de las funciones armónicos,superficie de Riemann,prolongación analítica,variables complejas


btih: e79487337eb5a0e85a2000bf55972013ab898dc7
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ఏ.ఎస్.మకరెంకో (A. S. Makarenko)
date: 2005-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-s.-makarenko-the-road-to-life-in-telugu-progress-1951-2005
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-03T09:27:42Z,2025-07-03T09:56:15Z
publicdate: 2025-07-03T09:27:42Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet school system,learning,soviet education,soviet children
title: పిల్లలలో అద్భుత మార్పులు (The Road To Life In Telugu )
year: 2005
description:
English Summary: The Road to Life  ( Pedagogical Poem ) by  Anton S. Makarenko  is a semi-autobiographical novel based on his experience as an educator working with homeless and delinquent children in post-revolutionary Soviet Russia. The book narrates the story of how Makarenko successfully transformed a group of orphaned and troubled youths into responsible, socially productive individuals through a unique system of collective education, self-discipline, and labour. Emphasising dignity, trust, and comradeship, Makarenko’s educational method was rooted in socialist ideals. The novel is both an inspiring personal journey and a significant contribution to educational theory. "ద రోడ్ టు లైఫ్"  ( పెడాగాజికల్ పోయమ్ ) అనేది A. S. మకారెంకో గారి అర్థాత్మక నవల, రష్యా విప్లవానంతరం అనాథలు మరియు అక్రమచర్యలకు అలవాటుపడ్డ పిల్లలతో చేసిన విద్యా ప్రయోగాల ఆధారంగా రాసిన రచన. ఈ గ్రంథంలో ఆయన పిల్లలలో అద్భుత మార్పులు తీసుకురావడానికి ఉపయోగించిన శ్రమ, క్రమశిక్షణ, సామూహిక జీవితం, మరియు బాధ్యత వంటి విలువలపై దృష్టి పెట్టారు. మానవీయత, నమ్మకం, మరియు సామాజిక బాధ్యతలతో కూడిన విద్యా విధానం ద్వారా, మకారెంకో బాలల జీవితాలను కొత్త దిశగా మలిచారు. ఇది విద్యాశాస్త్రంలో గొప్ప కృషిగా గుర్తించబడింది. అల్లరిపిల్లలలో అద్భుతమార్పులు ఆంటన్ సెమ్యొనోవిచ్ మకరెంకో ముందుమాట : మాక్సిం గోర్కీ తెలుగు : టి. ఎన్. వి. రమణమూర్తి Many thanks to Anil Battula Garu for the scans స్కాన్లు అందించిన అనిల్ బట్టుల గారికి హృదయపూర్వక కృతజ్ఞతలు.

stripped_tags:
strong,em,div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


creator: A.O. Guelfond (Gelfand)
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-o.-guelfond-resolucion-de-ecuaciones-en-numeros-enteros-lecciones-populares-d
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-06T05:37:08Z,2026-02-03T20:33:34Z
publicdate: 2023-09-06T05:37:08Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
subject: Ecuaciones algebraicas,Matemáticas,ecuaciones de números
title: Resolución De Ecuaciones En Números Enteros ( Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas) Mir
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-uriel_cervantes423,fav-vixnu63

description:
La teoría de los números examina principalmente las propiedades aritméticas de los números de la serie natural, es decir, de los números enteros positivos, y pertenece a una de las ramas más antiguas de las Matemáticas. Uno de los problemas centrales de la llamada teoría analítica de los números es el problema de la distribución de números primos en la serie natural. Se llama número primo cualquier número entero positivo mayor que uno, que se divide sin resto solamente por sí mismo y por la unidad. El problema de la distribución de números primos en serie natural consiste en determinar si es justo o no el comportamiento del conjunto de números primos menores que cierto número 𝑁, cuando 𝑁 tiene valores grandes. El primer resultado en esta dirección lo hallamos ya en los trabajos de Euclides (siglo IV a. d. n. e.), concretamente la demostración de que la serie de números primos es infinita; el segundo resultado, después de Euclides, fue obtenido por el gran matemático ruso P. L Chebishev en la segunda mitad del siglo XIX. Otro de los problemas fundamentales de la teoría de los números es la expresión de números enteros como suma de números enteros de un determinado tipo, por ejemplo, la expresión de números impares como suma de tres números primos. Este último problema, llamado de Goldbach, fue resuelto por uno de los más ilustres representantes de la teoría de los números, el matemático soviético I. M. Vinográdov. El libro que ofrecemos al lector está también dedicado a una de las partes más interesantes de la teoría de los números, concretamente a la resolución de ecuaciones en números enteros. Uno de los problemas más difíciles de la teoría de los números es la resolución, en números enteros, de ecuaciones algebraicas con coeficientes enteros y con más de una incógnita. Al estudio de estos problemas se dedicaron intensamente los más eminentes matemáticos de la antigüedad, por ejemplo, el matemático griego Pitágoras (siglo VI a.d.n.e.), Diofanto de Alejandría (siglo II–III d.n.e.) y los mejores matemáticos de épocas más cercanas a la nuestra, entre ellos P. Fermat (siglo XVII), L. Euler (siglo XVIII), I. L. Lagrange (siglo XVIII) y otros. No obstante al esfuerzo de muchas generaciones de eminentes matemáticos, en esta rama de las Matemáticas no existen métodos comunes semejantes al método de sumas trigonométricas — propuesto por I. M. Vinogradov — que permite resolver los más variados problemas de la teoría analítica de los números.  El problema relacionado con la solución de ecuaciones en números enteros está completamente resuelto solamente para ecuaciones de segundo grado con dos incógnitas. Para ecuaciones de cualquier grado con una incógnita, este problema no representa interés esencial alguno, ya que puede ser resuelto mediante una cantidad finita de pruebas. Para ecuaciones de grado superior al segundo con dos o más incógnitas, es sumamente difícil no solamente el problema de hallar todas las soluciones en números enteros, sino también problemas más simples como es la determinación de la existencia de un conjunto finito o infinito de dichas soluciones. La solución de ecuaciones en números enteros tiene no solamente interés teórico. Pues ecuaciones de este tipo a veces se dan en la física. El interés teórico que presentan las ecuaciones de números enteros es lo suficiente alto puesto que estas ecuaciones están estrechamente ligadas a muchos problemas de la teoría de los números. Además, las partes elementales de la teoría de estas ecuaciones, expuestas en este libro, pueden ser utilizadas con éxito para ampliar los conocimientos en matemáticas de los alumnos de escuelas medias y estudiantes de institutos pedagógicos. El libro contiene la descripción de algunos resultados fundamentales, obtenidos en la teoría de la resolución de ecuaciones en números enteros. Los teoremas formulados en él, van acompañados por sus respectivas demostraciones en aquellos casos, cuando estas demostraciones son lo suficiente simples. Traducido del ruso por el ingeniero Cristóbal García Galán Primera edición electrónica septiembre de 2018 Todos los créditos a los usuarios originales Lecciones Populares de Matemáticas Volumen 8


btih: b2450fb70a96c535864a9c5bd31eb1fff5cda808
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: அ.கோரெவ் (A. Gorev),வி.ஸிம்யானின் (V. Zimyanin)
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-gorev-v.-zimyanin-nehru-in-tamil-progress-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-13T14:40:18Z,2026-02-03T20:33:34Z
publicdate: 2024-12-13T14:40:18Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: ஜவஹர்லால் நேரு (Jawaharlal Nehru In Tamil )
year: 1985
description:
A biograph of the first Indian Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru.  Translated to Tamil.  மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்: நா. தர்மராஜன், எம். ஏ. சர்வதேச உறவுகளைப் பற்றிய நூல் பிரிவு ருஷ்ய வெளியீட்டின் பதிப்பாசிரியர் க.கோ. போல்கரெவா விஞ்ஞானப் பதிப்பாசிரியர் அ.அ. கேன்தின் 

subject:
soviet literature,indian history,political biography,nehru,gandhi,indian freedom struggle,republic of india


creator: A. I. Markushévich
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-i.-markushevich-sucesiones-recurrentes-lecciones-populares-de-matematicas-mir-1974
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-07T08:04:14Z,2026-02-03T20:33:30Z
publicdate: 2023-09-07T08:04:14Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Sucesiones Recurrentes ( Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas)
year: 1974
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-100rox,fav-carlos_joel_codova_cortavarr_a,fav-fredorm2017,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-joaquin_moises_river_olivos,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-muratbeser,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-swansaredead

description:
Este libro el&lt; ln ~xposicióo runplinda de la conferenda dictada por el autor primero a los alumnos do IX y X grados que partici paron en la Olimpiada matemática de Moscú y después, con ciertos retoq ues, e11 el Instituto ele perfeccionam. it»nto pedagógico de Moscú. El tema «Sucesiones recurrentes&gt;&gt; es próximo al curso escolar (progresiones aritméticas y geomét ricas, sucesión de los cuadrados d~ los números naturales, sucosi6n de los co~fi ciontes del cociente de dos. llolinnmios escritos en el orden creciente de potencias, etc.). Al mismo tiempo os toda una poqueña teoría matemátic.a l) acabada , simple y clara como todo cuanto nos llega de los grandes maestros del AnálisLs Matemático, autores de esta teoría. Los fundamentos de la teoría de las sucesiones recurrenLes fueron elabol'ados y publicados en la segunda década del siglo XVlll por oJ matemático francés Ahraham do Moivre [lleva su nombre la fórmula (cosa + i s~n a) = cos rw. + + i sen na] y por Daniel Bornoulli, matemático suizo y u.no do los primeros miembros de la Academia de San Perorsh\• rgo. En cuanto a la. teoría completa so debe a Leonardo Eu1er, el matemático más destacado del siglo XVIII y académico de San Petersburgo, que consagró a las sucesiones recurrentes (series) el capítulo trece de su «&lt;ntroducción al análisis de las in fenitésimas~ (1748). Entre los trabajos posteriores cabe destacar la exposición de la teoria de las sucesiones recurrentes en los cur.sos del Cálculo de diferenclas fin itas dictados por los académicos P . T . Chébishev y A. A. Márkov 2), famosos .matemáticos rusos, Traducido Del Ruso Por Caros Vega Nota: La calidad del escaneo es deficiente Créditos al cargador original

subject:
Matemáticas,pequeña biblioteca de matemáticas,soviética,matemáticas,libros mir,editores mir,escuela secundaria,ecuaciones,secuencias,series,recursividad,sumas


btih: ef9b022b51850d03d5fbe723b79d7f88be3c3faa
creator: A. Kurosh
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
external-identifier: urn:lcp:A. Kurosh - Higher Algebra - Mir - 1984:epub:c0c5bb7c-47ab-473b-91da-4a71b906aed5
identifier: a.-kurosh-higher-algebra-mir-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-19T13:15:51Z,2026-02-03T20:33:37Z
publicdate: 2024-12-19T13:15:51Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Higher Algebra Mir
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-atlury,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-hansblumenberg,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-whitejack,fav-zeengold

description:
Higher algebra—the subject of this text—is a far-reaching and natural generalization of the basic school course of elementary algebra. Central to elementary algebra is without doubt the problem of solving equations. The study of equations begins with the very simple case of one equation of the first degree in one unknown. From there on, the development proceeds in two directions: to systems of two and three equations of the first degree in two and, respectively, three unknowns, and to a single quadratic equation in one unknown and also to a few special types of higher-degree equations which readily reduce to quadratic equations (quartic equations, for example). The second half of the course of higher algebra, called the algebra of polynomials, is devoted to the study of a single equation in one unknown but of arbitrary degree. Since there is a formula for solving quadratic equations, it was natural to seek similar formulas for higher-degree equations. That is precisely how this division of algebra developed historically. Formulas for solving equations of third and fourth degree were found in the sixteenth century. The search was then on for formulas capable of expressing the roots of equations of fifth and higher degree in terms of the coefficients of the equations by means of radicals, even radicals within radicals. It was futile, though it continued up to the beginning of the nine­ teenth century, when it was proved that no such formulas exist and that for all degrees beyond the fourth there even exist specific examples of equations with integral coefficients whose roots cannot be written down by means of radicals. Translated from the Russian by George Yankovsky Note: This is a new, hi-res scan.

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",span style="color:rgb(0,0,0);font-family:'-webkit-standard';font-size:medium;"

subject:
mathematics,mir books,mir publishers,algebra,linear equations,matrices,polynomials,complex numbers,quadratic forms,linear spaces,fields,groups


creator: A. V. Pogorelov
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: pogorelov-analytical-geometry-mir-publishers-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-09-01T14:26:42Z,2026-02-05T22:00:25Z
publicdate: 2020-09-01T14:26:42Z
stripped_tags: blockquote,em
title: Analytical Geometry
year: 1980
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_ngelo_ramos,fav-ahylla,fav-archiveuser096,fav-cbanter,fav-ce_n_est_pas_mon_nom,fav-chris_ssss,fav-earthiangirl,fav-ela_c4196,fav-felipe_figueroa884,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-hello_world201,fav-hypercube8,fav-irazza,fav-jed_sagarino,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-kyle_anthony,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-mahmoud_mahmoud918,fav-manoj_jeyaram_mjn82_,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-mi_ko45,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-paolo393,fav-pb_ess,fav-phuocnguyen_org,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-rafaeltm,fav-rose_gamble,fav-scorpionerosso80,fav-sejtan,fav-shauhram,fav-sunny5231,fav-t79,fav-tay123840,fav-verante,fav-vignam

description:
Analytical geometry has no strictly defined contents. It is the   method but not the subject under investigation, that constitutes the   leading feature of this branch of geometry.   The essence of this method consists in that geometric objects are   associated in some standard way with equations (or systems of   equations) so that geometric relations of figures are expressed   through properties of their equations.   For instance, in case of Cartesian coordinates any straight line in   the plane is uniquely associated with a linear equation ax+by+ c =   0.   The intersection of three straight, lines at one point is     expressed by the condition of compatibility of a system of three     equations which specify these lines. Due to a multi purpose approach to solving various problems, the     method of analytic geometry has become the leading method in     geometric investigations and is widely applied in other fields of     exact natural sciences, such as mechanics and physics.     Analytical geometry joined geometry with algebra and analysis -     the fact which has told fruitfully on further development of     these three subject of mathematics.     The principal ideas of analytical geometry are traced back to the     French mathematician, Rene Descartes (1595-1650), who in 1637     described the fundamentals of its method in his famous work     "Geometric". The present book, which is a course of lectures, treats the fundamentals of the method of analytic geometry as applied to the simplest geometric objects. It is designed for the university students majoring in physics and mathematics, This book was translated from the Russian by Leonid Levant and was first published by Mir Publishers in 1980.

subject:
mirtitles,mathematics,mir publishers,high school,geometry,analytical,quadratics,conic sections,vectors,areas,volumes,linear transformations,affine transformations


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-cdreue,fav-komsaainternetarchive666,fav-nikemaul
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: art-and-society-progress-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-14T14:45:41Z,2026-02-03T23:14:48Z
publicdate: 2023-09-14T14:45:41Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: Art And Society Progress
year: 1968
description:
A collection of articles on art, art theory, aesthetics, and its implications for society from a Soviet perspective. Many thanks to Daniel Baker for the original scans. Contents The Humanism of Soviet Art. By A. Dymshits 5 The Essence of Socialist Realism. By V. Kudin 22 Socialist Realism and Social Reality. By I. Kulikova 35 Soviet Society and the Aesthetic Ideal. By O. Larmin 44 Object and Subject, Objective and Subjective in Art. By K. Dolgov 55 The Heroic in Reality and in the Art of Socialist Realism. By N. Kiyashchenko 65 The Tragic in Soviet Art. By D. Sredni 74 The Comic. By Y. Borev 84 Aecsthetics and Morality. By A. Klwrchev 92 Music and Reality. By A. Ryzhkin 98 Creative Freedom and Moral Responsibility. By M. Ovsyannikov 114 World Outlook and Artistic Originality. By Y. Gromov 121 Art and the National Artistic Tradition. By A. Kuznetsov 132 The Nature of Imagery in Art. By N. Leizerov  Art and Myth Making. By Y. Yakovlev 155 Problem of Alienation. By A. Vistin 161 Artistic Imagery. By G. Pospelov. 171 Art and the Development of Science and Technology. By S. Mozlmyagun 181 Nature, Society and Art. By P. Trofimov 194 On the Social Need of Aesthetic Education. By V. Razumny 205 Classical Art Today. By N. Goncharenko 217 Social Functions of Aesthetic Education. By 22G Some Social Aspects and Traditions of Soviet Theatrical Art. By T. Knyazevskaya 237 The Non-Interchangeability of the Arts. By A. Zis 248 On the Problem of "Mass Art". By A. Kukarkin 261 The Aesthetic Principles of the Avant-Garde. By P. Paliyevsky 273 Progressive Developments in the Arts. By A. Yegorov 288 Aesthetic Culture of the Individual and Society. By A. Bazhenova 342

subject:
soviet,art,art theory,aesthetics,aesthetic education. social aspects,nature,myth,drama,classical artavant-garde,humanism,realism in art


btih: d7dedabd9cdc8b5c5f024f2ec129949ea49009bc
date: 1957-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: drawings-by-soviet-children-flph-1957
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng,fra
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-29T13:35:53Z,2025-12-18T17:23:56Z
publicdate: 2025-06-29T13:35:53Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,soviet art,paintings,soviet children
title: Drawings By Soviet Children
year: 1957
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ambre_mco,fav-anna403,fav-filomela8,fav-goguoksana,fav-jbteague55,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-marzookie,fav-mollyroth

description:
This book presents a vibrant window into the world of Soviet children's art. From an early age, children in the USSR are encouraged to draw and express their inner world through images. The Soviet education system nurtures this creativity systematically—from kindergartens to secondary schools—through structured drawing lessons and extracurricular art sections led by trained teachers. As children progress, they gain access to art studios in Young Pioneer clubs and Palaces of Culture, where materials and expert guidance are provided free of charge. The most talented young artists may continue their education at specialised art schools under the U.S.S.R. Academy of Arts, eventually moving on to higher institutes of art, theatre, and pedagogy. This album offers a selection of 90 works from various exhibitions, showcasing the artistic range of Soviet youth—from landscapes and fairy tale scenes to still lifes and animal studies. While the technical execution varies, the works stand out for their honesty, imagination, and expressive power, reflecting both the children's perception and the state’s commitment to cultivating artistic talent. Compiled By I. K. Tupitsin


btih: 9a90555e5fe20d6b81516a0d5453d8204d52eb25
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-amazing_skytree,fav-lukas_korso223
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: finist-the-bright-eyed-falcom-a-russian-folk-tale-malyshy-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-10T12:53:51Z,2026-01-10T12:59:01Z
publicdate: 2026-01-10T12:53:51Z
publisher: Malysh Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,folk tales,russian folk tales,illustrated books
title: Finist The Bright Eyed Falcon - A Russian Folk Tale
year: 1979
description:
A Russian folk tale beautifully illustrated Drawings by Stanislaw Kovalyov Translated by Tom Botting


creator: Boris Ponamarev
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: boris-ponamarev-agaisnt-the-threat-of-another-world-war-progress-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-17T06:19:31Z,2026-02-04T15:19:44Z
publicdate: 2024-07-17T06:19:31Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,world politics,USSR,NATO
title: Agaisnt The Threat Of Another World War
year: 1983
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-ilem,fav-imran_mahid,fav-jm15xy,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-santiago_mon_martinez,fav-tbonecapone999

description:
A collection of articles by Boris Ponamarev on issues of international politics. Translated from the Russian by Vic Schneierson Designed by Gennady Gubanov This is a cleaned, optimised scan of  https://archive.org/details/against-the-threat-of-another-world-war From Pulsar152's Archive collection. COMMUNIST SOLIDARITY IS THE TRUE ROAD TO SUCCESS FOR THE CAUSE OF PEACE AND SOCIALISM   Published in World Marxist Review, July 1977 FOR COOPERATION AGAINST THE ARMS RACE AND FOR DISARMAMENT   Speech at the Socialist International Conference on Disarmament, Helsinki, 24 April, 1978 A DANGEROUS COURSE   Published in World Marxist Review, August 1978 LASTING PEACE—THE HOPE OF ALL NATIONS   Address to the Session of the Presidential Committee of the World Peace Council, Moscow, July 11, 1978 INVINCIBILITY OF THE LIBERATION MOVEMENT   Published in Kommunist, No 1, 1980 IN THE NAME OF PEACE IN EUROPE   Speech at the Meeting of European Communist and Workers' Parties for Peace and Disarmament, Paris, April 1980 A PACT FOR PEACE AND A PACT FOR AGGRESSION   Published in World Marxist Review, August 1980 SAFEGUARD HUMANITY FROM ANOTHER WAR   Speech at a Plenary Sitting of the World Peoples' Parliament for Peace held in Sofia, Bulgaria, 23 September 1980 --- Page 3   COMMUNIST SOLIDARITY IS THE TRUE ROAD TO SUCCESS FOR THE CAUSE OF PEACE AND SOCIALISM 5   FOR COOPERATION AGAINST THE ARMS RACE AND FOR DISARMAMENT 21   A DANGEROUS COURSE 39   LASTING PEACE—THE HOPE OF ALL NATIONS 51   INVINCIBILITY OF THE LIBERATION MOVEMENT 58   IN THE NAME OF PEACE IN EUROPE 83   A PACT FOR PEACE AND A PACT FOR AGGRESSION 102   SAFEGUARD HUMANITY FROM ANOTHER WAR 120   JOINT STRUGGLE OF THE WORKING CLASS AND NATIONAL LIBERATION MOVEMENTS AGAINST IMPERIALISM AND FOR SOCIAL PROGRESS   Report at an International Academic Conference in Berlin, 20 October 1980 139   OUR IDEALS ARE PEACE AND PROGRESS   Speech at the 6th Congress of the German Communist Party, 29 May 1981 158   THE COMMUNIST PRESS IS A HERALD OF PEACE AND SOCIALISM   Speech at the International Meeting of Representatives of the Communist Press, Moscow, 6 July 1981 176   THE WAR DANGER: ITS SOURCE AND HOW TO STOP IT   Published in World Marxist Review, October 1981 181   THE STRUGGLE AGAINST THE THREAT OF WAR   Speech at the Meeting of Representatives of Communist and Workers’ Parties in Prague on 24 November 1981 to Discuss the Work of the Journal World Marxist Review 207   GEORGI DIMITROV AND THE PRESENT DAY   Report to the International Theoretical Conference in Sofia, 15 June 1982 226   PURSUING A POLICY OF PEACE AND DETENTE   On the Occasion of the Second Anniversary of the 26th Congress of the CPSU   Published in Strana Sovetov, No 3, 1983 253 Name Index 264   Subject Index 269


btih: 650237e2763eb7e9b3fde65376ba7e7339166f1f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-a-clump-of-lilacs-1916-final
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-23T08:14:30Z,2026-03-24T14:24:23Z
publicdate: 2026-03-23T08:14:30Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: A Clump Of Lilacs
year: 2026
description:
A young officer’s career is saved through his wife’s quick thinking and devotion when a minor mistake threatens his future. The story highlights love, resourcefulness, and quiet sacrifice within marriage. Translated from Russian by Rosa Savary Graham and Stephen Graham Originally published 1916


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: I. Dorokhine,E. Bogatcheva,A. Drouginihe,V. Sobolevsky,E. Gorbounov
date: 1967-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: dorokhine-bogatcheva-drouginine-sobolevsky-gorbounov-gisements-de-mineraux-utile
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-25T07:10:47Z,2026-02-04T21:39:51Z
publicdate: 2022-12-25T07:10:47Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Gisements De Mineraux Utiles Et Leur Prospection
year: 1967
description:
Le livre « Les gisements de minéraux utiles et leur prospection » expose les processus et les conditions de formation des gisements de minéraux utiles ; on y trouve la description des principaux types génétiques de gisements exploitables : métalliques et nonmétalliques ; l ’origine et les gisements de charbons minéraux, de schistes combustibles, de pétrole et de gaz sont décrits également. Les fondements scientifiques et la méthode d’exécution des recherches et de la prospection des gisements de minéraux utiles ainsi que les problèmes de la géologie minière y sont aussi traités. Ce livre est destiné aux étudiants de spécialisations minières et peut être utilisé par les ingénieurs des mines comme manuel pratique. Parmi les disciplines géologiques dans les plans d ’études des écoles supérieures des mines, suivant les spécialités « Exploitation des gisements de minéraux utiles», «Construction d ’entreprises minières» et « Arpentage des mines », un rôle important est dévolu à la matière « Les gisements de minéraux utiles et leur prospection ». Les chapitres 1, I I , IV , V et la seconde partie du manuel prétité, conçu suivant le programme d’étude de la matière considérée destinée aux spécialisations indiquées, ont été rédigés par A.V. Drouginine et V. I. Sobolevsky ; le troisième chapitre et la troisième partie, par E.N. Bogatcheva ; les quatrième et cinquième parties, par I.V. Dorokhine ; la sixième partie, par E.Z. Gorbounov. Traduit du russe par T. Sahakian Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
gisements miniers,processus endogènes,processus exogènes,métamorphogènes,minéraux utiles métalliques,métaux,alliages,métaux nobles,métaux non ferreux,éléments radioactifs,éléments légers,éléments rares,terres rares,matériaux de construction,l’industrie chimique,charbons minéraux,métamorphisme,composition chimique,technologiques des charbons,couche houillère,schistes combustibles,pétrole,gaz naturels,techniques de recherches,techniques de prospection,hydrogéologiques,observations géologiques,echantillonnage


creator: Kh. Arustamov
date: 1972-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: arustamov-problems-in-descriptive-geometry-mir-1972
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-01-09T08:43:45Z,2026-02-03T23:15:36Z
publicdate: 2023-01-09T08:43:45Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Problems In Descriptive Geometry
year: 1972
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-0papai,fav-ahylla,fav-amirreza_akbarzadeh649,fav-ashallal,fav-blake_johnson489,fav-bzerker,fav-captain1949,fav-carlosgabrielgarciauno,fav-el_padre_almeida,fav-fing19,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-james_derryberry,fav-jesse_whittle397,fav-jordan_k987,fav-joyban,fav-jwile62,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-leonardo662020,fav-mevsimimirzi,fav-mohamed_walid832,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nosko,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-sandeep_nangia,fav-shahinsrad,fav-shauhram,fav-verante,fav-vignam

description:
 Along with problems and typical solutions the book gives brief theoretical information, which is particularly valuable for students working without the guidance of a teacher. A complete theoretical background is pre­ sented in another Mir Publishers’ production DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY by N. Krylov, P. Lobandievsky, S. Men* The book is intended for students of higher technical schools majoring in building construction. The course covered by the book includes the following sections: orthogonal projections, axonometry, linear perspective and projections with numerical markings. In addition to the basic course the book sets out the principles of the theory of shadows in orthogonal projections, perspective and axonometry. The material is presented in a simple but strictly scientific form and is well illust­rated. The book has seen four Russian editions and has been translated into English and Japanese. Spanish and French versions are in prepa­ ration.  KHRISTOFOR ARTEMYEVICH ARUSTAMOV, Professor at the Bauman Higher Technical School in Moscow, has been heading the chair of des­ criptive geometry and drawing for over forty years. Ho has written a number of manuals on solving problems in descriptive geometry. Original scan by servants of knowledge

subject:
problem books,mathematics,descriptive geometry,problems and solutions,projections,civil engineering,engineering drawing,axonometric projections,orthogonal projections,linear perspective,linear projection,shadows


btih: 580ab1f35972ad9012448de632287886fcd6df34
creator: अलेक्सान्द्र फदेयेव (Alexander Fadeyev / Fadeev)
date: 2006-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: alexander-fadeyev-fadeev-the-young-guard-a-novel-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-31T13:42:59Z,2026-02-03T21:34:45Z
publicdate: 2024-08-31T13:42:59Z
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,सोवियत साहित्य,रूसी साहित्य
title: तरुण गार्ड (The Young Guard A Novel In Hindi)
year: 2006
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-aghori_king,fav-mithilesh_singh715,fav-ramap,fav-richa_kumari827,fav-sureshpal360

description:
अलेक्ज़ेंडर फादेयेव की तरुण गार्डसोवियत रूस के एक युवा गुप्त संगठन की कहानी है, जो द्वितीय विश्व युद्ध के दौरान नाज़ी कब्ज़े के खिलाफ संघर्ष करता है। उपन्यास का केंद्र लुगांस्क (तब के क्रास्नोदोन्स्क) शहर में रहने वाले युवा लड़के और लड़कियों का एक गुट है, जो साहसिक ढंग से विरोधी गतिविधियों में शामिल होते हैं, लेकिन अंततः पकड़े जाते हैं। यह पुस्तक साहस, बलिदान और मातृभूमि के प्रति अटूट प्रेम के संदेश को उजागर करती है। तरुण गार्ड नायकत्व और सामूहिक संघर्ष का प्रतीक बनती है, जो सोवियत साहित्य में एक प्रमुख स्थान रखती है।

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:Alexander Fadeyev (Fadeev) - The Young Guard - A Novel - In Hindi :epub:2cf07250-841c-4925-9d76-a79f3cf83338


btih: 8e50d6cc82cbad94ba183d3d71db55733105936b
creator: Alexander Tolstykh
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: alexander-tolstykh-man-and-his-stages-of-life-progress-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-20T11:17:55Z,2026-03-20T11:41:29Z
publicdate: 2026-03-20T11:17:55Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,psychology,social life,childhood,old age,youth,adoloscence,aging,maturity
title: Man And His Stages Of Life
year: 1987
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-akumar26,fav-apeiron91,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-sticky_pepsi,fav-sureshpal360

description:
Human life is nature's most valuable and unique creation. Since ancient times people have sought to establish the meaning of all age periods of hurnan existence. But to this day: many problems of age-related psychology, ranging from infancy to extreme old age remain unresolved. In the prasent study, Soviet psychologist A. Tolstykh has attempted a generalization of the problems of human aging, revealing the present stage of psychological science and describing the achievements of Soviet scientists in that sphere. Translated from the Russian by Inna Medow Designed by Vadim Belkin


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: I. Boukréev,B. Mansourov,V. Goriatchev
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: boukreev-mansourov-goriatchev-circuits-micoelectroniques-et-techniques-numeriques-mir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-25T04:52:08Z,2026-02-04T15:21:06Z
publicdate: 2022-12-25T04:52:08Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Circuits Micoélectroniques Et Techniques Numériques
year: 1975
description:
Dans le livre, la place est largement faite à l’organisation des compteurs numériques. Cela tient au fait que les compteurs constituent l’élément fonctionnel le plus usité des systèmes numériques. Deux chapitres (7e et 8e) traitent des principes de conception des décodeurs et des additionneurs réalisés en circuits intégrés numériques à niveaux. Une place à part revient au chapitre consacré aux circuits LSI à très grande intégration. La distinction entre ce chapitre etlles autres est qu’il n’insiste pas tant sur la spécificité des circuits aux fonctions particulières que sur les problèmes fondamentaux auxquels ont à faire face les concepteurs des circuits LSI à très grande intégration. L’analyse des circuits fonctionnels dans le livre est étayée au fur et à mesure par la présentation de caractéristiques temporelles et de systèmes de paramètres électriques qui leur sont propres. Les méthodes de calcul des circuits électriques ne sont pas discutées, étant donné qu’il existe à ce sujet une littérature abondante [2, 10, 13, 23, 24]. En ce qui concerne la terminologie, les auteurs ont cherché la plupart du temps à employer les termes et les notations universellement adoptés. C’est pour la première fois que sont exposés les résultats originaux de l’étude des échelles et des distributeurs à base des circuits multistables, fruits de longue expérience acquise par les auteurs dans le présent domaine. Traduit du russe par V. Gourbanovski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
micro-électronique,des circuits intégrés,calculateur électronique,bascule,Registres,Compteurs,Décodeurs,Circuits LSI


btih: 42e8d61805b688467b3e7b6b0a73215393f13d95
creator: G. Melentyeva,L. Antonova
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: g.-melentyeva-l.-antonova-pharmaceutical-chemistry-mir-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-31T09:42:38Z,2026-02-04T21:58:37Z
publicdate: 2024-12-31T09:42:38Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Pharmaceutical Chemistry
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-floura28zz,fav-jetmorgann,fav-js_07,fav-lenhaphuong80,fav-mahmoudfdondeti12,fav-mr_absolute,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-noearchive,fav-pio07,fav-zhanture

description:
This book, based on the authors' experience in teaching at higher and secondary schools, combines theory with laboratory applications. This integrated approach has been undertaken for the first time, substantially distinguishing the present textbook from previous works on the subject. The first part of the book acquaints students with modern physicochemical methods of analysis, providing a general understanding essential for their future work. The remaining three parts are devoted to the description and analysis of inorganic and organic models, as well as selected groups of biologically active natural compounds (alkaloids, vitamins, antibiotics). Each chapter concludes with review questions designed to help students assess how thoroughly they have understood and mastered the material. Instructors can also use these questions to test the students' knowledge. Most chapters are followed by laboratory experiments, which include detailed descriptions of the procedures. The practical lessons aid students in developing laboratory skills and incorporate elements of the problem-solving research method. Students are encouraged to analyse various substances in accordance with the pharmacopoeia and other official sources relevant to their country. Translated from the Russian by G. Leib

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:G. Melentyeva, L. Antonova - Pharmaceutical Chemistry - Mir -1988:epub:841ec2f2-0767-48dc-81d8-c3b73e0444a4

subject:
soviet literature,pharmaceutical processes,drug manufacture,chemical processes,medicine,antibiotics,vitamins,physicochemical analysis


btih: 19fb1122bf31c5953f7c3f7b2cb00793cecd2a5b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-avi_khobragade,fav-jems_bond493,fav-nik907,fav-sureshpal360
creator: फ्योदर दस्तीयेवस्की (Fyodor Dostoyevsky)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fyodor-dosyevsky-white-nights-in-marathi-raduga-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-07T14:12:28Z,2026-02-04T21:58:29Z
publicdate: 2025-02-07T14:12:28Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,सोव्हियेत साहित्य,रशियन साहित्य
title: श्वेतरात्री (White Nights In Marathi )
year: 1987
description:
जगप्रसिद्ध रशियन लेखक फ्य दस्तोयेवस्की (१८२१-१८८१) यांना प्रतिभावंत म्हणून संबोधले जाते. शेक्सपीयर, दान्ते, ग्योते, तल्स्तोय यांच्या मालिकेत त्यांच्या नांवाचा समावेश होतो. 'अपराध आणि शा-सन', 'वेडा', 'कारामाझोव बंधू' अशा खंडप्राय कादंबग्यांमुळे कीर्ती प्राप्त झालेला हा लेखक, मानसशास्त्रीय लघुकादंबऱ्या व कथा लिहिणारा कसबी म्हणूनही साहित्यिक इतिहासात नमूद झाला आहे. " मी पाहिलंय आणि मला माहीत आहे की, पृथ्वीवर राहण्याची क्षमता न गमावता माणसं सुंदर आणि सुखी असू शकतात. दुष्टपणा हा माणसाचा स्थायी भाव आहे यावर मी विश्वास ठेवू शकत नाही आणि इच्छित नाही," हे शब्द दस्तोयेवस्कींच्या 'एका विचित्र वल्लीचे स्वप्न' कथेमधील आहेत. अनुवाद - अनिल हवालदार सजावट - म. आ. त्रुबेत्स्कोय Many thanks to Shankar Brahme Samaj Vigyan Granthalaya, Pune for providing access to the book.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-pb_ess
creator: G. F. Drukarev
date: 1965-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: g.-f.-drukarev-the-theory-of-electron-atom-collisions-1965
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-08-16T04:28:19Z,2026-02-04T21:58:30Z
publicdate: 2023-08-16T04:28:19Z
subject: atomic physics,quantum mechanics,ionization,elastic scattering,atomic collisions
title: The Theory Of Electron Atom Collisions
year: 1965
description:
The present book is largely devoted to recent developments in the theory of electron-atom collisions. It expounds both the general theory and its applications to specific problems. Chapters 1 and 2 are devoted to central force problems. The general theory of electron-atom collisions is discussed in Chapter 3 in the simplest case, i.e. the case of the hydrogen atom. Equations describing the collision of an electron with an arbitrary atom or ion are considered in Chapter 8. The remaining chapters are concerned with concrete calculations. “The Theory of Electron-Atom Collisions” should find a place not only with the professional quantum theorists but with those physicists who require merely to understand the effects produced by elastic and inelastic collisions, without personally manipulating the mathematics. No longer is it possible for the more classically inclined ionized gas physicist to aver that the quantum theory methods only nibble at the collision problem. Consider the achieve­ments as of 1964: the ability to predict elastic scattering and excitation functions for simple atoms, with pointers in the direction of success for many-electron atoms; the prediction of the existence of virtual and real energy levels, and the scattering effects they produce; the establishment of upper limits with confidence which is far greater than that usually applied to theoretical cross-sections; the prediction of scattering cross-sections for electrons with ions and with excited atoms, collisions which have hardly yet been attempted in experiment. Only in ionizing collisions is the theoretical position rather less satisfactory. Translated from the Russian by S. Chomet Translation edited by J. B. Hasted


btih: 07b3dc35f5a8ca508af9018fa055da17e2fd06c3
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: జి. యూదిన్ (G. Yudin)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: g.-yudin-the-tale-of-master-egor-in-telugu-raduga-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-07T13:30:08Z,2026-02-04T21:58:36Z
publicdate: 2025-06-07T13:30:08Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,illustrated books,children's books,soviet children's literature,fantasy
title: కళాతపస్వి యెగోరి (The Tale Of Master Egor In Telugu)
year: 1988
description:
మధ్యయుగాల నాటి రష్యాలో ఒక అమర చిత్రకారుడు ఉండేవాడు. ఇది ఆ కళా తపస్వి గొప్ప గాథ. ఎంతో సంఘటనాభరితంగా ఉండే ఈ గాథలో, ఆ నాటి జనజీవితంలో వెలిసిన పురాతన ఐతిహాసిక వృత్తాంతాలు, పాటల గాథలు, జాతీయ ఆచారాలు, వ్రతాలు, గీతాలు, సంప్రదాయాలు పుష్కలంగా ఉన్నాయి. అవి ఆ జీవితం వైశిష్ట్యాన్ని సూచిస్తాయి. అవి మిలమిల మెరిసే తారలవలె ఈ కథలో పాఠకులకు పరిచయమవుతాయి. In medieval Russia, there lived an immortal painter. This is the great tale of that devoted artist. A narrative full of events, it reflects the old historical episodes, ballads, national customs, rituals, songs, and traditions that enriched the life of that era. Like twinkling stars, these elements are vividly introduced to the reader through this story. చిత్రాలు: రచయితవి అనువాద౦: ఆర్వియార్‌ Many thanks to Anil Battula Garu for the scans స్కాన్లు అందించిన అనిల్ బట్టుల గారికి హృదయపూర్వక కృతజ్ఞతలు.


btih: b2d5d416f6353f8473006e06b835242bd8583301
creator: Yuri Gagarin
date: 2025-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gagarin--i-see-the-earth-1976
imagecount: 59
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-03-13T10:35:16Z,2026-02-04T21:58:45Z
publicdate: 2025-03-13T10:35:16Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
title: I See the Earth...
year: 2025
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cctu_pico_sena,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-gherling,fav-lawrencedc,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-sandeepghutke,fav-yoshiyamadeep

description:
A Documentary Narrative by Pilot-Cosmonaut and Hero of the Soviet Union, Y.A. Gagarin, About the Preparation and Execution of the World’s First Manned Spaceflight. Translation to English and typesetting in LaTeX by Damitr Mazanav.

subject:
soviet literature,first man in space,autobiography,yuri gagarin,Gherman Titov,soviet space programme,cosmonauts,cosmonaut training


backup_location: ia906806_9
creator: G. S. Landsberg (Ed.)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: LandsbergElementaryTextbookOnPhysicsVol1Mir1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-01-07T07:04:53Z,2026-02-05T20:01:40Z
publicdate: 2019-01-07T07:04:53Z
title: Elementary Textbook On Physics Volume 1
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-a1essandra,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-ali_zaidan_thamyeez194,fav-amol2010,fav-arminiuskan,fav-captain1949,fav-dan_dooley,fav-dedi_kurniawan719,fav-dimasngb,fav-ducbang,fav-edward_brown337,fav-flhoosier,fav-h_v376,fav-hcmx,fav-hello_world201,fav-herrera_pelayo_carlos,fav-hopemawunyo,fav-human_suprnva,fav-ilem,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-jissica_122m,fav-jkreiser,fav-kelly_bridenstine,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-koolobo2,fav-kostrov_sergey,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-leonardo662020,fav-lromanovich,fav-modelisa_design,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pedro_placido,fav-peekabeak,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-princederek,fav-rafaeltm,fav-raghu13957,fav-ramap,fav-rare_book_bangla,fav-renan481,fav-scoutalice,fav-seafarer54,fav-shaniav,fav-shauhram,fav-shir_farchi,fav-sigmaalgebra,fav-sureshpal360,fav-tarini_gera,fav-thf,fav-tom_keane,fav-torsmen50,fav-verante,fav-vignam,fav-ytio,fav-zha13

description:
In this post, we will see Elementary Textbook on Physics - Volume 1 - Mechanics, Heat and Molecular Physics  edited by G. S. Landsberg. About the book: Volume 1 covers aspects of basic mechanics and fluid mechanics (both statics and dynamics), heat and molecular physics. These topics include: Kinematics. Dynamics. Statics. Work and Energy. Curvilinear Motion. Motion in Noninertial Reference Systems and inertial Forces. Hydrostatics. Aerostatics. Fluid Dynamics. Thermal Expansion of Solids and Liquids. Work. Heat. Law of Energy Conservation. Molecular Theory. Properties of Gases. Properties of Liquids. Properties of Solids. Transition from Solid to Liquid State. Elasticity and Strength. Properties of Vapours. Physics of the Atmosphere. Heat Engines.   About the series (from Front Jacket and Preface): Elementary Textbook on Physics first appeared in 1948-52 under the editorship of Academician G.S. Landsberg (1890-1957) and immediately became popular with students preparing for entrance examinations in physics. The success of the book was due very much to the fact that each section was written by a specialist. Contributors to the book included the scientists S.E. Khaikin, M.A. Isakovich, M.A. Leontovich, D.I. Sakharov (Vol. 1), S.G. Kalashnikov (Vol. 2), S.M. Rytov, M.M. Sushchinskii (with the participation of I.A. Yakovlev), F.S. Landsberg-Baryshanskaya, and F.L. Shapiro (Vol. 3). These three volumes form a course on elementary physics that has become very popular in the Soviet Union. Each sectioh was written by an authority in the appropriate field, while the overall unity and editing was supervised by Academician G.S. Landsberg (1890-1957). This textbook has gone through ten Russian editions and a great deal of effort went into the last edition to introduce SI units and change the terminology and notation for the physical units. A feature of this course is the relatively small number of formulas and mathematical manipulations. Instead, attention was focussed on explaining physical phenomena in such a way as to combine scientific rigour and a form understandable to school children. Another aspect of the text is the technological application of the physical laws. These features make the text a world-class textbook. For students preparing to enter universities and colleges to study physics, and for those it high schools specialising in physics. The book was translated from the Russian by Natalia Wadhwa and was first published by Mir in 1988. Contents Vol 1 Front Cover 1 Front Jacket 2 Title Page 7 Contents 9 From the Preface to the First Russian Edition 15 From the Publishers of the Tenth Russian Edition 18 Introduction 20 Part One Mechanics 23 Chapter 1 Kinematics 23 1.1. Motion of Bodies 23 1.2. Kinematics. Relative Nature of Motion and State of Rest 25 1.3. Trajectory of Motion 26 1.4. Translatory and Rotary Motion of a Body 28 1.5. Motion of a Point 29 1.6. Description of Motion of a Point 30 1.7. Measurement of Length 33 1.8. Measurement of Time Intervals 36 1.9. Uniform Rectilinear Motion and Its Velocity 38 1.10 The Sign of Velocity in Rectilinear Motion 40 1.11. Units of Velocity 40 1.12. Path vs. Time Graph 43 1.13. Velocity vs. Time Graph 47 1.14. Nonuniform Rectilinear Motion. Average Velocity 48 1.15. Instantaneous Velocity 49 1.16. Acceleration in Rectilinear Motion 51 1.17. Velocity of Uniformly Accelerated Motion in a Straight Line 53 1.18. The Sign of Acceleration in Rectilinear Motion 54 1.19. Velocity Graphs for Uniformly Accelerated Motion in a Straight Line 55 1.20. Velocity Graph for an Arbitrary Nonuniform Motion 56 1.21. Calculation of the Path Traversed in Nonuniform Motion with the Help of Velocity Graph 58 1.23. Vectors 60 1.24. Decomposition of a Vector into Components 64 1.25. Curvilinear Motion 67 1.26. Velocity of Curvilinear Motion 67 1.27. Acceleration in Curvilinear Motion 69 1.28. Motion in Different Reference Systems 71 1.29. Kinematics of Motion in Outer Space 73 Chapter 2 Dynamics 76 2.1. Problems of Dynamics 76 2.2. Law of Inertia 76 2.3. Inertial Reference Systems 79 2.4. Galileo’s Relativity Principle 79 2.5. Forces 80 2.6. Balanced Forces. State of Rest and Inertial Motion 82 2.7. Force as a Vector. Standard of Force 83 2.8. Spring Balance 84 2.9. The Point of Application of a Force 87 2.10. Resultant Force 88 2.11. Composition of Forces Acting along a Straight Line 88 2.12. Composition of Forces Acting at an Angle to Each Other 89 2.13. Relation between Force and Acceleration 91 2.14. Mass of a Body 93 2.15. Newton’s Second Law 95 2.16. Units of Force and Mass 98 2.17. Systems of Units 99 2.18. Newton’s Third Law 99 2.19. Applications of Newton’s Third Law 102 2.20. Momentum of a Body 104 2.21. System of Bodies. Law of Momentum Conservation 105 2.22. Application of the Law of Momentum Conservation 107 2.23. Free Fall of Bodies 109 2.24. Free Fall Acceleration 110 2.25. Falling of a Body with Zero Initial Velocity and Motion of a Body Thrown Vertically Upwards 110 2.26. Weight of a Body 112 2.27. Mass and Weight 114 2.28. Density of Substances 115 2.29. Emergence of Deformations 116 2.30. Deformations in Stationary Bodies Caused Only by Contact Forces 117 2.31. Deformations in Stationary Bodies Caused by the Force of Gravity 118 2.32. Deformation of a Body Moving with an Acceleration 119 2.33. Vanishing of Deformations in Free Fail 121 2.34. Destruction of Moving Bodies 123 2.35. Frictional Forces 124 2.36. Rolling Friction 127 2.37. Role of Friction 128 2.38. Resistance of Medium 129 2.39. Falling of Bodies in Air 130 Chapter 3 Statics 133 3.1. Problems of Statics 133 3.2. Perfectly Rigid Body 134 3.3. Translation of the Point of Application of a Force Acting on a Rigid Body 135 3.4. Equilibrium of a Body under the Action of Three Forces 137 3.5. Decomposition of Forces 138 3.6. Projections of Forces. General Conditions of Equilibrium 141 3.7. Constraints. Constraining Forces. A Body with a Fixed Axis 143 3.8. Equilibrium of a Body with a Fixed Axis 145 3.9. Moment of Force 146 3.10. Measurement of Torque 149 3.11. Force Couple 150 3.12. Composition of Parallel Forces. Centre of Gravity 151 3.13. Determination of the Centre of Gravity of a Body 154 3.14. Equilibrium of a Body under the Action of the Force of Gravity 157 3.15. Conditions of Stable Equilibrium under the Action of the Force of Gravity 159 3.16. Simple Machines 162 3.17. Wedge and Screw 168 Chapter 4 Work and Energy 172 4.1. “Golden Rule” of Mechanics 172 4.2. Applications of the "Golden Rule” 173 4.3. Work Done by a Force 174 4.4. Work Done during a Displacement Normal to the Direction of Force 176 4.5. Work Done by a Force Acting at an Arbitrary Angle to Displacement 176 4.6. Positive and Negative Work 177 4.7. Units of Work 178 4.8. Motion over a Horizontal Plane 179 4.9. Work Done by the Force of Gravity in Motion over an Inclined Plane 179 4.10. Principle of Work Conservation 180 4.11. Energy 182 4.12. Potential Energy 183 4.13. Potential Energy of Elastic Deformation 185 4.14. Kinetic Energy 187 4.15. Kinetic Energy in Terms of Mass and Velocity of a Body 187 4.16. Total Energy of a Body 188 4.17. The Law of Energy Conservation 190 4.18. Frictional Forces and the Law of Conservation of Mechanical Energy 193 4.19. Conversion of Mechanical Energy into Internal Energy 194 4.20. General Nature of the Law of Energy Conservation 196 4.21. Power 197 4.22. Calculation of Power of Machines 198 4.23. Power 4.24. Efficiency of Machines 200 Chapter 5 Curvilinear Motion 202 5.1. Emergence of Curvilinear Motion 202 5.2. Acceleration of a Curvilinear Motion 203 5.3. Motion of a Body Thrown along the Horizontal 204 5.4. Motion of a Body Thrown at an Angle to the Horizontal 207 5.5. Flight of Bullets and Projectiles 210 5.6. Angular Velocity 211 5.7. Forces in a Uniform Circular Motion 212 5.8. Emergence of the Force Acting on a Body Moving in a Circle 214 5.9. Rupture of Flywheels 216 5.10. Deformation of a Body Moving in a Circle 217 5.11. Roller Coaster 219 5.12. Banking of Tracks 221 5.13. The Circular Motion of a Suspended Body 222 5.14. Motion of Planets 223 5.15. The Law of Universal Gravitation 227 5.16. Artificial Satellites of the Earth 231 Chapter 6 Motion in Noninertial Reference Systems and Inertial Forces 239 6.1. The Role of a Reference System 239 6.2. Motion Relative to Different Inertial Systems 240 6.3. Motion Relative to an Inertial and a Noninertial Reference System 241 6.4. Noninertial Systems in Translatory Motion 243 6.5. Inertial Forces 243 6.6. Equivalence of Inertial Forces and Gravitational Forces 245 6.7. Weightlessness and Overloads 248 6.8. Is the Earth an Inertial Reference System? 250 6.9. Rotating Reference Systems 251 6.10. Inertial Forces for a Body Moving Relative to a Rotating Reference System 253 6.11. Proof of the Earth's Rotation 254 6.12. Tides 257 Chapter 7 Hydrostatics 259 7.1. Mobility of Liquids 259 7.2. Force of Pressure 260 7.3. Measurement of Compressibility of a Liquid 262 7.4. “Incompressible” Liquid 263 7.5. Forces of Pressure Are Transmitted in a Liquid in All Directions 263 7.6. Direction of Forces of Pressure 264 7.7. Pressure 264 7.8. Membrane Manometer 265 7.9. Independence of Pressure of the Orientation of an Area Element 266 7.10. Units of Pressure 267 7.11. Determination of Forces of Pressure from Pressure 267 7.12. Distribution of Pressure in a Liquid 268 7.13. Pascal’s Principle 269 7.14. Hydraulic Press 270 7.15. Liquid under the Action of the Force of Gravity 272 7.16. Communicating Vessels 276 7.17. Liquid Column Manometer 278 7.18. Water Supply System. Pressure Pump 279 7.19. Siphon 281 7.20. Force of Pressure on the Bottom of a Vessel 282 7.21. Water Pressure in Sea Depths 285 7.22. The Strength of a Submarine 288 7.23. Archimedes’ Principle 289 7.24. Measurement of Density of Bodies on the Basis of Archimedes’ Principle 293 7.25. Floatation of Bodies 293 7.26. Floatation of Hollow Bodies 296 7.27. Stability of Floating Ships 298 7.28. Rising of Bubbles to the Surface 299 7.29. Bodies Lying on the Bottom of a Vessel 299 Chapter 8 Aerostatics 301 8.1. Mechanical Properties of Gases 301 8.2. Atmosphere 302 8.3. Atmospheric Pressure 303 8.4. Other Experiments Confirming the Existence of the Atmospheric Pressure 305 8.5. Vacuum Pumps 308 8.6. Effect of the Atmospheric Pressure on the Level of Liquid in a Pipe 308 8.7. Maximum Height of a Liquid Column 310 8.8. Torricelli’s Experiment. Mercury Barometer and Aneroid Barometer 312 8.9. Distribution of Atmospheric Pressure over Altitude 315 8.10. Physiological Effect of Lowered Air Pressure 318 8.11. Archimedes’ Principle for Gases 318 8.12. Balloons and Airships 319 8.13. Application of Compressed Air in Engineering 321 Chapter 9 Fluid Dynamics 324 9.1. Pressure in a Fluid Flow 324 9.2. Fluid Flow in Pipes. Fluid Friction 326 9.3. Bernoulli’s Law 329 9.4. Fluid in Noninertial Reference Systems 331 9.5. Reaction of a Moving Fluid and Its Application 333 9.6. Motion over Water Surface 336 9.7. Rockets 338 9.9. Ballistic Missiles 340 9.10. Launching a Rocket from the Earth 342 9.11. Air Resistance. Resistance of Water 342 9.12. Magnus Effect and Circulation 346 9.14. Turbulence in a Fluid Flow 351 9.15. Laminar Flow 352 Part Two Heat. Molecular Physics 353 Chapter 10 Thermal Expansion of Solids and Liquids 353 10.1. Thermal Expansion of Solids and Liquids 353 10.2. Thermometers 357 10.3. Formula of Linear Expansion 359 10.4. Formula for Volume Expansion 361 10.5. Relation between Temperature Coefficients of Linear and Volume Expansion 363 10.6. Measurement of Temperature Coefficient of Volume Expansion for Liquids 364 10.7. Thermal Expansion of Water 364 Chapter 11 Work. Heat. Law of Energy Conservation 366 11.1. Change of the State of Bodies 366 11.2. Heating of Bodies on Which Work Is Done 367 11.3. The Change in the Internal Energy in Heat Transfer 369 11.4. Units of Heat 370 11.5. Dependence of Internal Energy of a Body on Its Mass and Substance of Which It Is Made Up 371 11.6. Heat Capacity of a Body 372 11.7. Specific Heat Capacity 373 11.8. Calorimeter. Measurement of Heat Capacity 373 11.9. The Law of Energy Conservation 376 11.10. Perpetual-Motion Machine (Perpetuum Mobile) 378 11.11. Types of Processes Involving Heat Transfer 378 Chapter 12 Molecular Theory 383 12.1. Molecules and Atoms 383 12.2. Size of Atoms and Molecules 384 12.3. Microworld 385 12.4. Internal Energy from the Viewpoint of Molecular Theory 386 12.5. Molecular Motion 387 12.6. Molecular Motion in Gases 12.7. Brownian Movement 389 12.8. Intermolecular Forces 390 Chapter 13 Properties of Gases 393 13.1. Pressure of a Gas 393 13.2. Temperature Dependence of Gas Pressure 395 13.3. Formula Expressing Gay-Lussac’s Law 396 13.4. Gay-Lussac’s Law from the Point of View of Molecular Theory 397 13.5. Variation of Gas Temperature with a Change in Its Volume. Adiabatic and Isothermal Processes 398 13.6. Boyle’s Law 400 13.7. Formula Expressing Boyle’s Law 402 13.8. The Graph Representing Boyle’s Law 403 13.9. Relation between the Gas Density and Pressure 403 13.10. Molecular Interpretation of Boyle’s Law 404 13.11. Variation of Gas Volume with Temperature 405 13.12. Charles’ Law 406 13.13. Graphs Representing Gay-Lussac’s and Charles’ Laws 407 13.14. Thermodynamic Temperature 408 13.15. Gas Thermometer 410 13.16. Gas Volume and Thermodynamic Temperature 411 13.17. Temperature Dependence of Gas Density 411 13.18. Equation of State for a Gas 412 13.19. Dalton’s Law 413 13.20. Density of Gases 415 13.21. Avogadro’s Law 416 13.22. Mole. Avogadro’s Number 417 13.23. Velocities of Gas Molecules 418 13.24. Measurement of Velocities of Gas Molecules(Stern’s Experiment) 422 13.25. Specific Heat Capacities of Gases 424 13.26. Molar Heat Capacities 425 13.27. The Dulong and Petit Law 426 Chapter 14 Properties of Liquids 428 14.1. Structure of Liquids 428 14.2. Surface Energy 429 14.3. Surface Tension 433 14.4. Liquid Films 436 14.5. Temperature Dependence of Surface Tension 438 14.6. Wetting and Nonwetting 438 14.7. Arrangement of Molecules at the Surface of Bodies 441 14.8. The Role of the Curvature of the Free Surface of a Liquid 442 14.9. Capillary Phenomena 446 14.10. The Height to Which a Liquid Rises in Capillary Tubes 448 14.11. Adsorption 450 14.12. Floatation 451 14.13. Dissolution of Gases 453 14.14. Mutual Solubility of Liquids 455 14.15. Dissolution of Solids in Liquids 456 Chapter 15 Properties of Solids. Transition from Solid to Liquid State 458 15.1. Introduction 458 15.2. Crystalline Bodies 458 15.3. Amorphous Bodies 462 15.4. Crystal Lattice 463 15.5. Crystallisation 466 15.6. Melting and Solidification 467 15.7. Specific Latent Heat of Fusion 468 15.8. Supercooling 470 15.9. The Change in the Density of a Substance during Fusion 471 15.10. Polymers 472 15.11. Alloys 475 15.12. Solidification of Solutions 477 15.13. Cooling Mixtures 477 15.14. Variation of Properties of a Solid 478 Chapter 16 Elasticity and Strength 480 16.1. Introduction 480 16.2. Elastic and Plastic Deformations 480 16.3. Hooke’s Law 481 16.4. Extension and Compression 482 16.5. Shear 484 16.6. Torsion 485 16.7. Bending 487 16.8. Strength 489 16.9. Hardness 490 16.10. What Occurs during Deformations of Bodies? 491 16.11. Energy Variation during Deformations of Bodies 491 Chapter 17 Properties of Vapours 493 17.1. Introduction 493 17.2. Saturated and Unsaturated Vapour 493 17.3. Variation of Volume of Liquid and Saturated Vapour 495 17.4. Dalton’s Law for Vapours 497 17.5. Molecular Pattern of Evaporation 498 17.6. Temperature Dependence of Saturated Vapour Pressure 499 17.7. Boiling 500 17.8. Specific Latent Heat of Vaporisation 504 17.9. Cooling during Evaporation 507 17.10. The Change in the Internal Energy during a Transition of a Substance from the Liquid State to Vapour 508 17.11. Evaporation from Curved Surfaces of Liquids 509 17.12. Superheating of a Liquid 510 17.13. Supersaturation of Vapours 511 17.14. Vapour Saturation in Sublimation 512 17.15. Liquefaction of Gases 513 17.16. Critical Temperature 514 17.17. Liquefaction of Gases in Engineering 517 17.18. Vacuum Technology 520 17.19. Water Vapour in the Atmosphere 521 Chapter 18 Physics of the Atmosphere 525 18.1. The Atmosphere 525 18.2. Heat Balance of the Earth 526 18.3. Adiabatic Processes in the Atmosphere 527 18.4. Clouds 528 18.5. Artificial Precipitation 530 18.6. Wind 530 18.7. Weather Forecasting 532 Chapter 19 Heat Engines 534 19.1. Necessary Conditions for the Operation of Heat Engines 534 19.2. Steam Power Plant 535 19.3. Steam Boiler 536 19.4. Steam Turbine 537 19.5. Steam Piston Engine 539 19.6. Condenser 540 19.7. Efficiency of Heat Engines 541 19.8. Efficiency of a Steam Power Plant 541 19.9. Petrol Internal Combustion Engine 543 19.10. Efficiency of Internal Combustion Engines 547 19.11. Diesel Engine 548 19.12. Jet Engines 549 19.13. Heat Transfer from a Cold to a Hot Body 550 Answers and Solutions 553 Index 556 Back Jacket 568 Back Cover 569

stripped_tags:
em,blockquote,div class="page" title="Page 569",div class="section",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",div class="page" title="Page 18",div class="page" title="Page 2"

subject:
Kinematics,Dynamics,Statics,Work and Energy,Curvilinear Motion,Motion in Noninertial Reference Systems and inertial Forces,Hydrostatics,Aerostatics,Fluid Dynamics,Thermal Expansion of Solids and Liquids,Work,Heat,Law of Energy Conservation,Molecular Theory,Properties of Gases,Properties of Liquids,Properties of Solids,Transition from Solid to Liquid State,Elasticity and Strength,Properties of Vapours,Physics of the Atmosphere,Heat Engines,mir books,mir publishers


backup_location: ia906806_9
creator: G. S. Landsberg (Ed.)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: LandsbergElementaryTextbookOnPhysicsVol2Mir1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-01-07T07:17:39Z,2026-06-10T18:01:46Z
publicdate: 2019-01-07T07:17:39Z
title: Elementary Textbook On Physics Volume 2
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-ali_zaidan_thamyeez194,fav-arminiuskan,fav-captain1949,fav-dedi_kurniawan719,fav-dimasngb,fav-ducbang,fav-flhoosier,fav-floura28zz,fav-gabriel_choconapi,fav-golgonooza,fav-hc80,fav-hello_world201,fav-herrera_pelayo_carlos,fav-hopemawunyo,fav-ilem,fav-jissica_122m,fav-jkreiser,fav-koolobo2,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-leonardo662020,fav-ms157,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pedro_placido,fav-pietja,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-rafaeltm,fav-raghu13957,fav-renan481,fav-rhasinat,fav-scoutalice,fav-seafarer54,fav-shaniav,fav-shauhram,fav-sigmaalgebra,fav-sureshpal360,fav-thf,fav-tom_keane,fav-verante,fav-vignam,fav-vikash_godara,fav-zha13

description:
In this post, we will see Elementary Textbook on Physics - Volume 2 - Electricity And Magnetism  edited by G. S. Landsberg. About the book: Volume 2 covers aspects of basic aspects of electricity and magnetism. These topics include: Electric Charges. Electric Field. Direct Current. Thermal Effect of Current. Electric Current in Electrolytes. Chemical and Thermal Generators. Electric Current in Metals. Electric Current in Gases. Electric Current in Semiconductors. Basic Magnetic Phenomena. Magnetic Field. Magnetic Field of Current. Magnetic Field of the Earth. Forces Acting on Current- Carrying Conductors in Magnetic Field. Electromagnetic Induction. Magnetic Properties of Bodies. Alternating Current. Electric Machines: Generators, Motors and Electromagnets.   About the series (from Front Jacket and Preface): Elementary Textbook on Physics first appeared in 1948-52 under the editorship of Academician G.S. Landsberg (1890-1957) and immediately became popular with students preparing for entrance examinations in physics. The success of the book was due very much to the fact that each section was written by a specialist. Contributors to the book included the scientists S.E. Khaikin, M.A. Isakovich, M.A. Leontovich, D.I. Sakharov (Vol. 1), S.G. Kalashnikov (Vol. 2), S.M. Rytov, M.M. Sushchinskii (with the participation of I.A. Yakovlev), F.S. Landsberg-Baryshanskaya, and F.L. Shapiro (Vol. 3). These three volumes form a course on elementary physics that has become very popular in the Soviet Union. Each sectioh was written by an authority in the appropriate field, while the overall unity and editing was supervised by Academician G.S. Landsberg (1890-1957). This textbook has gone through ten Russian editions and a great deal of effort went into the last edition to introduce SI units and change the terminology and notation for the physical units. A feature of this course is the relatively small number of formulas and mathematical manipulations. Instead, attention was focussed on explaining physical phenomena in such a way as to combine scientific rigour and a form understandable to school children. Another aspect of the text is the technological application of the physical laws. These features make the text a world-class textbook. For students preparing to enter universities and colleges to study physics, and for those it high schools specialising in physics. The book was translated from the Russian by Natalia Wadhwa and was first published by Mir in 1988. Contents Vol 2 Front Cover 1 Front Jacket 2 Title Page 8 Contents 10 From the Preface to the First Russian Edition 15 Chapter 1 Electric Charges 16 1.1. Electric Interaction 16 1.2. Conductors and Insulators 18 1.3. Division of Bodies into Conductors and Insulators 20 1.4. Positive and Negative Charges 22 1.5. What Happens During Electrostatic Charging? 24 1.6. Electron Theory 26 1.7. Electrostatic Charging by Friction 27 1.8. Charging by Induction 30 1.10. Coulomb’s Law 34 1.11. Unit of Charge 36 Chapter 2 Electric Field 39 2.1. Effect of Electric Charge on Surrounding Bodies 39 2.2. The Idea of Electric Field 40 2.3. Electric Field Strength 42 2.4. Composition of Fields 44 2.5. Electric Field in Insulators and Conductors 45 2.6. Graphic Representation of Fields 46 2.7. Main Features of Electric Field-Strength Patterns 50 2.8. Application of the Method of Field Lines to Problems in Electrostatics 50 2.9. Work Done in Displacing an Electric Charge in an Electric Field 53 2.10. Potential Difference (Electric Voltage) 56 2.11. Equipotential Surfaces 58 2.12. Why Was the Potential Difference Introduced? 60 2.13. Conditions for Charge Equilibrium in Conductors 62 2.14. Electrometer 63 2.15. What Is the Difference Between an Electrometer and an Electroscope? 66 2.16. Earthing 67 2.17. Measurement of the Potential Difference in Air. Electric Probe 68 2.18. Electric Field of the Earth 70 2.19. Simple Electric Field Configurations 71 2.20. Charge Distribution in a Conductor. Faraday’s Cage 73 2.21. Surface Charge Density 77 2.22. Capacitors 78 2.23. Types of Capacitors 82 2.24. Parallel and Series Connection of Capacitors 85 2.25. Dielectric Permittivity 86 2.26. Why Is Electric Field Weakened in a Dielectric? Polarization of Dielectrics 90 2.27. Energy of Charged Bodies. Energy of Electric Field 92 Chapter 3 Direct Current 95 3.1. Electric Current and Electromotive Force 95 3.2. Manifestations of Electric Current 100 3.3. Direction of Current 103 3.4. Strength of Current 104 3.5. “Velocity of Electric Current” and Velocity of Charge Carriers 105 3.6. Galvanometer 106 3.7. Voltage Distribution in a Current-Carrying Conductor 107 3.8. Ohm’s Law 109 3.9 Resistance of Wires 111 3.10. Temperature Dependence of Resistance 114 3.11. Superconductivity 116 3.12. Series and Parallel Connection of Wires 118 3.13. Rheostats 121 3.14. Voltage Distribution in a Circuit. “Losses” in Wires 122 3.15. Voltmeter 124 3.16. What Must Be the Resistances of a Voltmeter and an Ammeter? 125 3.17. Shunting of Measuring Instruments 126 Chapter 4 Thermal Effect of Current 128 4.1. Heating by Current. Joule's Law 128 4.2. Work Done by Electric Current 129 4.3. Power of a Current 130 4.4. Resistance Welding 132 4.5. Electric Heating Appliances. Electric Furnaces 132 4.6. Design of Heating Appliances 134 4.7. Incandescent Lamps 135 4.8. Short-Circuiting. Fuses 137 4.9. Electric Wiring 139 Chapter 5 Electric Current in Electrolytes 141 5.1. Faraday’s First Law of Electrolysis 141 5.2. Faraday’s Second Law of Electrolysis 143 5.3. Ionic Conduction in Electrolytes 145 5.4. Motion o f Ions in Electrolytes 147 5.5. Elementary Electric Charge 148 5.6. Primary and Secondary Processes in Electrolysis 149 5.7. Electrolytic Dissociation 151 5.8. Graduating Ammeters with the Help of Electrolysis 152 5.9. Technical Applications of Electrolysis 153 Chapter 6 Chemical and Thermal Generators 157 6.1. Introduction. Volta’s Discovery 157 6.2. Volta’s Rule. Galvanic Cell 158 6.3. Emergence of EMF and Current in a Galvanic Cell 161 6.4. Polarization of Electrodes 166 6.5. Depolarization in Galvanic Cells 168 6.6. Accumulators 169 6.7. Ohm’s Law for Closed Circuits 172 6.8. Voltage Across the Terminals of a Current Source and EMF 174 6.9. Connection of Current Sources 177 6.10. Thermocouples 181 6.11. Thermocouples as Generators 183 6.12. Measurement of Temperature with the Help of Thermocouples 184 Chapter 7 Electric Current in Metals 188 7.1. Electron Conduction in Metals 188 7.2. Structure of Metals 191 7.3. Reasons Behind Electric Resistance 192 7.4. Work Function 193 7.5. Emission of Electrons by Incandescent Bodies 194 Chapter 8 Electric Current in Gases 197 8.1. Intrinsic and Induced Conduction in Gases 197 8.2. Induced Conduction in a Gas 197 8.3. Spark Discharge 201 8.4. Lightning 204 8.5. Corona Discharge 205 8.6. Applications of Corona Discharge 206 8.7. Lightning Conductor 208 8.8. Electric Arc 209 8.9. Applications of Arc Discharge 212 8.10. Glow Discharge 213 8.11. What Occurs During a Glow Discharge? 214 8.12. Cathode Rays 215 8.13. Nature of Cathode Rays 217 8.14. Canal (Positive) Rays 222 8.15. Electron Conduction in a High Vacuum 223 8.16. Electron Tubes 224 8.17. Cathode-Ray Tube 228 Chapter 9 Electric Current in Semiconductors 231 9.1. Nature of Electric Current in Semiconductors 231 9.2. Motion of Electrons in Semiconductors 9.3. Semiconductor Rectifiers 238 9.4. Semiconductor Photocells 243 Chapter 10 Basic Magnetic Phenomena 244 10.1. Natural and Artificial Magnets 244 10.2. Poles of a Magnet and Its Neutral Zone 246 10.3. Magnetic Effect of Electric Current 249 10.4. Magnetic Effects of Currents and Permanent Magnets 251 10.5. Origin of the Magnetic Field of Permanent Magnets. Coulomb’s Experiment 257 10.6. Ampere’s Hypothesis on Elementary Currents 260 Chapter 11 Magnetic Field 262 11.1. Magnetic Field and Its Manifestations. Magnetic Induction 262 11.2. Magnetic Moment. Unit of Magnetic Induction 264 11.3. Measurement of Magnetic Induction with the Help of Magnetic Needle 265 11.4. Composition of Magnetic Fields 266 11.5. Magnetic Field Lines 267 11.6. Instruments for Measuring Magnetic Induction 269 Chapter 12 Magnetic Field of Current 271 12.1.Magnetic Field of a Straight Conductor and of a Circular Current Loop. Right-Hand Screw Rule 271 12.2. Magnetic Field of a Solenoid. Equivalence of a Solenoid and a Bar Magnet 274 12.3. Magnetic Field in a Solenoid. Magnetic Field Strength 277 12.4. Magnetic Field of Moving Charges 279 Chapter 13 Magnetic Field of the Earth 281 13.1. Magnetic Field of the Earth 281 13.2. Dements of the Earth's Magnetism 283 13.3. Magnetic Anomalies and Magnetometric Prospecting of Mineral Resources 286 13.4. Time Variation of Elements of the Earth’s Magnetic Field. Magnetic Storms 287 Chapter 14 Forces Acting on Current-Carrying Conductors in a Magnetic Field 288 14.1. Introduction 288 14.2. Effect of a Magnetic Field on a Straight Current-Carrying Conductor. Left-Hand Rule 288 14.3. Effect of a Magnetic Field on a Current Loop or on a Solenoid 293 14.4. Galvanometer Based on Interaction of Magnetic Field and Current 298 14.5. Lorentz Force 300 14.6. Lorentz Force and Aurora Borealis 304 Chapter 15 Electromagnetic Induction 307 15.1. Conditions for Emergence of Induced Current 307 15.2. Direction of Induced Current. Lenz’s Law 313 15.3. Basic Law of Electromagnetic Induction 317 15.4. Induced EMF 319 15.5. Electromagnetic Induction and Lorentz Force 322 15.6. Induced Currents in Bulky Conductors. Foucault Currents 323 Chapter 16 Magnetic Properties of Bodies 327 16.1. Magnetic Permeability of Iron 327 16.2. Permeability of Different Materials. Paramagnetics and Diamagnetics 331 16.3. Motion of Paramagnetics and Diamagnetics in a Magnetic Field. Faraday’s Experiments 333 16.4. Molecular Theory of Magnetism 335 16.5. Magnetic Protection 336 16.6. Properties of Ferromagnetics 338 16.7. Fundamentals of the Theory of Ferromagnetism 343 Chapter 17 Alternating Current 346 17.1. Constant and Alternating Electromotive Force 346 17.2. Experimental Investigation of the Form of an Alternating Current. Oscillograph 350 17.3. Amplitude 17.4. Strength of Alternating Current 356 17.5. A.C. Ammeters and Voltmeters 357 17.6. Self-Induction 358 17.7. Inductance of a Coil 361 17.8. Alternating Current Through a Capacitor and a Large- Inductance Coil 362 17.9. Ohm’s Law for Alternating Current. Capacitive and Inductive Reactances 365 17.10. Summation of Currents for Parallel Connection of Elements in an A. C. Circuit 367 17.11. Summation of Voltages in Series Connection of Elements of an A.C. Circuit 371 7.12. Phase Shift Between Current and Voltage 372 17.13. Power of Alternating Current 377 17.14. Transformers 378 17.15. Centralized Production and Distribution of Electric Power 384 17.16. Rectification of Alternating Current 386 Chapter 18 Electric Machines: Generators 18.1. A.C. Generators 391 18.3. Separately Excited and Self-Excited Generators 403 18.4. Three-Phase Current 407 18.5. Three-Phase Electric Motor 412 18.6. D.C. Motors 420 18.7. Basic Operating Characteristics and Features of D.C. Motors with Shunt and Series Excitation 423 18.8. Efficiency of Generators and Motors 429 18.9. Reversibility of D. C. Generators 429 18.10. Electromagnets 431 18.11. Application of Electromagnets 433 18.12. Relays and Their Application in Engineering and Automatic Control 435 18.2. D.C. Generators 395 Answers and Solutions 437 Appendices 447 1. Fundamental Physical Constants 447 2. Factors and Prefixes Used with the SI Units 447 Index 448 Back Jacket 457 Back Cover 458 Electricity And Magnetism  

stripped_tags:
em,blockquote,div class="page" title="Page 458",div class="section",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",div class="page" title="Page 569",div class="page" title="Page 18",span style="background-color:#ffffff;color:#3d596d;",div class="page" title="Page 2"

subject:
Electric Charges,Electric Field,Direct Current,Thermal Effect of Current,Electric Current in Electrolytes,Chemical and Thermal Generators,Electric Current in Metals,Electric Current in Gases,Electric Current in Semiconductors,Basic Magnetic Phenomena,Magnetic Field,Magnetic Field of Current,Magnetic Field of the Earth,Forces Acting on Current- Carrying Conductors in Magnetic Field,Electromagnetic Induction,Magnetic Properties of Bodies,Alternating Current,Electric Machines: Generators,Motors and Electromagnets,mir books,mir publishers,physics,high school


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-research_journalist
creator: V. M. Zuyev
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: zuyev-a-laboratory-manual-for-trainees-in-heat-treatment-mir-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-08-08T16:05:20Z,2026-02-06T02:14:00Z
publicdate: 2022-08-08T16:05:20Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: A Laboratory Manual For Trainees In Heat Treatment
year: 1985
description:
Many thanks to Anish M. for making this book available. Translated from the Russian by Boris V. Kuznetsov First published 1985 Revised from the 1982 Russian edition A lab manual with a series of experiments for determining effect of various types of processes on properties of materials.

subject:
heat treatment,technology,furnaces,material processing,material science,metals,hardness,steel,properties of materials,critical points,grain size,annealing,microstructure,tempering,metallurgy,cast iron,quality control


backup_location: ia905504_20
creator: M. I. Kaganov, V. M. Tsukernik
identifier: TheNatureOfMagnetismKaganov
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2015-11-03T12:03:46Z,2026-02-06T00:20:52Z
publicdate: 2015-11-03T12:03:46Z
stripped_tags: span class="Apple-tab-span"
subject: physics,quantum mechanics,magnetism
title: The Nature Of Magnetism Kaganov (Science for Everyone)
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-annie_banks,fav-brittney_crandall,fav-builds_by_cooper,fav-captain1949,fav-edwin_lommel,fav-floura28zz,fav-ilem,fav-kip8,fav-klotusflower96,fav-lawrencedc,fav-leonardo662020,fav-marcello2025,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pinkdress1011,fav-pio07,fav-sejtan

description:
A book explaining magnetism. We now come to another book in the Science for Everyone series called Nature of Magnetism. The authors of the book M. I. Kaganov and V. M. Tsukernik say in the opening chapter of the book What is the subject of this book? The title of the book represents fairly well the subject this book. We shall attempt to explain the Nature of Magnetism. One of the large branches of physics is the physics of electromagnetic phenomena. By the beginning of the 20th century it has seemed that the work of Faraday and Maxwell successfully completed this field of science: completed it in the sense that the main laws governing the behavior of electromagnetic fields were understood, that is, the necessary equations were written, and the task of subsequent generations of physicists was to search for more and more exotic solutions of these equations. But gradually it became clear that research in the field was far from complete. Owing to the injection of quantum ideas, the theory of electromagnetic phenomena has undergone essential changes, no less serious than those in mechanics. Nowadays we are much more careful in evaluating whether a part of physics has been completed or not. Any sufficiently developed science formulates not only its fundamental principles but also the boundaries beyond which these principles are not valid. Unless we go into the atomic structures, quantum mechanics and the theory of electromagnetism, that are basic for our understanding of the structure and properties of the surrounding world, can be successfully applied to study an enormously broad field of phenomena. There is no reason to doubt the validity of the laws at present: we are within the limits of their application. And they continue Readers are often scared away by mathematical complexities. We did take this factor into account but could not avoid using vectors and operations with them, the notions of function, and of its derivative and integral; however, we never go beyond this level. Some  mathematical operations are intentionally shifted to Problems. A reader who solves the problems will understand the book much more profoundly than one who puts off solving them for some time in the future. But what worries us most about the reader's response does not concern mathematical difficulties. We expect that the main obstacle for the reader will be many new physical concepts. And it is so, if you are put off by glimpse of a mathematical equation, then the best way is to confront it, otherwise it will be always so. The back cover of the book says: This popular science physics book, dealing with precisely what the title suggests, exposes the reader to a fascinating interplay of classical, statistical, and quantum approaches to matter. The book describes microscopic sources of magnetic field and explains why not all macroscopic bodies  produce magnetic fields. The question why different bodies behave differently in a response to applied magnetic field is considered, and ferro-magnetism and  anti-ferro-magnetism are explained in detail. The study of magnetic structures and other interesting problems are also discussed. The book was translated from the Russian by V. I. Kisin and was first published by Mir in 1985. I had a hard copy of the book, which I lost after I gave it to someone, the person never returned it (was it purposeful or not I do not know). This electronic copy is a sort of consolation now, thanks Anish.Dot for this book. The book has following chapters and sections: Introduction. What is the subject of this book? 7 Chapter 1 Elementary Magnets 1.1 Electric and Magnetic Dipoles 19 1.2 Gyromagnetic Ratio 25 1.3 Elementary Sources of Magnetic Field Do They Exist? Ampere's Hypothesis 27 1.4 A Brief Overview: of Quantum Mechanics 33 Uncertainty Relations, Particle-Waves 34 Stationary States 38 More on Hydrogen Atom  42 1.5 Angular Momentum. Space Quantization 45 1.6 Magnetic Moment in Magnetic Field 50 1.7 Spin and Intrinsic Magnetic Moment of the Electron 54 1.8 g Factor 61 1.9 Structure of Atoms 68 Pauli Exclusion Principle  77 1.10 Exchange Energy 84 Chapter 2. Paramagnetism and Diamagnetism 2.1 Magnetic Susceptibility 92 2.2 Magnetic Field Aligns Magnetic Moments 98 Negative Absolute Temperatures 103 Electron Paramagnetic Resonance 109 2.3 Diamagnetism 111 Magnetism Is a Quantum Phenomenon 118 2.4 Metals. Pauli Paramagnetism 121 Fermi and Bose Gases 123 2.5 Metals. Landau Diamagnetism 131 2.6 Superconductors: Ideal Diamagnetics 136 Chapter 3. Ferromagnetism  3.1 Self-ordering of Atomic Magnets 142 3.2 Ferromagnetism as a Result of Exchange Forces 153 Ferromagnetic Metals 159 3.3 The "Para-Ferro" Transition: One ofthe Second-Order Phase Transitions 160 3.4 What Is the Direction of the Magnetic Moment of Ferromagnotics? Energy of Magnetic Anisotropy 168 3.5 Domains 177 3.6 Technical Magnetization Curve 186 3.7 Spin Waves 194 Spin Complexes 208 3.8 Spin Waves as Waves of Nonuniforrn Precession 213 3.9 Gas of Magnons 217 Bose Gas 218 Quantum Oscillator 223 3.10 Magnetization and Heat Capacity Ferromagnetics at Low Temperatures 228 Phonons 232 Chapter 4. Antiferrornagnetism 4.1 Antiferromagnetic Ordering 240 4.2 Magnetic Field Changes the Structure of Antiferromagnetics 4.3 Spin Waves: Magnons in Anti-ferromagnetics 256 4.4 How to "See" an magnon? 265 Ferromagnetic Resonance 267 Ferroacoustic Resonance 273 Inelastic Scattering  274 Problems 279


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-prasadam
creator: নাউম আইরিশ (Naum Ioyrish)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: bees-in-people-s-life-moumachi-o-manush-naum-ioyrish
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-05T11:05:43Z,2026-04-16T21:48:09Z
publicdate: 2024-07-05T11:05:43Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: মুমাচি ও মনুশ (Bees and People in Bengali)
year: 1988
description:
A book about bees and their habits and interaction with humans. মৌমাছি এবং তাদের অভ্যাস এবং মানুষের সাথে মিথস্ক্রিয়া সম্পর্কে একটি বই৷ অনুবাদ: মাহবুবুল হক All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.

subject:
soviet literature,honey bees,apiary,honey harvesting,life of honey bees,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,মধু মৌমাছি,মৌমাছি,মধু সংগ্রহ,মধু মৌমাছির জীবন


btih: 7344fef9ebd11be9e9c57c280cacece6bd51f92a
creator: E. P. Popov (Ed.)
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: e.-p.-popov-modern-robot-engineering-advances-in-science-and-technology-in-the-u
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-03T07:45:33Z,2026-02-04T21:41:58Z
publicdate: 2025-06-03T07:45:33Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Modern Robot Engineering ( Advances In Science And Technology In The USSR Technology Series)
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bb1370,fav-dr_forbin,fav-firebook,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-sleepy_gahlore,fav-timomartin

description:
This is a collection of papers by Icading Soviet authoritics on robotics cemented by a unitied approach to the problem of robot kinematics, path synthesis, and control. The papers consider the selection of structure and parameters for robouc systems and robot-served flow lines, analyze the dynamics and kinematics of robot arm linkage, and synthesize paths in) crowded workspace. Among the topics of the book are programs specifically devised to control and teach robots,  performance. The presented theory is discussed as applied to built-in robotic systems, robots with various principles of control, and walking vehicles. Translated from the Russian by Grigory Pasechnik All credits to IA user  Quantum AI CONTENTS Foreword 7 Preface 9 A Mathematical Model of a Manipulator-served Production Flow Line, J. M. Makarov 13 Mathematical Models of Robot Dynamics, V. S. Medvedev 23 General 23 Coordinate Systems 23 Basic Kinematic Equations 31 Partitioned Matrix Representation of Main Kinematic Relationships 37 Dynamic Equations of Robot Arm Mechanism 42 Dynamic Equations for a Moving Base Robot 48 Linearizing Equations of Motion 54 A Frequency-domain Approach to Synthesis of Robot Actuator System, V.S. Medvedev and L. P. Shigorin 62 General 62 Spectral Frequency Response Analysis 65 Frequency Responses of Robot Actuator Control System 72 Synthesis of Robot Actuators with Spectral Frequency Responses 75 Path Synthesis for Robot Linkage in Crowded Workspace, V. L. Generozov 82 General 82 Modeling Arm Linkage and Environmental Workspace 82 Evaluating Distances and Their Subdifferentials 86 Software Realization and Numerical Modeling 90 Modeling Robot Control in Assembly Operations, I. M. Kulakov 100 General 100 Mathematical Model 100 Possible Approaches to Problem of Control 105 Minimizing Objective Functional Over Position Vector Domain 106 Minimizing Objective Functional Over Generalized Coordinate Vector Domain 109 Extrapolating Programmed Path 112 Method of Control Cutting Amount of Computation 113 Robot-oriented Software for Computer-assisted Teaching and Control, S. L. Zenkevich and A. V. Nazarova 116 General 116 Design of Robotic Complex and its Operating System 116 Robot Motion Control Language 126 Motion Control Software 131 Teaching of Robot 133 Testing of Communication Channels 135 Computer Graphics 136 Conclusion 138 Methods for Evaluating Robots’ Software, P. I. Rudakov 139 General 139 Pattern Recognition for Evaluating Software 139 Game Theory Analysis of Software Performance 144 Semiautomatic Robot Control Systems, A.S. Yushchenko 149 General 149 Semiautomatic Control Algorithms 150 System of Manipulator Hand Self-directing Control 156 Dynamic Control of Manipulators 159 Analysis of Semiautomatic Control Systems 165 Synthesis of Walking Motion Control, D. E. Okhotsimsky, A. K. Platonov, E. A. Devyanin, and V. S. Gurfinkel 176 General 176 Walking Vehicle as a Complicated Robotic System 176 Simulation of Control Algorithms 178 Physical Modeling of Walking Vehicles 184 Results 189 References 192

subject:
soviet literature,robot dynamics,control systems,robot software,motion control,path synthesis,assembly operations,walking robots,manipulator control


creator: N. Izyumov; D, Linde
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fundamentals-of-radio-n-izyumov-d-linde
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-05-27T06:01:32Z,2026-02-04T21:57:59Z
publicdate: 2021-05-27T06:01:32Z
title: Fundamentals Of Radio
year: 1976
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bakchod_lomdii,fav-conceptdream,fav-floura28zz,fav-giorgio341,fav-golgonooza,fav-gregory_brennan,fav-gsimo2017,fav-hypercube8,fav-mohamed_cairoscience,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-navix,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-sreejith_sreeram,fav-theperegrine,fav-timomartin

description:
These days radio _engineering has become a very important branch of science solving a large number of problems associated with economic, technological and cultural progress. Every year, it finds ever increasing application and the number of people using radio equipment constantly grows. Many of these people have only rudimentary or no knowledge of radio engineering, although modern radio equipment is often so complicated that its effective use is impossible without some· training. The wide sphere of radio application in different branches of science and technology, as well as its close connexion with art and sport has also created a great number of radio amateurs in all countries. Some build radio receivers, tape recorders and TV sets, others design radio controlled models, short and ultrashortwave transmitters or equipment for a fascinating game called "hunting for a fox", etc. All this increases the interest in radio engineering knowledge on the part of an ever growing number of people. The study of radio is, however, made more difficult for the majority of readers as it is usually explained with the use of higher mathematics. On the other hand, when higher mathematics is not used, many important problems are often oversimplified and treated without sufficient explanation and demonstration. Moreover radio engineering is a coherent science in which everything is interrelated and interdependent; therefore lack of understanding of fundamental phenomena and laws prevents the reader from fully understanding further problems. It is far from clear what one should understand under the name of "radio engineering,' and its fundamentals since this branch has been extended, diversified and become interwoven with many other branches of science and technology. Under "radio engineering" proper one usually understands the use of electromagnetic radiation for the obtaining of information from a distant source. This is effected through the use of a transmitting (radiating) device and a receiving device provided conditions for propagation of radio waves are favourable. In accordance with this, the book describes the operating principles of radio transmitters, radio receivers and radiating devices, as well as radio wave propagation. It goes without saying that one book cannot exhaustively deal with all the varieties of existing radio circuits and devices; therefore, we concentrate our attention only on the most important and representative types. Chapters 7, 8, 9 and 12 were written by N. M. Izyumov; the rest, by D. P. Linde.

subject:
engineering,electronics,radio,communication,ac circuits,coupled circuits,electrical filters,transmission lines,antennas,radio wave propagation,semiconductor devices,amplifiers,electrical,wave generation,receivers,mir publishers,mirtitles


btih: f8b82fd44c42d42b231925c43e2a86742335a204
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-odrareg,fav-pio07
creator: Pelageya Kochina
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: pelageya-kochina-love-and-mathematics-sofya-kovalevskaya-mir-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-06-06T06:49:44Z,2026-06-08T11:01:48Z
publicdate: 2026-06-06T06:49:44Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Love And Mathematics - Sofya Kovalevskaya
year: 1985
description:
Sofya Kovalevskaya, a renowned Russian mathematician, led a multifaceted life that captivated many, including Henrik Ibsen, who remarked that her biography would require poetic expression. This book aims to provide a detailed yet accessible account of her life and work. Key sources include the extensive correspondence collected by S. Ya. Shtraikh, archival materials from the Mittag-Leffler Institute in Stockholm, and letters from prominent mathematicians like Charles Hermite and Karl Weierstrass. These resources illuminate both Kovalevskaya's scientific achievements and her personal life, dispelling misconceptions about her as a "bluestocking" and portraying her as a pioneering figure who overcame societal barriers for women. The book also highlights Kovalevskaya's remarkable journey as the first woman professor, blending her mathematical contributions with her literary accomplishments. While her private life is not the central focus, it is interwoven with her professional narrative to provide a complete picture. Gratitude is extended to various individuals and institutions that supported the book’s creation, including the Mittag-Leffler Institute and the USSR Academy of Sciences. By compiling significant insights and materials, the book celebrates Kovalevskaya's enduring legacy as both a mathematician and an inspirational figure. Edited by A. Yu. Ishlinsky, Mem. USSR Acad. Sc., and Z. K. Sokolovskaya, Gand. Sc. (Phys.-Math.) Translated from the Russian by Michael Burov Note: This is a new, clear scan. 

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;"

subject:
soviet lilterature,soviet mathematics,women mathematicians,history of mathematics,russian mathematicians,scientific biography


creator: फ्योडोर दोस्तोवस्की (Fyodor Dostoevsky)
identifier: fyodor-dostoevsky-the-idiot-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-05-06T13:30:48Z,2026-02-04T21:58:25Z
publicdate: 2024-05-06T13:30:48Z
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,russian novel
title: बौड़म (The Idiot In Hindi)
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-dilbag_singh,fav-horrorblock,fav-indian_stars133,fav-jitendra_singh687,fav-jkk822,fav-navendur,fav-ranjit_bhuyan,fav-sudhier,fav-tarun_pant548

description:
फ्योडोर Dostoevsky द्वारा लिखित उपन्यास " बौड़म " (मूल रूसी शीर्षक: Идиот [Idiot]) रूस के सामाजिक और दार्शनिक परिदृश्य की एक गहन परीक्षा है। उपन्यास की कहानी प्रिंस मिशकिन के इर्द-गिर्द घूमती है, जो एक स्विस अस्पताल से स्वस्थ होकर रूसी समाज में लौटता है। उसे उसकी सरलता, मासूमियत और दयालुता के कारण " बौड़म " की उपाधि दी जाती है। अनुवाद मुनीष सक्सेना

stripped_tags:
div class="markdown markdown-main-panel" dir="ltr" style="font-size:16px;background-image:none;background-attachment:scroll;border:0px none rgb(31,31,31);clear:none;color:rgb(31,31,31);float:none;line-height:28px;font-family:'Google Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;margin:0px;padding:0px;background-position:0% 0%;",p style="background-image:none;background-attachment:scroll;border:0px none rgb(31,31,31);clear:none;float:none;line-height:28px;margin:0px 0px 16px;padding:0px;background-position:0% 0%;",span class="first-token" style="background-image:none;background-attachment:scroll;border:0px none rgb(31,31,31);clear:none;float:none;line-height:28px;margin:0px;padding:0px;background-position:0% 0%;",span style="color:rgb(34,34,34);font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:large;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",span style="background-image:none;background-attachment:scroll;border:0px none rgb(31,31,31);clear:none;line-height:28px;margin:0px;padding:0px;background-position:0% 0%;"


btih: 352e40a9f61272630f665a66a75fd9a80a91f724
creator: फ्योदोर दोस्तोयेव्स्की (Fyodor Dostoevsky)
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fyodor-dostoevesky-white-nights-in-hindi-progress-1974
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-26T15:42:12Z,2026-02-04T21:58:26Z
publicdate: 2024-09-26T15:42:12Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,प्रगति प्रकाशन
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,russian stories,russian novels
title: रजत रातें (White Nights In Hindi)
year: 1974
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_shubham_1,fav-dilbag_singh,fav-gaming_server,fav-nik907,fav-ramap,fav-sudhier,fav-sureshpal360,fav-the_way290

description:
राजत राते फ्योदोर दोस्तोयेव्स्की की एक छोटी लेकिन भावनात्मक कहानी है, जो सेंट पीटर्सबर्ग की चार जादुई रातों में घटित होती है। यह कहानी एक अकेले स्वप्नद्रष्टा की है, जो एक युवा महिला, नास्तेन्का से मिलता है और उससे प्यार करने लगता है। नास्तेन्का पहले से ही किसी और से प्यार करती है और उसी का इंतजार कर रही होती है। स्वप्नद्रष्टा की भावनाएं एकतरफा रह जाती हैं, और जब नास्तेन्का का प्रेमी लौट आता है, तो वह खुशी-खुशी उसके पास चली जाती है, जिससे स्वप्नद्रष्टा फिर से अकेला रह जाता है। यह कहानी अकेलेपन, अधूरे प्रेम और सपनों की दुनिया में खोए रहने की मार्मिक प्रस्तुति है। मदनलाल मधु द्वारा अनुवादित क्रम दोस्तोयेव्स्की और " रजत राते " ५  "रजत राते" के लिये मिखाईल दोबुजीन्स्की के चित्त  रजत रातें  पहली रात १३  दूसरी रात २८  तीसरी रात ६४  चौथी रात ७५  सुबह ६२  अनुवादक की ओर से टिप्पणिया १०३ Note: Scan quality is poor, barely readable at times.


backup_location: ia906705_25
creator: V. M. Starzhinskii
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: StarzhinskiiAppliedMethodsInTheTheoryOfNonlinearOscillationsMir1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-05-24T17:38:20Z,2026-02-06T00:01:10Z
publicdate: 2018-05-24T17:38:20Z
title: Applied Methods In The Theory Of Nonlinear Oscillations
year: 1980
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-angsty80,fav-carson_main,fav-fredorm2017,fav-habichuelacolora,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-timomartin,fav-tmtm750

description:
In this post, we will see the book Applied Methods in The Theory of Nonlinear Oscillations by V. M. Starzhinskii. The book is aimed at engineers with a strong mathematical background, scientists working in mechanics and applied mathematics, and undergraduate and postgraduate students of Applied Physics and Physics and Mathematics departments. The book is based on a course of lectures presented by the author to engineering students at the Mechanics and Mathematics Department of Moscow University in 1956-1976. The book has two parts  Part One of the book is devoted to the combination of the Lyapunov, Poincare, and averaging methods as applied to the analysis of oscillations in Lyapunov and nearly Lyapunov systems.  The second part of the book is also based on the results achieved in one of the classical methods developed in the years spanning the late 19th and early 20th centuries, the theory of normal forms (Poincare, Lyapunov, Dulac, Siegel, Moser, Arnold, Pliss, and others). The book was translated from the Russian by V. I.  Kisin and was first published by Mir Publishers in 1980.  Original upload was in djvu form (with OCR and Bookmarked), we converted to PDF, added bookmarks and cover. The Internet Archive link. Contents PART ONE OSCILLATIONS IN LYAPUNOV SYSTEMS Chapter I. Introduction (13) § 1. Transformation of Lyapunov Systems (13) 1.1. General case (13).  1.2. Systems of second-order equations (16). § 2. On the Poincare Method of Finding Periodic Solutions of Non-autonomous Quasilinear Systems (19) 2.1. Differential equations of the generating solution and first corrections (19). 2.2. Non-resonant case (20).  2.3. Resonant case (22).  2.4. Variational equations for periodic unperturbed motion (24).  2.5. Case of distinct multipliers of unperturbed system of variational equations (25).  2.6. Case of multiple multipliers (27).  2.7. Examples (28). § 3. Forced Vibrations of Centrifuges Used for Spinning (33) 3.1. Statement of the problem and equations of motion (33).  3.2. Determination of a periodic solution (35).  3.3. Stability analysis (37) Chapter II. Oscillatory Chains (40) § 1. Completely Elastic Free Oscillatory Chains (40) 1.1. Definition of an oscillatory chain (40).  1.2. Determination of equilibrium positions (43).  1.3. Asymptotic stability in the large of the lower equilibrium position for distinct resistance forces (46).  1.4. Variational equations for Vertical oscillations of the system (47).   1.5. Conservative case (49).  1.6. Stability of vertical vibrations of a spring-loaded pendulum (50). § 2. Partly Elastic Free Oscillatory Chains (55) 2.1. Statement of the problem (55).  2.2. Kinetic and potential energies (57). 2.3. Example (59).  2.4. Pendulum subject to elastic free suspension (62). 2.5. Pendulum subject to elastic guided suspension (65). Chapter III. Application of the Methods of Small Parameter to Oscillations in Lyapunov Systems (67) § 1. Loss of Stability of Vertical Vibrations of a Spring-Loaded Pendulum (67) 1.1. Step 1 (68).  1.2. Step 2 (69).  1.3. Step 3 (72). § 2. On Coupling of Radial and Vertical Oscillations of Particles in Cyclic Accelerators (75) 2.1. Step 1 (75).  2.2. Step 2 (77).  2.3. Step 3 (78). § 3.  Loss of Stability of Vertical Oscillations of a Pendulum Subject to Elastic Guided suspension (79) 3.1. Determination of nontrivial periodic modes (Step 2) (79).  3.2. Transient process (Step 3) (80). § 4. Periodic Modes of a Pendulum Subject to Elastic Free Suspension (82) 4.1. Transformation of equations of motion (82).  4.2. Periodic solution (83). Chapter IV. Oscillations in Modified Lyapunov Systems (84) § 1. Lyapunov Systems with Damping (84) 1.1. Transformation of Equations of motion (84).  1.2. Complete system of variational Equations in the Poincare parameter and its solution (86).  1.3. Vibration in mechanical systems with one degree of freedom and different types of nonlinearity (89).  1.4. The Duffing equation with linear damping (92). 1.5. Spring-loaded pendulum with linear damping (95). § 2. On Lyapunov Type Systems (!)8) 2.1. Statement of the problem (98).  2.2. Transformation of Lyapunov systems (100). PART TWO APPLICATION OF THE THEOHY OF NORMAL FORMS TO OSCILLATION PROBLEMS Chapter V. Elements of the Theory of Normal Forms of Real Autonomous Systems of Ordinary Differential Equations (103) § 1. Introductory Information (103) 1.1. Statement of the problem (103).  1.2. The fundamental Brjuno theorem (144).  1.3. The Poincare theorem (106). § 2. Additional Information (107) 2.1. Some properties of normalizing transformations (107).  2.2. Classification of normal forms; integrable normal forms (107).  2.3. Concept of power transformations (109).  2.4. The Brjuno theorem on convergence and divergence of normalizing transformations ( 111). § 3. Practical Calculation of Coefficients of Normalizing Transformation and Normal Form. ( 112) 3.1. Fundamental identities (112).  3.2. Computational alternative (114). 3.3. Fundamental identities in general form and their transformation (116). 3.4. Computational alternative in general case (120).  3.5. Remark: on the transition from symmetrized coefficients to ordinary 3.6. Formulas for coefficients of fourth-power Variables (123).  3.7. Case of composite elementary divisors of the matrix of the linear part (123). Chapter VI. Normal Forms of Arbitrary-Order Systems in the Cast of Asymptotic Stability in Linear Approximation ( 128) § 1. Damped Oscillatory Systems (128) 1.1. Reduction to diagonal form (128).  1.2. Calculation of coefficients of normalising transformation (129).  1.3. General solution of the initial system (general solution of the Cauchy problem) (130). § 2. Examples (132) 2.1. A system with one degree of freedom (132).  2.2. Oscillations of a spring suspended mass with linear damping (133). Chapter VII. Normal Forms of Third-Order Systems (136) § 1. Case of Two Pure Imaginary Eigenvalues of the Matrix of the Linear Part (136) 1.1. Reduction to normal form (136).  1.2. Calculation of coefficients of normalizing transformation and normal form ( 138).  1.3. Application of power transformation (140).  1.4. Free oscillations of an electric servodrive (142). § 2. Case of Neutral Linear Approximation (146) 2.1. Normal form (146).  2.2. Calculation of coefficients of normalizing transformation and normal form (148).  2.3. Remark on convergence (150).  2.4. Conclusions on stability (15U).  2.5. Integration of normal form in Quadratic approximation (152).  2.6. Example (155). § 3. Case of a Zero Eigenvalue of the Matrix of the Linear Part (156) 3.1. Normal form and normalizing transformation (156).  3.2. Integration of normal form (158).  3.3. Remark on convergence (159).  3.4. Free oscillations in a tracking system with a TV sensor (159). Chapter VIII. Normal Forms of Fourth- and Six-Order Systems in Neutral Linear Approximation ( 165) § 1. Fourth-Order Systems (165) 1.1. Remark on coefficients of systems of diagonal form (16:i).  1.2. Reduction to normal form (166).  1.3. Calculation of coefficients of normalizing transformation and normal forms (168).  1.4. The Molchanov criterion of oscillation stability (170).  1.5. The Bibikov-Pliss criterion (173). § 2. The Ishlinskii Problem (173) 2.1. Reduction of equations of mot ion to tho Lyapunov form (173).  2.2. Transformation of systems similar to Lyapunov (176).  2.3. Determination of periodic solutions (178).  2.4. Reduction of equations of motion to diagonal form and transformation to normal form (180).  2.5. General solution of the Cauchy problem (182).  2.6. Preliminary conclusions on stability (184).  2.7. Construction of tho Lyapunov function (185). § 3. The Trajectory Described by the Centre of a Shaft's Cross Section in One Revolution (186) 3.1. Statement of tho problem and equations of motion (186).  3.2. Reduction to diagonal form (190).  3.3. Reduction to normal form (193).  3.4. General solution of the Cauchy problem (194). § 4. Sixth-Order Systems (196) 4.1. Solutions of the resonant equation (197).  4.2. Normal forms (200).  4.3. Calculation of coefficients of normalizing transformation and normal forms (201). 4.4. Stability in the third approximation. The Molchanov criterion (205). Chapter IX. Oscillations of a Heavy Solid Body with a Fixed Point About the Lower Equilibrium Position (208) § 1. Case of Centroid Located in a Principal Plane of the Ellipsoid of Inertia with respect to a Fixed Point (208) 1.1. Reduction to diagonal form (208).  1.2. Reduction to the Lyapunov form (211).  1.3. Resonances (212).  1.4. Simplest motions (213).  1.5. Transformation of equations of diagonal form (214).  1.6. Possible generalizations (215).  1.7. Situation similar to the Kovalevskaya case (216).  1.8. Application of the method of successive approximations (218).  1.9. Remarks on the determination of tho position of a solid body with a fixed point (219). § 2. The General Case (219) 2.1. Base reference frame (220).  2.2. Special reference frame (222).  2.3. Equations of motion of a heavy solid body in the special reference frame (223). 2.4. Reduction to the Lyapunov form (226).  2.5. Resonances (228).  2.6. Application of the method of successive approximations (229). Brief Bibliographical Notes (232) References (236) Subject Index (262)

subject:
mir publishers,moscow,soviet,Forced Vibrations,damping,Oscillatory Chains,free oscillations,pendulum,Brjuno theorem,third order systems,asymptotic stability,poincare theorem,duffing equation,ishlinskii problem,bibikov-pliss,molchanov criterion,normal forms,mathematics,foxed points,sixth order,applied. non-linear,oscillations,lyapunov,equations. solutions,perturbations,solid bodies


backup_location: ia905708_27
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-matt_404,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: A. S. Borovik-Romanov (Ed.)
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: LowTemperaturePhysics_845
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-10-23T07:25:59Z,2013-10-23T07:29:53Z,2026-02-05T20:10:35Z
publicdate: 2013-10-23T07:29:53Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Low Temperature Physics
year: 1985
description:
The authors of this collection are leading members of the staff at the Institute of Physics Problems of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Moscow. Three of them are Members of the Academy of Sciences. The Institute was founded fifty years ago by the great contemporary physicist P. L. Kapitza. Academician L. D. Landau another giant of our time, also worked at the institute. The institute is world famous for research in low temperature physics. This is a collection of six articles on the basic achievements of the Institute during the last few years. They include the discoveries of crystallization waves in helium and quantum magnetic breakdown. The collection is intended for scientists working in solid state physics and students interested in the latest advances of quantum physics of the condensed state. This book is a part of the Advances in Science and Technology in the USSR - Physics series The book was translated from the Russian by by Valerii Ilyushchenko and was first published by Mir Publishers in 1985. Contents 1. CRYSTALLIZATION WAVES IN $latex ^{4}HE$, by A. Ya. Parshin 15 1.1. Introduction 15 1.2. Surface of a Classical Crystal 16 1.2.1. Surface Energy and Equilibrium Shape of Crystal 16 1.2.2. Surface Structure at $latex T = 0$ 17 1.2.3. Surface Structure at $latex T \neq 0$ 22 1.2.4. Some Problems of Growth Kinetics 24 1.3. Surface of a Quantum Crystal 27 1.3.1. Quantum-Rough State 27 1.3.2. Coherent Crystallization 36 1.3.3. Crystallization Waves 38 1.3.4. Sound Transmission Through a Quantum-Rough Surface 41 1.4. Experimental Investigation of Coherent Crystallization and Crystallization Waves 45 1.4.1. On the possibility of Direct Observation of Capillary Phenomena in Crystals 45 1.4.2. Optical Cryostat 47 1.4.3. Features of the Low Temperature Growth Kinetics of $latex ^{4}He$ Crystals 49 1.4.4. Techniques to Excite Crystallization Waves 55 1.4.5. Visual Observations of Crystallization Waves 60 1.4.6. Spectrum and Damping Crystallization Waves 62 1.5. Conclusion 74 References 75 2. SOUND PROPAGATION THROUGH A LIQUID-METAL INTERFACE by K. N. Zinov'eva 2.1. Introduction 78 2.2. Acoustic Phenomena at a Liquid-Solid Interface 79 2.2.1. Reflection and Transmission Coefficients of the Acoustic Energy According to the Classical Acoustic Theory [2.6] 79 2.2.2. The Khalatnikov Theory of Liquid Helium-Solid Heat Transfer. Kapitza Resistance [2.2] 82 2.2.3. The Andreev Theory of Resonance Absorption of Sound by a Metal Surface 83 2.2.4. The Generalized Acoustic Theory 85 2.2.5. Rayleigh Surface Waves 89 2.2.6. First Experiments on Reflection and Transmission Coefficients of Thermal Phonons Passing Across a Liquid Helium-Solid Interface 92 2.3. Experimental Investigations of Sound Transmission from Liquid $latex ^{4}He$ into a Metal 94 2.3.1. Experimental Procedure 94 2.3.2. Apparatus 96 2.3.3. Experiment 103 2.3.4. Results of Measurements at $latex T \geq 0.2 K$ 104 2.3.5. Results of Measurements at $latex T < 0.2 K$ 112 2.3.6. Discussion of Experimental Curves. Evaluation of Errors 115 2.3.7. Calculations Using the Generalized Acoustic Theory 116 2.3.8. Comparison of Experimental Data with the Generalized Acoustic Theory 121 2.3.9. Comparison with the Andreev Theory 128 2.4. Conclusion 129 References 130 3. INVESTIGATIONS OF $latex ^{3}HE$ SUPERFLUID PHASES BY PULSED NMR TECHNIQUE, by Yu. M. Bun'kov 132 3.1. Introduction 132 3.2. The Equipment for Producing Ultralow Temperatures 134 3.2.1. Operating Conditions 134 3.2.2. The Dilution Refrigerator 135 3.2.3. The Nuclear Demagnetization Refrigerator 141 3.3. Instability of Homogeneous Precession in $latex ^{3}He-A$ and Its Effect on Relaxation Processes 143 3.3.1. Basic Properties of the $latex ^{3}He$ Superfluid Phases 143 3.3.2. "lntrinsic" Relaxation Mechanism in Superfluid $latex ^{3}He$ 146 3.3.3. A Study of the $latex ^{3}He-A$ Free Induction Signal 149 3.3.4. Instability of Homogeneous Precession in $latex ^{3}He-A$ 156 3.3.5. Experimental Studies of an Instability in the Homogeneous Precession in $latex ^{3}He-A$ 161 3.4. A Texture Transition in $latex ^{3}He-B$ Induced by a Radio Frequency Field 164 3.4.1. Threshold Effect in Pulsed $latex ^{3}He-B$ NMR 164 3.4.2. A Texture Transition in $latex ^{3}He-B$ 167 3.4.3. Studies of the Brinkman-Smith Relaxation Mode with Parallel Plate Geometry 169 3.5. Conclusion 171 References 172 4. EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS OF COHERENT MAGNETIC BREAKDOWN, by N. E. Alekseevskii and V. I. Nizhankouskii 174 4.1. Introduction 174 4.2. Beryllium 175 4.3. Aluminium 191 4.4. Niobium 198 4.5. Ruthenium Dioxide $latex RuO_2$ 212 4.6. Conclusion 218 References 218 5. WEAK ELECTRON LOCALIZATION AND MAGNETO-RESISTANCE OSCILLATIONS OF CYLINDRICAL NORMAL METAL FILMS by Yu. V. Shar vin and D. Yu. Sharvin 221 5. Introduction 221 5.1. An Experiment with Lithium Film 226 5.2. Experimental Technique 226 5.2.1. Experiments at 1.1 K 227 5.2.2. Experimental Observations of the Longitudinal Magnetoresistance 5.3. Oscillations of Cylindrical Films of Different Metals, and the AAS Effect 230 5.3.1. Magnesium 234 5.3.2. Cadmium 236 5.3.3. Lithium 237 5.4. Conclusion 239 References 239 6. BRILLOUIN-MANDELSHTAM SCATTERING IN MAGNETIC MATERIALS by A. S. Borovik-Romanov and N. M. Kreines 241 6.1. Introduction 241 6.2. Magnetooptical Effects and the Mechanism of Light Scattering in Magnetic Materials 243 6.3. Apparatus Samples 248 6.3.1. Apparatus 248 6.3.2. Samples 250 6.4.Spectra of Thermal Magnons in $latex CoCO_{3}$ 251 6.5.Modulation of Light by Magnetic Resonance in Magnetic Materials 255 6.5.1. General Remarks 255 6.5.2. $latex CoCO_{3}$ 257 6.5.3. $latex K_{2}CuF_{4}$ 259 6.5.4. $latex RbNiF_{3}$ [6.23] 261 6.5.5. $latex Nd_{3}Ga_{5}O_{12}$ [6.24] 265 6.6. Magnon "Bottle-Neck" Under AFMR and FMR 266 6.7. Light Scattering from Parametrically Excited Quasiparticles (Magnons and Phonons) in $latex CoCO_{3}$ 275 6.7.1. Parametrical Magnons in $latex CoCO_{3}$ 276 6.7.2. Parametrical Phonons in $latex CoCO_{3}$ 286 References Author Index Subject Index

subject:
condensed matter physics,crystallization waves,electrons,FMR,kaptiza resistance,liquid helium,low temperature,magnetism,magnetoresistance,magnons,NMR,phonons,quantum crystals,quantum liquids,quantum mechanics,solid helium,solid state physics,cryogenics


btih: bb1a2b0cfa0fc07867deb18475153fa853297934
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-iancul
creator: Eno Raud
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: eno-raud-a-summers-tales-malysh-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-04-04T15:48:00Z,2026-04-04T15:52:26Z
publicdate: 2026-04-04T15:48:00Z
publisher: Malysh Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,books,illustrated books
title: A Summer's Tales
year: 1981
description:
A wonderful collection of animal stories for children. Translated to English by Michelle MacGrath Illustrated by M. Miturich


backup_location: ia906103_35
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-athena_karga,fav-pio07
creator: Grigore Botezatu
description: A picture story book for children from Moldovian folk tales
identifier: GrigoreBotezatuMoldovianFolktales
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-04-02T16:22:41Z,2026-02-04T22:05:42Z
publicdate: 2016-04-02T16:22:41Z
subject: children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature,moldovia,moldovian folk tales
title: Moldovian Folktales
format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,Cloth Cover Detection Log,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,JPEG Thumb,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


btih: 1313801543b4053ad86ede017380638c4b999f50
creator: Harold Griffin
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: harold-griffin-soviet-frontiers-of-tomorrow-progres-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-21T15:02:29Z,2026-02-04T22:08:29Z
publicdate: 2024-07-21T15:02:29Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,USSR,soviet states,travel,soviet culture,development
title: Soviet Frontiers Of Tomorrow
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-chloe_duncan316,fav-ibro98,fav-ilem,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-tommate,fav-yoshiyamadeep

description:
People want to know more, to know more thoroughly, to know more authentically. This is a sign of the times. Where to obtain knowledge of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics a country that has made a spectacular passage from a tortuous past to a radiant present? Books of the Impressions of the USSR series put out by Progress Publishers offer many an interesting account of the fast advancing Soviet society. Authors published in this series are eyewitnesses in the sense that they have all visited the Soviet Union and have seen life there at first hand. Theirs is an unbiased story about the men and women who so rapidly transformed Russia of the tsars into one of the world’s most advanced countries. Books of this series deal with a variety of topics concerning the swiftly growing Soviet society that is building communism. To write this story of Siberia’s amazing development, achievements in desert reclamation projects and space exploration, the author travelled extensively about the Soviet Union, talking to workers and scientists, cosmonauts, and it is through their eyes that he describes the transformation of the country. Specifically, it is, he says, the first time in history that a frontier has been opened and developed according to a plan, equipping the enthusiasm o f youth with modern decimating its native peoples. Drawing on his own earlier experience in the Canadian north, the author interweaves past and present, from exploration to the space age, to give readers abroad a view of what he regards as a great socialist success, profound in its implications for peace and progress. Canadian writer, poet and historian, Harold Griffin has been an editor and journalist for half a century, leavened by work as a gold miner and fisherman during the depression years. Starting as a cub reporter in his native London at the age o f 15, he left Fleet Street three years later to emigrate to Canada, where he worked on daily newspapers and entered the labor movement as editor of labor weeklies. For many years he was editor of the Pacific Tribune and, more recently, The Fisherman, which speaks for the United Fisherman and Allied Workers Union, in which he now holds life membership, the union’s highest honor. He is the author o f three works on Canadian history and contemporary affairs and three books of poetry, which have been translated into several languages. In addition to his travels through Siberia and to Turkmenia in the fall o f 1980 to gather material for this book, he has made three previous visits to the USSR as a guest of the Union o f Soviet Writers. Cleaned, optimised scan of  https://archive.org/details/sovietfrontiersoftomorrow A 1982 (second printing 1984) work published in the USSR. Scanned by Ismail, sent to him by Misdreavus. From Thomas Mrett's Archive collection. Contents Chapter I. From the Yukon to Siberia 5 Chapter II. Oil from the Muskeg 19 Chapter III. Novosibirsk: Siberian Metropolis 34 Chapter IV. Old Siberians and New 52 Chapter V. Milk and Meat 66 Chapter VI. River Diversion: The Great Debate 81 Chapter VII. New Cities in the Taiga 98 Chapter VIII. Storehouse of Riches 111 Chapter IX. Railway to the Future 124 Chapter X. Socialist Rebirth 137 Chapter XI. Dam in the Permafrost 159 Chapter XII. Ashkhabad: City of Love 175 Chapter XIII. Where Water Is Life 188 Chapter XIV. Man's Destiny Is Space 202


btih: 107720d474e312d98ced8e31a7a30786c3f9ea18
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-zola_suto
creator: Evgeny Paton
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: evgeny-paton-reminiscences-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-10-07T10:20:15Z,2026-02-04T21:48:12Z
publicdate: 2024-10-07T10:20:15Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: strong,ol
title: Reminiscences
year: 1950
description:
A biography of Soviet engineer and Hero of Socialist Labour Evgeny Paton. Translated from the Russian by D. Myshke Designed by E. Ganushkina PART ONE. PLACE IN LIFE The Choice 1 With Thoughts for My Country 13 Russian Diploma 21 Life's First Lessons 27 In the Professorial Chair 33 Dissertation for My Doctorate Textbooks on Bridges 38 In Kiev 49 PART TWO. THE WIDE AND OPEN Stormy Days 61 Destruction of Chain-Bridge 67 Matters of Great Urgency 71 What Kind of New Bridge for Kiev 76 Work of the People 95 Second Youth 103 PART THREE. NEW PROFESSION Sharp Turn 113 I Become a Welder 120 New Scopes 135 First Steps 141 Institute Competes with Stakhanovites 152 On the Right Track 161 Baptism of Fire 170 The Party Supports and Teaches 174 Test of Life 181 Moscow Diary 190 PART FOUR. CRUCIAL TEST Business Trip to the Urals 211 Where Do We Belong 218 Not Side by Side But Together 222 Here Too Is the Front 231 We Learn to Weld Armour 239 The Institute Works in Shops 242 New Positions 250 Story of the Birth of a Certain Flux 255 After the Tests on the Proving-Ground 262 Sense of Responsibility 269 Way to Simplicity 281 With Open Eyes 285 At Fifty-Two Plants 288 High Award 295 I Fly to Moscow 296 Kiev Liberated 308 I Join the Party 312 Tomorrow—the Ukraine 320 Our Contribution to Victory 324 Back to Peaceful Labour 329

subject:
soviet literature,biopgraphy,civil engineering,soviet life,world war 2,KIEV POLYTECHNICAL INSTITUTE,SOVIET EDUCATION


btih: 9f1c7c6e93b1f975c23feb297f925340161ded84
creator: D. K. Faddeev,M. S. Nikulin,I. F. Sokolovsky
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-k.-faddeev-m.-s.-nikulin-i.-f.-sokolovsky-elements-of-higher-mathematics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-02-11T06:50:20Z,2026-02-11T07:30:09Z
publicdate: 2026-02-11T06:50:20Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Elements Of Higher Mathematics - For High School Students
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-ashsh500,fav-ducbang,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-omr_walid,fav-pio07,fav-shauhram,fav-timomartin,fav-zeengold

description:
About the Book This book considers the principal concepts of the differential and integral calculus, their applications in the investigation of elementary functions, their use in approximate calculations and in the solution of problems in mechanics and physics. Separate chapters are devoted to the study of trigonometric functions, complex numbers and elements of the probability theory. Each chapter is supplied with exercises. The book is intended for high-school students, students of technical colleges, teachers of mathematics, engineers and technicians. Translated from the Russian by Irene Aleksanova The main purpose of the book is to show that the principal ideas of mathematical analysis are simple and graphic when they are presented at the same intuitive level at which they actually originated. Therefore, in the first pages of the book we introduce the simple notion that we call the main principle of differential calculus. According to this principle, a sufficiently small segment of a smooth curve almost coincides with a segment of a straight line, and the difference between them gradually disappears as the segment of the curve converges to a point. Wherever possible, strict proofs are preceded by arguments based on this principle. The proofs of theorems given in this book are more complete and more rigorous than those usually given in school textbooks, but this was not our main task. These places in the book, as well as those marked by the symbols &lt;q&gt; and &lt;p&gt;, may be omitted during a first reading. We think that an understanding of this main principle of differential calculus, and the non-formal application of it, has great methodological and philosophical meaning and must precede the study of serious university courses in mathematical analysis. CONTENTS Preface Chapter 1. Principal Concepts of Differential Calculus 1.1. The Main Principle of Differential Calculus 1.2. Infinitely Small Quantities 1.3. Convergent Variables and Their Limits 1.4. Infinitely Large Quantities 1.5. Examples of Calculating Limits 1.6. Limits of Functions 1.7. Continuity of Functions 31 1.8. A More Exact Definition of the Concept of a Derivative 37 1.9. The Equation of a Tangent to the Graph of a Function 39 1.10. The Rate of Variation of a Function 43 1.11. The Velocity of Mechanical Motion of a Particle in a Straight Line 45 1.12. The Differential of a Function 46 1.13. The Differential of a Function of a Function 50 Exercises to Chapter 1 50 Chapter 2. Technique of Differentiation 54 2.1. Differentiation of the Results of Arithmetic Operations 54 2.2. Differentiation of a Logarithmic Function 57 2.3. Proof of the Existence of a Limit of (1 + h)^(1/h) as h → 0 59 2.4. Differentiation of an Exponential Function 63 2.5. Differentiation of a Power Function 65 2.6. Differentiation of Functions Defined by Equations 66 Exercises to Chapter 2 70 Chapter 3. Some Applications of Differential Calculus 70 3.1. Tests for Increase and Decrease of Functions 70 3.2. Refinement of the Proofs of the Theorems on Increase and Decrease 74 3.3. Maxima and Minima of Functions 79 3.4. A Simple Example and Some Inferences from Its Consideration 87 3.5. Higher-Order Derivatives 90 3.6. The Binomial Theorem 90 3.7. Investigation of Functions with the Use of Higher-Order Derivatives 93 3.8. The Order of Smallness of a Function in the Neighbourhood of a Point 98 3.9. The Relationship Between the Order of Smallness and the Derivative 100 3.10. Formulas of Taylor and Maclaurin 105 3.11. General Concepts of the Theory of Approximation 108 3.12. Estimation of the Errors of the Results of Calculations 111 Exercises to Chapter 3 116 Chapter 4. Trigonometric Functions 126 4.1. Generalization of the Concept of an Angle 126 4.2. Measuring Angles in Radians 129 4.3. The Sine and Cosine Functions 131 4.4. The Fundamental Properties of the Sine and Cosine Functions 134 4.5. Reducing the Values of Sine and Cosine to the Interval 0 &lt; φ &lt; π/4 135 4.6. The Tangent and Cotangent Functions 136 4.7. Expressing Trigonometric Functions in Terms of One Another 138 4.8. A Significant Limit 139 4.9. The Graphs of the Functions y = sin x and y = cos x 141 4.10. The Graphs of the Functions y = tan x and y = cot x 143 Exercises to Chapter 4 145 Chapter 5. Transformation of Trigonometric Expressions 152 5.1. The Sine and Cosine of the Sum and the Difference of Arguments 152 5.2. The Tangent and Cotangent of a Sum and a Difference 156 5.3. Trigonometric Functions of a Doubled and Multiple Argument 158 5.4. Trigonometric Functions of a Half-Argument 162 5.5. Expressing Trig Functions in Terms of the Tangent of a Half-Argument 165 5.6. Expressing Products as Sums and Sums as Products 166 5.7. Transformation of a Linear Combination of a Sine and a Cosine 169 5.8. Harmonic Oscillations 171 5.9. Oscillations with a Variable Amplitude 174 5.10. Basic Trigonometric Equations and Inverse Functions 175 5.11. Actions on Direct and Inverse Trigonometric Functions 189 5.12. Trigonometric Equations 191 5.13. Solving Basic Trigonometric Inequalities 204 5.14. Trigonometric Inequalities of a More General Form 210 5.15. Sample Proofs of Inequalities Involving Trigonometric Expressions 212 5.16. Differentials and Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions 216 5.17. Application of Derivatives to Trigonometric Functions 221 5.18. Derivatives and Differentials of Inverse Trigonometric Functions 226 Exercises to Chapter 5 230 Chapter 6. Elements of Integral Calculus 236 6.1. Definition of Integration 236 6.2. A More Rigorous Proof of the Lemma 237 6.3. Basic Integration Formulas 238 6.4. Integration Based on the Invariance of the Differential Formula 241 6.5. Integration by Parts 243 6.6. The Area of a Curvilinear Trapezoid 252 6.7. Basic Properties of the Definite Integral 256 6.8. Representing an Integral as a Sum 257 6.9. The Integral as the Limit of a Sum 263 6.10. Approximate Calculation of Integrals 268 6.11. The Volume of a Solid of Revolution 270 6.12. The Length of the Arc of a Curve 273 6.13. The Lateral Area of a Solid of Revolution 274 6.14. The Differential Equation 276 6.15. Some Differential Equations Important for Mechanics 280 Exercises to Chapter 6 286 Chapter 7. Complex Numbers 298 7.1. Introductory 298 7.2. Basic Definitions 301 7.3. Trigonometric Form of a Complex Number 304 7.4. Multiplication of Complex Numbers in Trigonometric Form 307 7.5. Extracting a Root of a Complex Number 309 7.6. Extracting a Square Root of a Complex Number 312 7.7. An Exponential and a Logarithmic Function of a Complex Variable 314 Exercises to Chapter 7 317 Chapter 8. Elements of Combinatorics and Probability Theory 320 8.1. Simple Combinatorics Problems 320 8.2. On Probabilities 328 8.3. Addition of Probabilities 333 8.4. Multiplication of Probabilities 337 8.5. Application of Probabilities to Genetics 340 8.6. Random Variables 342 8.7. The Sum of Independent Random Variables 344 8.8. Expectation and Variance of a Random Variable 346 8.9. Chebyshev’s Inequality 346 8.10. The Law of Large Numbers for Bernoulli Trials 347 8.11. Random Walk in the Plane 349 8.12. Random Variables Concentrated in an Interval 354 8.13. Buffon’s Needle Problem 357 Hints and Answers 364 Index 394

subject:
soviet literature,mathematics,high school,differential calculus,integral calculus,trigonometry,derivatives,limits,complex numbers,probability theory,combinatorics,mathematical analysis,taylor series


creator: D. Volkogonov
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-volkogonov-the-psychological-war-progress-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-15T12:08:56Z,2026-02-12T20:59:39Z
publicdate: 2024-07-15T12:08:56Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,international politics,psychology,ideology,capitalism. socialism
title: The Psychological War
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-j97spr,fav-jmworkml,fav-klotusflower96,fav-michael_pugliese357,fav-nikemaul,fav-shakib_sadiqi,fav-tbonecapone999,fav-yoshiyamadeep

description:
This book examines the psychological war which certain well-known quarters in the West are waging against the socialist world, fostering enmity, suspicion and bitterness in social consciousness. We all live in one house, the planet called Earth. And if we want to survive, we have to learn to understand one another, to coexist under one roof, something the strategists of the psychological war are trying to prevent us from doing Prof. Dmitri Volkogonov, a professional soldier, is engaged in scientific work. His fields of research include the methodological problems of military theory and practice, critical analysis of bourgeois ideology, counter-propaganda, and military ethics. He is the author of 20 books, including Officers' Ethics (1973), Military Ethics (1976), A Methodology of Ideological Education (1980), The Phenomenon of Heroism (1985), and approximately 500 studies, many of which have been published abroad in translation.  Translated from the Russian by Sergei Chulaki   Designed by Akhmet Mussin    This is a cleaned, optimised version of  https://archive.org/details/thepsychologicalwar  A 1986 Soviet work. Scanned by Ismail, sent to him by Crickwich.  From Thomas Mrett's Archive collection    CONTENTS Introduction 5 Chapter 1. Social Consciousness as an Arena of Struggle 11 Chapter 2. The Phenomenon of Psychological Warfare 36  Chapter 3. The Psychological War and History 61  Chapter 4. The Mechanism of Psychological Warfare 88  Chapter 5. The Means of Psychological Warfare 119  Chapter 6. The Machinery of Psychological Warfare 153  Chapter 7. The Creation of Myths and the Intensification of Psychological Warfare 186  Conclusion 235


creator: A. S. Davydov
date: 1962-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: davydov-theory-of-molecular-excitons-1962
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-10T06:20:53Z,2026-02-04T19:58:27Z
publicdate: 2022-12-10T06:20:53Z
title: Theory Of Molecular Excitons
year: 1962
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dnaultra5,fav-floura28zz,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-paintbro_1,fav-pb_ess

description:
The exciton concept was introduced into solid-state physics by Frenkel in 1931, in connection with the transformation of excitation energy into heat in rare-gas solids. Not until Davydov’s now-famous 1948 paper on the splitting of electronic terms in the naphthalene crystal was the concept applied to geometry-determined molecular problems. Since then the treatment of an impressive variety of problems has been pub­ lished by Davydov and his colleagues and by numerous other researchers. The exciton model has now been used in treating general formulations of energy transfer, in the crystal splitting of electronic states which are nondegenerate in the isolated molecule, in the splitting of infrared bands and Raman lines in molecular crystals corresponding to nondegenerate vibrational modes in the isolated molecule, in the calculation of excited states of molecules consisting of two or more isolated or not-strongly- conjugated chromophoric units, in optical rotatory power of helical polymers containing nonconjugated chromophoric units, etc. Alto­ gether, the range of problems covered suggests that the role of the exciton model may be as great in the fields of molecular physics and quantum chemistry as that of the molecular orbital model, the valence-bond model, or the charge-transfer model. Davydov’s book summarizes many of the problems, and its perceptive treatment suggests many starting points for further extensions. TRANSLATED FROM THE FIRST RUSSIAN EDITION BY Michael Kasha and Max Oppenheimer, Jr.

subject:
molecular physics,quantum mechanics,excitons,spectra,chemistry,vibrations,molecular lattice,scattering,molecular crystals,free excitons,polyatomic molecular


btih: ebb8a263c14a2bd2cf2fef59beeb26bde768d990
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: days-and-nights-short-stories-about-world-war-2-by-soviet-writers-raduga-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: pan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-06T15:23:27Z,2026-02-04T19:58:36Z
publicdate: 2024-09-06T15:23:27Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
stripped_tags: strong
year: 1987
description:
ਦੂਜੀ ਸੰਸਾਰ ਜੰਗ, ਜਿਸ ਨੇ ਅੱਧਿਓਂ ਬਹੁਤੇ ਯਰਪ ਨੂੰ ਖੂਨ ਵਿਚ ਰੰਗ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਸੀ, ਸੋਵੀਅਤ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਮਹਾਨ ਦੇਸ਼ਭਗਤਕ ਜੰਗ ਸੀ । ਸੋਵੀਅਤ ਲੋਕ 22 ਜੂਨ 1941 ਦਾ ਦਿਨ ਕਦੇ ਵੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਭੁਲਣਗੇ ਜਿਸ ਦਿਨ ਹਿਟਲਰ ਨੇ ਬੜੀ ਚੰਗੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਹਥਿਆਰ ਬੰਦ ਦੋ ਸੌ ਤੀਹ ਡਵੀਜ਼ਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਾਡੇ ਦੇਸ ਉਤੇ ਅਚਾਨਕ ਹਮਲਾ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਸੀ। ਓਦੋਂ ਫਾਸ਼ਿਜ਼ਮ ਆਪਣੇ ਪੂਰੇ ਉਭਾਰ ਉਤੇ ਸੀ। ਹਿਟਲਰ ਦੀ ਫੌਜ ਯੌਰਪ ਵਿਚ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਸੌਖੀਆਂ ਜਿੱਤਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਸ਼ੇ ਵਿਚ ਸੀ। ਯੋਰਪੀ ਸ਼ਕਤੀ ਦੇ ਗੜ੍ਹ ਸਮਝੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਦੇਸ ਫਾਸ਼ਿਸਟ ਡਵੀਜ਼ਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਮਾਰ ਹੇਠ ਕੁਝ ਕੁ ਹਫਤਿਆਂ ਵਿਚ ਹੀ ਢਹਿ ਢੇਰੀ ਹੋ ਗਏ। ਇਹਨਾਂ ਜਿੱਤਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਹਿਟਲਰੀ ਫੌਜ ਹੋਰ ਮਜ਼ਬੂਤ ਹੋਈ : ਸਮੁੱਚੇ ਪਛਮੀ ਯੋਰਪ ਦੇ ਕਾਰਖਾਨੇ ਉਹਦੇ ਲਈ ਹਥਿਆਰ ਬਣਾ ਰਹੇ ਸਨ। ਅਨੁਵਾਦਕ : ਡਾ. ਕਰਨਜੀਤ ਸਿਘ ਚਿਤਰਕਾਰ: ਆ . ਸੁਇਮਾ ਤਤਕਰਾ ਪੰਨਾ ਕ. ਸਿਮੋਨੋਵ  – ਤੀਜਾ ਐਡਜੂਟੈਂਟ ............ 5 ਅ. ਬੇਕ  – ਆਖਰੀ ਪੱਤਰਾ .............. 18 ਲਿਦੋਰ  – ਤਾਨਿਯਾ ................... 23 ਕੋਜ਼ੇਵਨੀਕੋਵ  – ਮਾਰਚ-ਅਪ੍ਰੈਲ .......... 36 ਅ. ਥਾਦੇਯੋ  – ਯੁਵਕ ਗਾਰਦ .......... 64 ਨ. ਚੁਕੋਵਸਕੀ  – ਜੀਵਨਦਾਤੀ .......... 80 ਓ. ਬਰਗੋਲਤਸ  – "ਇਹ ਰੇਡੀਓ ਲੈਨਿਨਗ੍ਰਾਦ ਏ!" .......... 111 ਯੂ. ਬੀਨਚਾਏਵ  – ਗਰਮ .......... 128 ਬ. ਪੋਲਵਈ  – ਅਸੀਂ ਸੋਵੀਅਤ ਲੋਕ ਹਾਂ .......... 174 ਅ. ਪਲਾਤੋਨੋਵ  – ਪੱਛਮੀ ਦੁਮੇਲ ਵੱਲ .......... 188 ਬਗਾਮੋਲੋਵ  – ਪਹਿਲਾ ਪਿਆਰ .......... 150 ਅ. ਅਨਾਨਿਯੇਵ  – ਟੈਂਕਾਂ ਦਾ ਹਮਲਾ .......... 194 ਗ. ਬਾਕਲਾਨੋਵ  – ਜੰਗ ਦੀ ਕੀਮਤ .......... 245 ਫ. ਅਬਰਾਮੋਵ  – ਖੁਸ਼ਨਸੀਬ ਔਰਤ .......... 267 ਮ. ਸ਼ੋਲੋਖੋਵ  – ਮਨੁਖ ਦੀ ਹੋਣੀ (ਅਨੁਵਾਦਕ ਪ੍ਰੀਤਮ ਸਿੰਘ ਮਨਦੰਦਾ) .......... 271

subject:
soviet literature,war stories,second world war,soviet red army,nazi germany,ਸੋਵੀਅਤ ਸਾਹਿਤ,ਯੁੱਧ ਦੀਆਂ ਕਹਾਣੀਆਂ,ਦੂਜੀ ਵਿਸ਼ਵ ਜੰਗ,ਸੋਵੀਅਤ ਲਾਲ ਫੌਜ,ਨਾਜ਼ੀ ਜਰਮਨੀ

title:
ਅੱਠੇ ਪਹਿਰ ਮਹਾਨ ਦੇਸ਼ਭਗਤਕ ਜੰਗ ਬਾਰੇ ਸੋਵੀਅਤ ਲੇਖਕਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਕਹਾਣੀਆਂ (Days And Nights Short Stories About World War 2 By Soviet Writers in Punjabi )


btih: 4dffde49b9e23191629ab58d4016365c10f559b3
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carlosbrpo,fav-olavo_oliveira,fav-pio07,fav-roberto_mart_nez718
creator: G. Ya. Miákishev,B. B. Bújovtsev
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fisica-4-g.-ya.-miakishev-b.-b.-bujovtsev-fisica-4-editorial-mir-moscu-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-10T06:55:53Z,2025-12-10T07:38:05Z
publicdate: 2025-12-10T06:55:53Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Fisica 4 - Oscilaciones y ondas
year: 1986
description:
El libro presenta una panorámica amplia de la física clásica y moderna organizada por grandes bloques temáticos. Comienza con las oscilaciones mecánicas y eléctricas, describiendo sus principios, sus métodos de análisis y diversas aplicaciones técnicas. Continúa con la producción, transmisión y uso de la energía eléctrica, seguido por capítulos sobre ondas mecánicas, sonido y procesos de interferencia. Posteriormente aborda las ondas electromagnéticas, su emisión, propagación, modulación y usos en radiocomunicación y televisión, para después introducir los fundamentos de la óptica geométrica y física, incluyendo refracción, lentes, interferencia, difracción y polarización. La segunda mitad introduce elementos de relatividad, tipos de radiación y sus espectros, y ofrece una introducción a la física cuántica, el efecto fotoeléctrico y los cuantos de luz. A continuación se estudian la estructura atómica, la teoría del núcleo, la desintegración radiactiva, las interacciones nucleares y la energía de enlace. El libro concluye con una visión general de la física de partículas y algunas reflexiones sobre la naturaleza del mundo físico y el papel del conocimiento científico y técnico, complementado por ejercicios, respuestas y materiales de referencia. Traducido del ruso por Antonio Molina Garcia Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,fisica,oscilaciones,ondas,electromagnetismo,óptica,relatividad,física cuántica,física nuclear


btih: 1b7cdaa12d9dbde99cbef0f59d214b5b91a46dd1
creator: A. Gulyaev
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-gulyaev-physical-metallurgy-volume-1-mir-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-09T11:46:42Z,2026-04-09T17:34:43Z
publicdate: 2025-11-09T11:46:42Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: em
title: Physical Metallurgy Volume 1
year: 1980
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-dnaultra5,fav-enverian,fav-floura28zz,fav-jetmorgann,fav-mohamed_cairoscience,fav-nikemaul,fav-prasi_hobby,fav-torsmen50,fav-za6

description:
This is a fundamental textbook on physical metallurgy and the science of materials, intended for students of metallurgical, machine-building, and polytechnical institutes, as well as for those specialising in physical metallurgy and the technology of heat treatment of metals. The book contains reference data on practically all types of metallic materials and can therefore serve as a monograph on metals and alloys for use by process and research engineers. Prof. A. P. Gulyaev, Dr. Sc. (Eng.), born in 1908, holds the title of Honoured Scientist of the Russian Federation. He is a distinguished authority in physical metallurgy and the science of metals, and the author of numerous books and articles on the subject, including the present textbook  Physical Metallurgy , which has gone through five editions, and the monograph  Heat Treatment of Steel . Contents Preface Part One: The Theory of Alloys Chapter 1. The Crystal Structure of Metals 1.1. Metals 1.2. Classification of Metals 1.3. Crystal Structure of Metals 1.4. The Crystal Lattices of Metals 1.5. Real Structure of Metallic Crystals 1.6. Anisotropy of Properties of Crystals 1.7. Methods for Studying the Metal Structure Literature Chapter 2. Crystallisation 2.1. Three States of Matter 2.2. Energy Conditions for Crystallisation 2.3. Mechanism of Crystallisation 2.4. Shape of Crystal Formations 2.5. Structure of Ingot 2.6. Solid-State Transformations (Allotropy) 2.7. Magnetic Transformations Literature Chapter 3. Mechanical Properties, Strain Hardening, and Recrystallisation 3.1. Metals and Non-Metals 3.2. Elastic and Plastic Deformations: Lattice Imperfections and Strength of Metals 3.3. Fracture 3.4. Methods for Testing Mechanical Properties 3.5. Strain Hardening 3.6. Effect of Heating on Structure and Properties of Deformed Metal (Recrystallisation Processes) Literature Chapter 4. The Structure of Alloys 4.1. Mechanical Mixtures 4.2. Chemical Compounds 4.3. Solid Solution Based on a Component of an Alloy 4.4. Solid Solution Based on a Chemical Compound 4.5. Ordered Solid Solutions 4.6. Electronic Compounds (Hume–Rothery Phases) 4.7. Laves Phases 4.8. Interstitial Phases Literature Chapter 5. Constitutional Diagrams 5.1. Gibbs’ Phase Rule 5.2. General Remarks on the Construction of Constitutional Diagrams 5.3. Experimental Construction of Constitutional Diagrams 5.4. Systems Forming Mechanical Mixtures of Pure Constituents (First-Order Systems) 5.5. The Lever Rule 5.6. Systems with Unlimited Solubility in the Solid State (Second-Order Systems) 5.7. Systems with Limited Solubility in the Solid State (Third-Order Systems) 5.8. Systems Forming Chemical Compounds (Fourth-Order Systems) 5.9. Systems Undergoing Polymorphous Transformations 5.10. Non-Equilibrium Crystallisation of Alloys 5.11. Three-Component (Ternary) Systems 5.12. Simplified Methods for Analysis of Multi-Component Systems 5.13. Correlation Between Properties of Alloys and Type of Constitutional Diagram Literature Part Two: Iron–Carbon Alloys Chapter 6. The Iron–Carbon Constitutional Diagram 6.1. History 6.2. Iron 6.3. Cementite 6.4. The Constitutional Diagram Literature Chapter 7. Carbon Steels 7.1. Effect of Carbon 7.2. Effect of Permanent Impurities on Steel Properties 7.3. Steels Produced by Various Processes: Clean Steel and Plain Carbon Steels 7.4. Steel Sheets for Cold Forming 7.5. Machinability of Steels: Automatic Steels Literature Chapter 8. Cast Iron 8.1. Graphitisation 8.2. Structures of Cast Iron: Forms of Graphite 8.3. Structure and Properties of Cast Iron 8.4. Effect of Impurities 8.5. Effect of Cooling Rate 8.6. Grades of Grey and High-Strength Cast Irons 8.7. Malleable Cast Iron Literature Part Three: Heat Treatment Chapter 9. General Principles of Heat Treatment 9.1. Temperature and Time 9.2. Classification of Types of Heat Treatment 9.3. Heat Treatment and the Constitutional Diagram 9.4. Principal Types of Heat Treatment of Steel 9.5. Four Principal Transformations in Steel Literature Chapter 10. The Theory of Heat Treatment of Steel 10.1. Formation of Austenite 10.2. Coarsening of Austenitic Grain 10.3. Decomposition of Austenite 10.4. Martensitic Transformation 10.5. Bainitic Transformation 10.6. Transformations on Tempering 10.7. Effect of Heat Treatment on Steel Properties 10.8. Thermomechanical Treatment Literature Chapter 11. Practice of Heat Treatment of Steel 11.1. Hardening Temperature 11.2. Heating Time 11.3. Chemical Action of the Heating Medium 11.4. Quenching Media 11.5. Hardenability 11.6. Internal Stresses 11.7. Methods of Quenching 11.8. Sub-Zero Treatment of Steel 11.9. Defects in Hardened Steel 11.10. Annealing and Normalising Literature Chapter 12. Surface Hardening of Steel 12.1. General 12.2. Induction Hardening Literature Chapter 13. Chemical Heat Treatment of Steel 13.1. Theory of Chemical Heat Treatment 13.2. Carburising 13.3. Nitriding 13.4. Cyaniding 13.5. Metallic Cementation Literature

subject:
soviet literature,metallurgy,alloys,crystal structure,iron carbon,heat treatment,steel,phase diagram,mechanical properties


backup_location: ia905704_33
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: Yefrem Levitan
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ABookAboutStarsAndPlanets-ToBeReadToChildren
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English (Translated from the Russian)
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-14T11:58:12Z,2013-08-14T12:02:10Z,2026-02-03T21:16:27Z
publicdate: 2013-08-14T12:02:10Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: astronomy,education,children,raduga
title: A Book About Stars and Planets - To Be Read To Children
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-coop1er,fav-gina_yu,fav-gratefulparsnip,fav-jj428398,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-sureshpal360

description:
This book will help you give 6- to 8-year-olds an idea of one of the most thrilling sciences, astronomy. A knowledge of astronomy is very useful for children because first, it plays an important part in forming a wide view of the world; second, the study of astronomy develops in children the power of observation and the ability to make deductions from their observations; and third: a child interested in astronomy will study nature, geography, mathematics, physics, chemistry and his or her other school subjects with greater interest.


btih: 835816dc376335c7e6bae91f1e78b71dd2f6c370
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: আন্টন মাকারেঙ্কো (Anton Makarenko)
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: flags-on-the-towers-banchte-shekha-anton-makarenko_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-13T05:17:43Z,2025-12-13T05:51:23Z
publicdate: 2025-12-13T05:17:43Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet education
title: বাঁচতে শেখা (Learning To Live Flags On The Battlements in Bengali)
year: 1975
description:
Flags on the Battlements (Russian: Флаги на башнях, romanized: Flagi na bashnyakh) is a novella by Anton Makarenko, written in 1938 and published the same year in Krasnaya Nov magazine (issues 6-8).[1] In 1939 the book came out as a separate edition through Khudozhestvennaya Literatura. This later version was considerably revised: it featured the new chapter "Unbelievable!" (Не может быть!), while one of the final chapters of the magazine-published version ("For the Rest of Our Lives", На всю жизнь) has been removed. The book was translated into English under the title Learning to Live. ফ্ল্যাগস অন দ্য ব্যাটলমেন্টস  (রাশিয়ান: Флаги на башнях, রোমানাইজড: Flagi na bashnyakh) হল আন্টন মাকারেঙ্কোর একটি ছোট উপন্যাস, যা ১৯৩৮ সালে লেখা হয় এবং একই বছর  ক্রাসনায়া নোভ  ম্যাগাজিনে প্রকাশিত হয় (ইস্যু ৬-৮)। ১৯৩৯ সালে বইটি আলাদা সংস্করণ হিসেবে  খুদোজেস্টভেননায়া লিটারাতুরা  প্রকাশ করে। এই পরে সংস্করণটি উল্লেখযোগ্যভাবে সংশোধিত হয়েছে: এতে নতুন অধ্যায় "অবিশ্বাস্য!" (Не может быть!) যুক্ত করা হয়েছে, এবং ম্যাগাজিনে প্রকাশিত সংস্করণের একটি চূড়ান্ত অধ্যায় ("আমাদের জীবনের বাকি সময়ের জন্য", На всю жизнь) বাদ দেওয়া হয়েছে। বইটি ইংরেজিতে  Learning to Live  শিরোনামে অনূদিত হয়েছে। All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",strong,em


btih: 858f11d321c9f40bcfa12d0645ca77b487479c54
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abdallah_elferdaous,fav-mustasiipi
creator: Agnia Barto
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: agnia-barto-how-vova-changed-his-ways-progress-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-11T18:34:39Z,2026-02-03T21:25:41Z
publicdate: 2024-08-11T18:34:39Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books,story books
title: How Vova Changed His Ways
year: 1979
description:
A story about a boy named Vova and how he started playing with others. Translated from the Russian by Irina Zheleznova Drawings by V. Losin, Y. Monin and V. Perstov


btih: 3c16496d28f86df7430178251dbf823af329100a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fighters-for-national-liberation-political-portraits-in-tamil-progress-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-18T11:01:02Z,2026-02-04T21:53:23Z
publicdate: 2025-02-18T11:01:02Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature,political portraits,colonialism,imperialism,freedom struggle
title: சிய விடுதலைப்‌ போராப்‌ வீரர்கள்‌ (Fighters For National Liberation - Political Portraits In Tamil)
year: 1985
description:
The book  National Liberation Struggle Fighters: Biographical Notes of Political Leaders  explores the lives and political ideologies of renowned leaders who were key figures in national liberation movements. Written by prominent Soviet scholars, it delves into the social context of their actions and their political stances. Leaders like Mahatma Gandhi, Jawaharlal Nehru (India), Sukarno (Indonesia), Patrice Lumumba (Congo), Gamal Abdel Nasser (Egypt), Agostinho Neto (Angola), and Kwame Nkrumah (Ghana) are discussed in terms of their social, political, and economic ideas. The book also examines the challenges these leaders faced, the ideological differences within their movements, and the reasons why their revolutionary ideals sometimes failed to be implemented successfully. The authors explore the lasting influence of these leaders' ideas and actions, discussing both the positive and negative consequences of their struggles for social progress in emerging nations. The book poses several key questions about the relevance of their ideologies in today's world and how the experiences of these leaders could inform current issues in political and economic development in post-colonial societies. Through these discussions, the book provides valuable insights into the evolution of revolutionary thought and its impact on shaping modern political landscapes. இந்த புத்தகம்  தேசிய விடுதலைப் போராட்ட வீரர்கள்: அரசியல் தலைவர்களின் வாழ்க்கை குறிப்புகள்  என்ற தலைப்பில் எழுதியுள்ளதினால், உலகின் பல பிரபல விடுதலைப் போராட்ட தலைவர்களின் வாழ்க்கையும் அரசியல் கோட்பாடுகளும் ஆராயப்படுகின்றன. இந்த புத்தகம் பெரும்பாலான சோவியத் அறிவியலாளர்களால் எழுதப்பட்டுள்ளது. இதில் மோகன்தாஸ் கரம்சந்த் காந்தி, ஜவஹர்லால் நேரு (இந்தியா), சுகர்னோ (இந்தோனேஷியா), பாட்ரிஸ் லுமும்பா (காங்கோ), கமால் அப்துல் நாசர் (எகிப்து), அகஸ்தினோ நேத்தோ (அங்கோலா) மற்றும் நுக்ருமா (கானா) போன்ற தலைவர்களின் சமூக, அரசியல், பொருளாதார கோட்பாடுகள் மற்றும் செயற்பாடுகள் பற்றி விவாதிக்கப்படுகிறது. இந்த புத்தகம் அவை கடந்த காலத்தில் நடந்த சமூக-பொருளாதார போராட்டங்களின் தாக்கம் மற்றும் அவற்றின் எதிர்மறை முடிவுகளை ஆய்வு செய்யின்றது. தற்போது எதிர்கொள்ளப்படும் பல பிரச்சினைகளின் தீர்வுகளில் இந்த தலைவர்களின் அனுபவங்களையும் கருத்துகளையும் மதிப்பாய்வு செய்ய வேண்டும் என்று கூறுகிறது. இதில், இவர்கள் எதிர்கொண்ட சிரமங்கள் மற்றும் தவறுகள் மூலம் நாம் அறிய முடியுமான பாடங்களை இளநாட்டுகளின் வளர்ச்சிக்கு பயன்படுத்த முடியும் என்று இ authors ஆராய்ந்துள்ளனர். மொழிடெயா்ப்பாளா்‌: இரா. கெளதம்‌. ஆடிரியா்கள்‌: ரோ. ௮. உலியானோவ்ஸ்கி, வி.வி. வவீலவ்‌ (௧.௮. நாசர்‌), யு.நி. வினக்கூரவ்‌ (பா. லுமும்பா), ௮. யூரியவ்‌ (சுகர்ணோ) Original scan from Tamil Digital Studies at Toronto Universtiy. This is a cleaned. optimised scan.


btih: 14d27d91ddb4f21171bfaae394286527128367ef
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ইভান তুর্গেনেভ (Ivan Turgenev)
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: Ivan Turgenev's famous novel translated to Bengali All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog
identifier: fathers-and-sons-a-novel-pita-putro-ivan-turgenev_202412
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-22T11:36:30Z,2026-02-04T21:50:37Z
publicdate: 2024-12-22T11:36:30Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: পিতা পুত্র (Fathers and Sons a Novel in Bengali)
year: 1989
external-identifier:
urn:lcp:FATHERS AND SONS - A NOVEL - Pita Putro - Ivan Turgenev:epub:13d35dc0-2f53-484d-b875-fbd7d5ab266c


creator: A. Fédenko (Éd.)
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fedenko-recueil-dexercices-de-geometrie-differentielle-mir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-24T06:47:38Z,2026-02-04T21:50:50Z
publicdate: 2022-06-24T06:47:38Z
publisher: Éditorial Mir
subject: exercices,mathématiques,géométrie différentielle
title: Recueil D'exercices De Géométrie Différentielle
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aitt_19867,fav-arthurpariz,fav-dahan_wang,fav-firebook,fav-hadarbarak77,fav-leo_marrow,fav-liebchenn,fav-modelisa_design,fav-pio07

description:
Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original. J. Belko, A. Fêdenko, A. Goussak, A. Nakhimovskaïa, A. Riabouchko, L. Toutaïev, V. Vêdernikov, V. Vodnev Sous la direction de A. Fedenko Le présent recueil renferme plus de 1000 exercices portant sur les principaux chapitres du cours de géométrie différentielle lu dans les facultés de physique et de mathématiques. Dans cette édition les auteurs se sont efforcés de tenir compte des modifications qui s’opè­ rent actuellement dans l’enseignement des mathématiques. La refonte des programmes de mathématiques du secondaire s’est répercutée sur le style d’enseignement, la terminologie et les notations. Dans cet ouvrage, les auteurs ont essayé d’asseoir et de développer ces innovations, se sont servis sans restriction de tous les termes et notations en usage dans le secondaire. Ils ont attaché une importance particulière à la définition rigoureuse des princi­ paux objets étudiés dans le cours de géométrie différentielle. La courbe (ligne) est définie d’une part comme une classe de chemins paramétrés équivalents, de l’autre, comme une variété à une dimen­ sion. La surface est traitée comme une variété à deux dimensions et définie par une représentation paramétrique. La plupart des exerci­ ces sont résolus localement, c’est-à-dire que les figures géométriques sont considérées au voisinage d’un point fixe. Les auteurs ont tenté dans leur exposé de faire la jonction entre la géométrie différentielle et les autres disciplines mathématiques. Ils ont fait un large usage de l’algèbre linéaire, de l’analyse mathé­matique et des équations différentielles, sans perdre pour autant le contact avec la géométrie du secondaire. Cet ouvrage peut être recommandé à titre de manuel pour les facultés de physique et de mathématiques des universités et insti­ tuts pédagogiques.  Traduit du russe par Djilali Embarek AVANT-PROPOS 7 PROLOGUE 9 Application 9 L'espace R^{n} 10 Fonction vectorielle 13 Courbe et ligne 16 Surface 18 Chapitre premier. FONCTION VECTORIELLE. NOTION DE COURBE, DE LIGNE ET DE SURFACE 21 Chapitre 2. LIGNES ET COURBES PLANES 26 § 1. Procédés de définition 26 § 2. Tangence. Tangente et norm ale 30 § 3. Asymptotes. Points singuliers. Etude et construction de lignes (courbes) 35 § 4. Famille de lignes. Enveloppe 40 § 5. Longueur d'un arc. Courbure 43 § 6. Développées et développantes. Equations intrinsèques 47 Chapitre 3. COURBES ET LIGNES GAUCHES 49 § 7. Equations de courbes et de lignes 49 § 8. Repère de Frenet. Longueur d’un arc 50 § 9. Formules de Frenet. Courbure et torsion. Equations intrinsè­ques 55 Chapitre 4. SURFACES 60 § 10. Equations d’une surface 60 § 11. Plan tangent et normale à une surface. Surfaces réglées. Contact d’une ligne et d’une surface 63 § 12. Famille de surfaces. Enveloppe 68 § 13. Première forme quadratique 70 § 14. Application sphérique, deuxième forme quadratique 77 § 15. Reseaux conjugués et asymptotes 84 § 16. Lignes de courbure 87 § 17. Lignes géodésiques 88 § 18. Méthode du repere mobile en théorie des surfaces 91 § 19.  Exercices divers 96 Chapitre 5. PROPRIÉTÉS AFFINES DES LIGNES ET DES SURFACES 100 Chapitre 6. ÉLÉMENTS DE LA THÉORIE DU CHAMP 102 § 20. Champ scalaire 102 § 21. Champ devecteuiB 106 Réponses 112 Index alphabétique 106 Réponses 112 Index 231 Avant-propos 5 CHAPITRE PREMIER. RAYONNEMENT ÆLECTROMAGNÉTIQUE MOU 7 Echange d'énergie par rayonnement 7 Rayonnement des corps incandescents 10  Théorie du rayonnement thermique 17 Les spectres optiques 19 Le rayonnement laser 28 La luminescence 39 CHAPITRE 2. INSTRUMENTS D'OPTIQUE 43 Le prisme 43 La lentille 48 L'appareil photographique 52 L'œil 56 Les polariseurs 59 Le microscope et le télescope 62 Les interféromètres 68 Instruments à laser 80 Photométrie 83 L'holographie 87 CHAPITRE 3. RAYONNEMENT ÉLECTROMAGNÉTIQUE DUR 92 Découverte des rayons X 92 La radiocristallographie 99  Spectres de rayons X 111 Radiocristallographie des matériaux 116 CHAPITRE 4. GÉNÉRALISATIONS DE LA MÉCANIQUE 122 Mechanique relativiste 122 Particules animées de vitesses proches de la vitesse de la lumière 136 Mécanique ondulatoire 143 Principes de Heisenberg 148 CHAPITRE 5. STRUCTURE DES NOYAUX ATOMIQUES 154 Les isotopes 154 La radioactivité 159 Les désintégrations radioactives 164 Réactions nucléaires et découverte du neutron 168  Propriétés des noyaux atomiques 172  Bosons et fermions 179  Masse et énergie du noyau atomique 179  Energie des réactions nucléaires 182  Réactions nucléaires en chaîne 186  CHAPITRE 6. L'ÉNERGIE TOUT AUTOUR DE NOUS 192  Sources d'énergie 192  Combustible 199  Centrales électriques 204 Réacteurs nucléaires 211  Energie thermonucléaire 220  Energie solaire 226 Energie éolienne 232  CHAPITRE 7. PHYSIQUE DE L'UNIVERS 236 Mesure des distances jusqu'aux étoiles 236  Univers en expansion 243  Théorie de la relativité généralisée 249  Age des étoiles 255  Radioastronomie 263  Rayons cosmiques 264  Tableau des particules élémentaires 268  Introduction 7  Chapter One. THE CRYSTAL LATTICE 13  1-1. Metal Formation through Condensation of “Neutral Atoms. The Metallic Bond 13 1-2. The Metallic Bond and Crystal Lattice 17 1-3. The Nature of Oscillations of Atoms in a Crystal Lattice 18  1-4. The Natural-frequency Spectrum of a One-dimensional Lattice 23 1-5. Phonons. Thermal Oscillations in a One-dimensional Lattice 34  1-6. Specific Heat of a Lattice. Einstein's Model 39  1-7. Specific Heat of a Lattice at Temperatures below 𝛩_{D} 41  1-8. The Spectral Density of Phonons 50 1-9. Interaction of Phonons 57 Chapter Two. THE SYSTEM OF VALENCE ELECTRONS 61  2-1. The Behaviour of the Electron System in a Metal 61  2-2. The Concept of Fermi Surface 62  2-3. The Effect of Crystal Lattice on the Motion of an Electron 67  2-4. The Dynamics of an Electron in the Crystal Lattice 79  2-5. Dependence of the Energy of an Electron in the Lattice on Quasi-momentum 89  2-6. Construction of Brillouin Zones 97  2-7. The Reciprocal Lattice. The Wigner-Seitz Method for Constructing the First Brillouin Zone 106  2-8. Filling the Brillouin Zone with Electrons 111 2-9. Fermi Surfaces of the Elements of Group I of the Periodic Table 115 2-10. Harrison’s Method for Constructing Fermi Surfaces 120  2-11. The Modern Scheme of Constructing Fermi Surfaces. Topological Classification of Fermi Surfaces 138  2-12. Motion of Quasi-particles in a Constant Magnetic Field 148  2-13. The Density of States 165  2-14. Quantization of the Energy of an Electron in a Magnetic Field. 169  2-15. Distribution of Electrons in p-space in the Presence of a Quantizing Magnetic Field wire te Sree LTE  2-16. The Density of States in a Magnetic Field 183  2-17. A Two-zone Metal in a Magnetic Field 197  Chapter Three. ELECTRIC CONDUCTIVITY OF METALS 219  3-1. Phenomenological Description of Electric Conductivity 219  3-2. Electric Conductivity and Energy Spectrum of Electrons in a Metal 220  3-3. Temperature Dependence of Electric Conductivity 282  3-4. Electric Conductivity of Metals in a Magnetic Field. General Considerations 240  3-5. Weak Magnetic Fields 241  3-6. Weak Magnetic Fields. Hole-type Fermi Surfaces 248  3-7. Strong Magnetic Fields 250  Chapter Four. EXPERIMENTAL METHODS FOR STUDYING THE ENERGY SPECTRUM OF ELECTRONS IN METALS 268  4-1. General Remarks 268  4-2. Galvano-magnetic Methods for Studying the Energy Spectrum 269 4-3. The Azbel-Kaner Cyclotron Resonance 276  4-4. Gantmacher’s Radio-frequency Size Effect 289  4-5. Pippard's Magneto-acoustic Resonance 300  4-6. Quantum-mechanical Magneto-acoustic Resonance 307  4-7. Oscillational Quantum Effects 314  Bibliography 331 Index 334  


btih: acbffe1f1c978fbaa8d25c8cb600ca3e4e243742
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-munif_muttafik
creator: সের্গেই আন্তোনভ (Mikhail Nesturkh)
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: human-races-manob-shomaj-projati-jati-progoti-mikhail-nesturkh_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T14:12:27Z,2025-12-05T14:34:33Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T14:12:27Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: : মানব সমাজ, প্রজাতি, জাতি, প্রগতি (Human Races in Bengali)
year: 1976
description:
This present book, by Professor M. F. Nesturkh, is based on the methodological principles of Soviet anthropology and the factual data obtained by that science. The author connects the origin of the races with the origin of mankind as a whole and acquaints the reader with the present status of these two problems; he deals at length with the history of the formation, dissemination and mingling of individual anthropological (racial) types and their groups, uses facts to expose the reactionary nature of racism and proves that it has no foundation in science. Professor Nesturkh naturally devotes greater attention to anthropology proper, but he makes extensive use of other natural and social sciences-comparative anatomy, physiology, palaeontology, archaeology, ethnography, psychology, and linguisticsin accordance with Frederick Engels's well-known postulate that anthropology is the transition from the morphology and physiology of man and his races to history. It must not be thought that Professor Nesturkh's book is limited to an exposure of racism. The problems dealt with are of a much broader cognitive significance. Among other things the reader will find the latest information on the anthropoids of the Tertiary period (the distant ancestors of man and the modern anthropoid apes), the earliest hominids (Pithecanthropus and Sinanthropus), Neanderthal man and the fossil men of the modern type. The author also deals with the natural selection of the earliest men, geographical isolation, inter-racial crossing, the times and places in which the great races were formed, the ways in which they became disseminated and the relation of tribes, nationalities and nations to the races. He takes the reader on a journey through the animal kingdom to the world of man and introduces him to the beginnings of human history, in the course of which the laws of evolution that apply to the organic world have been replaced by the qualitatively new laws of social development. In the final chapter Professor Nesturkh, in addition to his exposureof racism, touches on such important scientific problems as "Race and Language", "Race and Mentality". He adduces convincing evidence of the absence of any causal relation between the racial groups and language groups of mankind; he also shows that all modern races and nations are identical in their mental abilities. Stress is properly laid on the tremendous successes of communist construction in the U.S.S.R. and socialist construction of the People's Democracies of Europe and Asia. The experience of these countries has completely destroyed the reactionary myth that mankind is divided into "higher" and "lower" races and shown that all peoples, irrespective of their racial make-up, are capable of developing genuinely progressive culture and science. The unscientific concept of racism is also refuted by the economic, political and cultural development of the young states in Asia, Africa and Latin America, recently liberated from the yoke of colonialism. এই গ্রন্থে প্রফেসর এম এফ নেস্তুরখ সোভিয়েত নৃতত্ত্বের পদ্ধতিগত ভিত্তি ও বৈজ্ঞানিক তথ্যের উপর নির্ভর করে মানবজাতি ও মানবজাতির বিভিন্ন জাতিগত গোষ্ঠীর উৎপত্তি ব্যাখ্যা করেছেন। মানবজাতির ইতিহাস, নৃতাত্ত্বিক ধরণের গঠন, বিস্তার ও মিশ্রণের প্রক্রিয়া তিনি বিশদে আলোচনা করেছেন এবং বৈজ্ঞানিক তথ্যের মাধ্যমে বর্ণবাদ যে প্রতিক্রিয়াশীল ও বিজ্ঞানবিরোধী, তা সুস্পষ্টভাবে দেখিয়েছেন। নেস্তুরখ নৃতত্ত্বকে কেন্দ্র করে লেখালেখি করলেও তিনি তুলনামূলক অ্যানাটমি, শারীরবিদ্যা, প্যালিয়নটোলজি, প্রত্নতত্ত্ব, নৃবিজ্ঞান, মনোবিজ্ঞান ও ভাষাবিজ্ঞানসহ নানা শাস্ত্রের তথ্য ব্যবহার করে মানুষের জৈব বিবর্তন থেকে সামাজিক ইতিহাসে উত্তরণের ধারাকে ব্যাখ্যা করেছেন। গ্রন্থে প্রাচীন তৃতীয় যুগের অ্যান্থ্রোপয়েড, প্রথম মানব-পুর্বসূরি (পিথেকান্থ্রোপাস ও সিনান্থ্রোপাস), নিয়ান্ডারথাল ও আধুনিক মানুষের জীবাশ্ম রূপসমূহ নিয়ে সর্বশেষ তথ্য উপস্থাপন করা হয়েছে। তিনি প্রাথমিক মানবের প্রাকৃতিক নির্বাচন, ভৌগোলিক বিচ্ছিন্নতা, আন্তঃজাতিক সংমিশ্রণ, বিভিন্ন জাতির গঠনকাল ও বিস্তারের পথ, এবং উপজাতি, জাতীয়তা ও জাতির সঙ্গে জাতিগত গোষ্ঠীর সম্পর্কও ব্যাখ্যা করেন। শেষ অধ্যায়ে তিনি বর্ণ ও ভাষা, বর্ণ ও মানসিকতার সম্পর্ক নিয়ে প্রচলিত ভুল ধারণা খণ্ডন করে দেখিয়েছেন যে সকল মানবজাতিগত গোষ্ঠী মানসিক ক্ষমতায় সমান। সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়ন ও সমাজতান্ত্রিক রাষ্ট্রগুলোর সাফল্যসহ এশিয়া, আফ্রিকা ও লাতিন আমেরিকার নবস্বাধীন রাষ্ট্রগুলোর উন্নয়নের উদাহরণ ব্যবহার করে তিনি প্রমাণ করেছেন যে "উচ্চ" ও "নিম্ন" জাতি বলে কিছু নেই, এবং সব জাতির জনগণই উন্নত সংস্কৃতি ও বিজ্ঞান গড়ে তোলার সক্ষমতা রাখে। All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog. Note:  The era when the book was published (in the 1960s) the Soviet science was just coming out of the pseudoscientific theories of  Lysenko , who was a leading figure in the biological sciences in Soviet Russian from 1940s-50s. After he became became director of the Institute of Genetics within the USSR's Academy of Sciences, he used this position of power along with his political connections to push for  anti-Mendelian doctrines  in Soviet science and education. Soviet scientists who refused to renounce genetics were dismissed from their posts and left destitute. Hundreds if not thousands of others were imprisoned. Several were sentenced to death as enemies of the state, including the botanist  Nikolai Vavilov . Scientific dissent from Lysenko's theories of environmentally acquired inheritance was formally outlawed in the Soviet Union in 1948. Though Lysenko remained at his post in the Institute of Genetics until 1965,  his influence on Soviet agricultural practice had declined by the 1950s. [some text from his wikipage] So it is no wonder, that Nesturkh's book makes scant references to the idea of genetics and is driven by a larger agenda of the ideology of the state. The state of Soviet biology never fully recovered from this setback. Meanwhile, mainly due to efforts of  Sakhrov  (I may be wrong here), the physical sciences could actually work mostly without much interference from the state ideology.

stripped_tags:
p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:17.5px;",p class="p1" style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:17.5px;",p class="p1" style="margin:0px;color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:17.5px;",span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trofim_Lysenko" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" rel="ugc nofollow",strong style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",strong,a title="Nikolai Vavilov" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nikolai_Vavilov" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" rel="ugc nofollow",span class="reference" style="font-size:10.5px;line-height:0;vertical-align:baseline;color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;",a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andrei_Sakharov" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
soviet literature,race,human,racism,soviet,science,anthropology,natural selection,foreign languages publishing house,language,intermarriage,negroid,mongoloid,europoid,isolation,origin of man,marxism,communism,socialism,anti racism,ide


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: V. Ditkine,A. Proudnikov
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ditkine-proudnikov-calcul-operationnel-mir-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-09-24T07:27:41Z,2026-02-04T20:22:30Z
publicdate: 2022-09-24T07:27:41Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Calcul Opérationnel
year: 1979
description:
Un livre sur le calcul opérationnel et ses applications aux problèmes de physique mathématique, d'analyse et de fonctions spéciales. Traduit du russo par Djilali Embarek

subject:
Intégrale de Laplace,d’analyse complexe,transformation de Laplace,fonctions d’une variable complexe,mathématique,calcul opérationnel,convolution de fonctions,Opérateurs,Applications,fonctions spéciales,séries de Neumann,l’intégrale de Riemann-Mellin


btih: db3cd65830c731722df395fc399544810e4fed5d
creator: A.S. Kasatkin,M.V. Memstov
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-s.-kasatkin-m.-v.-memstov-electrical-engineering-mir-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-28T06:35:04Z,2026-02-03T20:33:45Z
publicdate: 2024-12-28T06:35:04Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Electrical Engineering
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dahan_wang,fav-dnaultra5,fav-drugstone,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-enverian,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-flhoosier,fav-fredorm2017,fav-golgonooza,fav-gone_to_persia,fav-hansblumenberg,fav-hc80,fav-jetmorgann,fav-kathoderaytubes,fav-marcello2025,fav-mehran_ranjbar,fav-mike_blackburn338,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-navix,fav-nigel_conley-jackson,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-sarajanesmith,fav-seafarer54,fav-tidales_boragues,fav-timomartin,fav-tom_s_flores475,fav-uristcancelsdig

description:
This is an English translation of the fourth Russian edition, revised and enlarged in comparison with the previous editions to bring it in line with the requirements of the new curriculum on electrical engineering, and also to embody the experience accumulated from the use of the previous editions. The book has been written to cover the course in electrical engineering as taught in the Soviet Union to students majoring in other departments. It is largely based on the third edition (1974) of the book by the late Professor A.S. Kasatkin, and also on the lectures his co-author has been reading at the Moscow Physical Engineering Institute for a long time now. The course includes basic electricity and theory, design, principles of operation, characteristics, parameters, and applications of the most-used electrical circuits and apparatus. Although no approach to teaching the subject can afford to be wholly non-mathematical, every effort has been made to restrict the use of mathematics to cases where a mathematical approach to the problem is either unavoidable or actively helpful to the student. On the whole, the book is intended as a framework, sound and accurate within its limits, into which more advanced and detailed work can be fitted. Translated from the Russian by Boris V. Kuznetsov

subject:
soviet literature,electrical engineering,dc circuits,ac circuits,transformers,semiconductor devices,electrical measurements,induction machines


btih: 077390d511ad365b5f89e77f7534b28efbc62571
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dnaultra5,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pio07,fav-timomartin
creator: D. Faddeev,I. Sominsky
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-faddeev-i-sominsky-problems-in-higher-algebra-mir-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-27T12:44:30Z,2026-05-10T18:34:01Z
publicdate: 2026-01-27T12:44:30Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Problems In Higher Algebra Mir
year: 1968
description:
This book of problems in higher algebra grew out of a course of instruction at the Leningrad State University and the Herzen Pedagogical Institute. It is designed for students of universities and teacher’s colleges as a problem book in higher algebra. The problems included here are of two radically different types. On the one hand, there are a large number of numerical examples aimed at developing computational skills and illustrating the basic propositions of the theory. The authors believe that the number of problems is sufficient to cover work in class, at home and for tests. On the other hand, there are a rather large number of problems of medium difficulty and many which will demand all the initiative and ingenuity of the student. Many of the problems of this category are accompanied by hints and suggestions to be found in Part II. These problems are starred. Answers are given to all problems, some of the problems are supplied with detailed solutions.

subject:
soviet literature,problem books,mathematics,algebra,complex numbers,matrices,determinants,polynomials,symmetric functions


btih: e593e0979769b280500eb951928cc33cee0a95f7
creator: V.A. Ilyin,E.G. Poznyak
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-a.-ilyin-e.-g.-poznyak-fundamentals-of-mathematical-analysis-part-2-mir-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-28T06:30:17Z,2026-04-06T17:06:55Z
publicdate: 2024-12-28T06:30:17Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Fundamentals Of Mathematical Analysis Part 2
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abdelkrim1973,fav-dnaultra5,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-jackie_sawnani368,fav-janderson563,fav-janf23,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-jetmorgann,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pcruz,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-timomartin,fav-whitejack

description:
About the Book This book is based on lectures delivered by the authors at Moscow State University over several years. As in Part 1, the authors aim to present the material systematically, highlighting the most important notations and theorems. In addition to the core curriculum, the book explores several important questions that play a significant role in various branches of modern mathematics and physics, such as the theory of measure and Lebesgue integrals, Hilbert spaces and self-adjoint linear operators, Fourier series regularisation, and the theory of differential forms in Euclidean spaces. Some topics, such as the conditions for term-wise differentiation and integration of functional sequences and series, variable changes in multiple integrals, and Green’s and Stokes’ formulas, are treated more generally and under weaker assumptions than usual. The book also addresses computational mathematics, including approximate methods for evaluating multiple integrals and calculating function values from Fourier coefficients. The material, along with Part 1 (Volume 1), constitutes a comprehensive university course in mathematical analysis. The text allows for some flexibility, as chapters on advanced topics such as Lebesgue integrals, Hilbert spaces, and related supplements can be skipped without affecting comprehension of the main material. The authors acknowledge their indebtedness to various contributors for valuable advice and criticisms, particularly A. N. Tikhonov, A. G. Svesshnikov, Sh. A. Alimov, L. D. Kudryavtsev, S. A. Lomov, P. S. Modenov, and Ya. M. Zhileikin for their assistance in field theory and approximate methods for evaluating multiple integrals. Translated from the Russian by Vladimir Shokurov

subject:
soviet literature,mathematics,mathematical analysis,theory of curves,hilbert space,fourier series,fourier integrals,Lebesgue integral,Lebesgue measure,Green's formula,Field theory,integrals,functional sequences


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-condorblack,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-nikemaul,fav-vncomrade
creator: I. I. Kovalenko (Editor)
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-i.-kovalenko-r.-a.-tuzmukhamedov-eds.-the-non-aligned-movement-progress-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-02-02T11:29:46Z,2026-02-04T22:21:27Z
publicdate: 2024-02-02T11:29:46Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: The Non Aligned Movement
year: 1985
description:
I.I. Kovalenko R.A. Tuzmukhamedov (Eds.) - The Non-Aligned Movement - Progress - 1985 Translated from the Russian by Margaret Web ley Designed by G. N. Gubanov Table of Contents Introduction 7 Chapter 1: Emergence, Essence and Development of the Non-Aligned Movement 9 Chapter 2: Peaceful Co-existence and the Political and Legal Basis of the Non-Aligned Movement 36 Chapter 3: Anti-Imperialism and Anti-Colonialism—the Main Direction of the Non-Aligned Movement 55 Chapter 4: The Non-Aligned Movement—an Important Factor in the Struggle for International Security and Curbing the Arms Race 77 Chapter 5: The Non-Aligned Movement and Zones of Peace 97 Chapter 6: The Non-Aligned Movement and Restructuring of International Economic Relations 117 Chapter 7: Non-Aligned Countries Against Racism and Racial Discrimination 148 Chapter 8: The Non-Aligned Movement Against “Information Imperialism” 161 Chapter 9: The Ideological Struggle Around the Concept of Non-Alignment 181 Chapter 10: Imperialist Subversion of the Non-Aligned Movement 199 Chapter 11: Socialist Countries and the Non-Aligned Movement 219 Chapter 12: The Non-Aligned Movement and International Organisations of Emergent States 235 Chapter 13: The Non-Aligned Movement and International Law 249 Conclusion 276 Chapter 1: Kovalenko Chapter 2: R. A. Tuzmukhamedov Chapter 3: G. F. Kim Chapter 4: V. F. Petrovsky, A. B. Kozyrev Chapter 5: I. K. Tuzmukhamedov Chapter 6: I. D. Ivanov Chapter 7: G. B. Starushenko Chapter 8: Yu. B. Kashiev Chapter 9: Ya. Ya. Etinger Chapter 10: V. A. Kreminyuk Chapter 11: A. V. Sergiyev, L. B. Teplinsky Chapter 12: R. A. Tuzmukhamedov Chapter 13: R. A. Tuzmukhamedov Conclusion: Kovalenko

subject:
soviet literature,non-aligned movement,global geopolitics,soviet bloc,western bloc,developing countries,anti-colonisation,cold war,anti-imperialism


btih: 3b4302fbaa13d4ad251ff47506cec11b062b107f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pio07,fav-shauhram,fav-typocrates
creator: I. Sh. Slobodetski,V. A. Orlov
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-sh-slobodetski-v.-a.-orlov-olimpiadas-de-fisica-vneshtorgizdat-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-01T12:16:44Z,2026-03-01T13:09:54Z
publicdate: 2026-03-01T12:16:44Z
publisher: Vneshtorgizdat
title: Olimpiadas De Física
year: 1988
description:
Este libro presenta una recopilación histórica de las olimpiadas de física para escolares en la Unión Soviética, desde sus inicios en 1962 cuando el Instituto Fisicotécnico de Moscú organizó la primera edición con más de 6 mil participantes. El movimiento se expandió rápidamente por Siberia, la Universidad Estatal de Moscú y finalmente se unificó en las Olimpiadas de la Unión Soviética a partir de 1967. La obra documenta las primeras catorce ediciones de estas competencias nacionales, incluyendo los destacados científicos que presidieron los jurados, como los académicos I.K. Kikoin, A.I. Alijanián y S.T. Beliáev, reflejando el alto nivel académico de estas competiciones. La estructura de las olimpiadas evolucionó desde problemas exclusivamente de cálculo hasta incluir desafíos experimentales a partir de la segunda edición nacional. Los problemas, aunque basados en el currículo escolar, exigen comprensión profunda de las leyes físicas y pensamiento creativo. Cada variante incluye cinco problemas de dificultad gradual, y los experimentales se clasifican en mediciones de parámetros, establecimiento de relaciones funcionales y análisis de "cajas negras". Los ganadores reciben diplomas, premios valiosos y los estudiantes destacados de décimo grado obtienen recomendaciones para universidades y son seleccionados para representar a la URSS en las Olimpiadas Internacionales de Física. Traducido del ruso por V.V, Chichnev

subject:
FÍSICA,olimpiadas de física,unión soviética,problemas experimentales,escolares,competencias académicas,problemas de cálculo


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dngp,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-malthouse,fav-pio07,fav-shauhram
creator: I. M. Gelfand; M. I. Graev; I. I. Pyatetskii-Shapiro
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gelfand-graev-pyatetskii-shapiro-generalized-functions-vol-6-representation-theo
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-10-18T10:46:25Z,2026-02-04T21:59:49Z
publicdate: 2021-10-18T10:46:25Z
title: Generalized Functions Vol 6 Representation Theory And Automorphic Forms
year: 1969
description:
The first systematic theory of generalized functions (also known as distributions) was created in the early 1950s, although some aspects were developed much earlier, most notably in the definition of the Green's function in mathematics and in the work of Paul Dirac on quantum electrodynamics in physics. The six-volume collection, Generalized Functions, written by I. M. Gel′fand and co-authors and published in Russian between 1958 and 1966, gives an introduction to generalized functions and presents various applications to analysis, PDE, stochastic processes, and representation theory. The unifying theme of Volume 6 is the study of representations of the general linear group of order two over various fields and rings of number-theoretic nature, most importantly over local fields (p-adic fields and fields of power series over finite fields) and over the ring of adeles. Representation theory of the latter group naturally leads to the study of automorphic functions and related number-theoretic problems. The book contains a wealth of information about discrete subgroups and automorphic representations, and can be used both as a very good introduction to the subject and as a valuable reference.

subject:
generalized functions,mathematics,soviet,representation theory,automorphic forms,p-adic fields,fields,power series,number theory,rings,subgroups


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gratefulparsnip
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: incompetents-in-kannada
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: kan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-21T17:42:26Z,2026-02-04T22:25:16Z
publicdate: 2023-05-21T17:42:26Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: Incompetents In Kannada
year: 1977
description:
Note: the title may not be correct,  A picture story book for children in Kannada. (translated from Russian) ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ಮಕ್ಕಳಿಗಾಗಿ ಒಂದು ಸಣ್ಣ ಚಿತ್ರ ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ (ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಭಾಷೆಯಿಂದ ಅನುವಾದಿಸಲಾಗಿದೆ) Many thanks to Guptaji for the original scan. ಮೂಲ ಸ್ಕ್ಯಾನ್ ಮಾಡಿದ್ದಕ್ಕೆ ಗುಪ್ತಾಜಿಗೆ ತುಂಬಾ ಧನ್ಯವಾದಗಳು.


btih: a90731955a09e76de54876339f42f80eed489e71
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-sureshpal360
creator: Gennadi Vasilyev
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gennadi-vasilyev-nature-our-common-habitat-novosti-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-10T12:58:21Z,2026-01-10T13:06:48Z
publicdate: 2026-01-10T12:58:21Z
publisher: Novosti
subject: soviet literature,ecology,nature conservation,biosphere
title: Nature - Our Common Habitat
year: 1987
description:
A book exploring ecology and its challenges as seen from a Soviet perspective. Designed by Natalia Pavlova Translated from the Russian by Boris Lunkov English text edited by Juliette Shapland


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king
creator: युरी ओलेशा (Yuri Olesha)
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: 20220702_20220702_1541
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-07-02T15:45:35Z,2026-05-12T08:34:27Z
publicdate: 2022-07-02T15:45:35Z
publisher: रादुगा (Raduga)
subject: सोवित कहानी,सचित्र किताबें,बच्चों की किताबें,सोवियत बच्चों का साहित्य,कहानी की किताबें,रूसी
title: तीन मोटे (Three Fat Men)
year: 1978
description:
ओलेशा की दूसरी व्यापक रूप से लोकप्रिय पुस्तक, तीन मोटे (1928; द थ्री फैट मेन), बच्चों और वयस्कों दोनों के लिए लिखी गई थी । यह एक अज्ञात भूमि में बंदूकधारी प्रोस्पेरो के नेतृत्व में विद्रोह के बारे में एक कहानी है । (नाम विलियम शेक्सपियर के द टेम्पेस्ट के जादूगर के लिए एक भ्रम है । ) उपन्यास में एक परी कथा के उपदेशात्मक और योजनाबद्ध गुण हैं और यह अप्रत्याशित रूपकों और निपुणता से बदलते दृष्टिकोणों से भरा है । द थ्री फैट मेन में ओलेशा ईर्ष्या और उनकी लघु कथाओं में मौजूद शैली की समान महारत प्रदर्शित करती है । 1978 में रादुगा द्वारा प्रकाशित अनुवादक - मदन लाल "मधु"


btih: 6e247dc2c0852105ddc6b8fd41dcd5f742fa80b2
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: বরিস লাভরেনেভ (Boris Lavrenev)
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: big-heart-beer-chhele-kolia-boris-lavrenev_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-13T04:11:26Z,2025-12-13T04:24:29Z
publicdate: 2025-12-13T04:11:26Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: বীর ছেলে কোলিয়া (Big Heart in Bengali)
year: 1977
description:
A story book for children about a brave boy during world war 2. Translated to Bengali  All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-betohl,fav-floura28zz,fav-vignam
creator: A. V. Lykov; B. M. Smol'skii; ( Ed.)
date: 1967-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: heat-and-mass-transfer-vol.-1
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-05-22T07:17:37Z,2026-02-04T22:11:35Z
publicdate: 2021-05-22T07:17:37Z
subject: physics,heat transfer,mass,convection,flow,boundary layer,physical properties
title: Heat And Mass Transfer Vol. 1
year: 1967
description:
 This book comprises reports and communications dealing with the problems of convective heat transfer in a homogeneous medium, and with the heat and mass transfer during the interaction of bodies with liquid and gas streams. Most papers deal with studies based on the boundary layer theory. The papers include theoretical and experimental works on unsteady-state heat transfer, on heat transfer at variable physical properties of liquids and gases, and heat transfer during supersonic flows in dense and rarefied media.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cosmicbrother,fav-jitnath
creator: সের্গেই স্মির্নভ (Sergei Smirnov)
identifier: heroes-of-the-brest-fortress-brest-kellar-bir-sergei-sminov_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-01T09:54:36Z,2026-02-04T22:12:50Z
publicdate: 2024-07-01T09:54:36Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: ব্রেস্ত কেল্লার বীর (Heroes of the Brest Fortress in Bengali)
description:
ব্রেস্ত থেকে দেড় মাইল দূরে পশ্চিম সীমান্তপ্রদেশে রুশদের এক পুরোনো কেল্লা। দেশরক্ষার মহান যুদ্ধের আগে এটিকে প্রধানত ব্যবহার করা হত ব্যারাক ও সরবরাহ কেন্দ্র হিসেবে। ১৯৪১এর ২২শে জুন। রাত্রিবেলা। কেল্লার পাহারায় রয়েছে শুধু ছোট একটি গ্যারিসন। প্রধান দলগুলি গেছে গ্রীষ্মকালীন শিক্ষাকেন্দ্রে। জার্মানরা একে সংখ্যায় বেশী, তাতে আবার আচমকা আক্রমণ করে বসে। দ্রুত তারা ব্রেস্তের উপর চড়াও হয়, এগিয়ে আসে দেশের ভিতরে। লড়াই শুরু হবার কয়েক হপ্তা বাদে যুদ্ধক্ষেত্রের পুরোবর্তী দলে গুজব শোনা গেল শত্রুদলের অনেক পিছনে রেস্ত কেল্লার বীর সৈনিকরা তখনও লড়াই চালিয়ে যাচ্ছে। যে সব অফিসার আর সৈনিক বেষ্টনী ভেদ করে বেরিয়ে আসে আর যে বোমারুবহর রাতের বেলা শত্রুর An old Russian stronghold on the western frontier, a mile and a half from Brest. It was primarily used as a barracks and supply station before the Great War in the homeland. June 22, 1941. Night. The fort has only a small garrison. The main groups went to summer education centers. The Germans were outnumbered and attacked again. They quickly moved up the hill and into the country. A few weeks after the start of the fighting, rumors were heard in the foreground of the battlefield that the heroic soldiers of rest Fort, far behind the enemy, were still fighting. The officers and men who came out of the perimeter and the Bombers who came out of the enemy at night. অনুবাদ: ফল্ম কর প্রচ্ছদপট ও মুদ্রণ প রিকল্পনা: রেব্রভ All credits to Sovietbooksinbengali blog.


btih: e80538989096bf7363381c76119db3a2db38f94b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dnaultra5,fav-luis_gordillo
creator: A. Tager
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-tager-physical-chemistry-of-polymers-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-28T07:19:37Z,2026-05-28T09:06:26Z
publicdate: 2026-05-28T07:19:37Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Physical Chemistry Of Polymers
year: 1978
description:
Writing a textbook on the physical chemistry of polymers is an especially demanding task in a field that evolves as rapidly as modern science itself. Established principles are continually revised, while new theories emerge before they are fully verified. Faced with an immense body of experimental data and theoretical interpretations, the author has sought to present the fundamental concepts that every newcomer to the subject must master. This foundation is intended to equip readers to navigate independently the ever-expanding scientific literature on polymers. Built upon extensive teaching experience in Soviet institutions of higher education, the book retains the overall structure and sequence that have proven effective for students over many years. At the same time, all chapters have been carefully revised to incorporate important new developments and to include several established principles omitted from the first edition. Although the breadth and diversity of polymer physical chemistry make complete balance difficult to achieve, the revised text aims to provide a coherent and accessible introduction to the discipline. This new edition also contains substantial additions and revisions. Chapter 5, devoted to polymer structure, has been completely rewritten by G. P. Andrianova, while Chapter 16 now includes a collaborative section with V. M. Andreyeva on determining the dimensions and flexibility of macromolecules. In addition, the volume introduces two entirely new chapters covering the structure of polymer solutions and the polymerization of mixtures, further expanding the book’s scope and relevance for contemporary study. Translated from the Russian by David Sobolev and Nicholas Bobrov

subject:
soviet literature,chemistry,polymers,polymer properties,permeability,sorbents,polymer mixtures,plasticization,gels of polymers


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-lucas_honorio_galatti,fav-matt_404,fav-ouijasquigee
creator: F. Belan
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: belan-water-treatment-mir-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-07-20T16:21:53Z,2026-02-04T12:45:28Z
publicdate: 2022-07-20T16:21:53Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Water Treatment
year: 1988
description:
A book about various types of water treatment technologies. First published 1981 Revised from the 1979 (3rd)  Russian edition Second printing 1988 ; Translated from the Russian by S. Semyonov Contents   Introduction. 9 0.1. General 9  0.2. Basic Concepts and Definitions 10 0.3. Steam-Water Balance of a Heat and Electric Power Plant. 13 Chapter 1. Aqueous Solutions and Their Properties 16 1.1. Ways of Expressing the Concentration of Solutions 16  1.2. Solubility of Solids in Water 18  1.3. Solubility of Gases in Water 20  1.4. The pH Value 21 Chapter 2. Quality of Natural Waters 23 2.1. Substances Contaminating Natural Waters 23  2.2. Main Quality Characteristics of Water 24  2.3.Characteristics of Natural Waters 28 Chapter 3. Formation of Depositions in Boiler Units and Heat Exchangers. Deposition Prevention Measures 30 3.1. Composition, Properties and Quantity of Depositions 30 3.2. Formation of Depositions in Boiler Units  3.3. Formation of Depositions in Once-Through Boiler Units 37  3.4. Methods of Preventing Deposition Formation in Natural-Circulation Boiler Units 39  3.5.Preventing Deposition Formation in Once-Through Boiler Units  47 3.6. Preventing Deposition Formation in Turbine Condensers 49  3.7. Preventing Deposition Formation in Heat-Distribution Systems 52  3.8. Removal of Deposits. 53 Chapter 4. Steam Contamination and Methods of Contamination Control 57 4.1. Entrainment of Substances by Saturated Steam 57  4.2. Factors Affecting the Quality of Steam Generated in Natural-Circulation Boiler Units 60  4.3. Formation of Salt Deposits in Turbines and Superheaters.  4.4. Removal of Deposits. 67  4.4. Separation Devices 70 Blowdown of Natural-Circulation Boilers 72  4.5. Removal of Impurities from a Steam-Water Cycle (Cycle Cleanup) 76  4.6. Stage Evaporation 76 Chapter 5. Corrosion of Heat-Power Equipment. Control of Corrosion 84 5.1. The Essence and Forms of Corrosion of Metals 84  5.2. Main External Factors Promoting Corrosion 88  5.3. Corrosion of the Water-Condensate Circuit of Electric Power Stations and Industrial Boiler Houses 90  5.4. Corrosion of Boiler Units 93  5.5. Water Control Methods for Supercritical-Pressure Boiler-Turbine Units 101 Chapter 6. Deaeration and Deoxygenation of Water. 106  6.1. Thermal Deaeration of Water 106 6.2. Chemical Deoxygenation of Water 111 Chapter 7. Water Control of Thermal Power Plants 115 7.1. Steam-Water Conditions of Thermal Power  Plant 115  7.2. General Requirements for Chemical Control 116  7.3. Water and Steam Sampling 117  7.4. Thermochemical Testing of Boiler Units 120  7.5. Quality Standards for Feedwater, Boiler Water, Steam and Condensate 121 Chapter 8. Removal of Coarse-Dispersed and Colloidal Impurities from Water 127 8.1. Clarification of Water 127 8.2. Design of Mechanical Filters with Granular Beds 128  8.3. Design of Tubular-Element Precoat-Type Filters 133 8.4. Attendance of Clarifying Filters 135  8.5. Coagulation of Water 137  8.6. Condensate Deferrization 149  8.7. Oil Removal from Condensate 153 Chapter 9. Water Treatment by Precipitation of Scale-Making Materials 156 9.1. Softening Processes and Consumption of Reagent 156 9.2. Clarifiers 160 9.3. Attendance of Clarifiers 162 9.4. Preparing and Dosing Milk of Lime 164 9.5. Layout of Lime-Treatment Units 169 9.6. Attendance of Lime-Treatment Units 170 Chapter 10. Water Treatment by Cation-Exchange Processes 172 10.1. Essence of the Cation-Exchange Process 172 10.2. Characteristics and Properties of Cation-ExchangeMaterials 176 10.3. Operation and Regeneration of Ion-Exchange Softeners 179 10.4. Preparation of Salt and Acid Solutions 187 10.5. Arrangement of Ion-Exchange Water Softeners 190 10.6. Types of Ion-Exchange Water Softeners 193  10.7. Attendance of Cation-Exchange Water Softeners 200 Chapter 11. Cation-Exchange Water Softening Plants 203 11.1. Sodium Cation-Exchange Water Softening Plants 203 11.2. Two-Stage Cold-Lime and Sodium Cation-Exchange Water Softening Plants 205 11.3. Hydrogen Cation-Exchange and Sodium Cation-Exchange Water Softening Plant 206 11.4. Hydrogen Cation-Exchange Water Softening Plants Ope­rated with Deficient Regeneration 209 Chapter 12. Demineralization of Water 212 12.1. Water Demineralization by the Ion-Exchange Deminerali­zation Process 212 12.2. Water Demineralizing Plants 216  12.3. Equipment of Demineralizing Plants 219  12.4. Demineralizing Plants for Boiler-Turbine Units 222 12.5. Attendance of Ion-Exchange Demineralizing Plants 225 Bibliography 229 Index 230

subject:
water treatment,water purification,demineralization of water,soft water,hard water,scale,soviet,ion exchage,quality of water,water testing


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-pio07
creator: G. Epifanov,Y. Moma
date: 1991-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: epifanov-moma-electronique-des-solides-mir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-07T06:53:59Z,2026-02-04T21:46:17Z
publicdate: 2022-12-07T06:53:59Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Electronique Des Solides
year: 1991
description:
Le présent manuel est écrit sur la base d’un cours de conférences que les auteurs ont lues pendant plusieurs années à l’Institut des constructions électroniques de Moscou aux étudiants qui se spécialisent dans le domaine de la construction des machines électroniques, des matériaux utilisés dans la technique électronique, de la construction et de la technologie des appareils radio-électroniques et de calcul électronique, des appareils d’automatisation et de calcul automatique, de la technologie des appareils à semiconducteurs et des circuits intégrés. Le présent cours est un cours d'introduction qui est professé aux premiers semestres et suit directement le cours de physique générale dans lequel les étudiants reçoivent des connaissances élémentaires sur la mécanique quantique et la statistique physique qui sont nécessaires pour l’assimilation de ce cours. Traduit du russe par V. Kolimêev Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
cristaux,vibrations,théorie des bandes des solides,semiconducteurs,diodes,phénomènes optiques et plasmiques,propriétés magnétiques,transistors,physique


btih: c12a5507f5e124d3a57f4c81b1316f802679a306
creator: Vera Chernogorova
date: 2025-01-01T00:00:00Z
foldoutcount: 0
identifier: chernogorova-atomic-nucleus-mir-titles-2025
imagecount: 324
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-10-17T06:35:25Z,2025-10-30T01:52:01Z
publicdate: 2025-10-17T06:35:25Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
title: Conversations About The Atomic Nucleus (Eureka Series
year: 2025
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-conail,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-ilem,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-oceansandseas,fav-pio07,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-sureshpal360,fav-the_giki_tiki

description:
The book discusses issues related to the study of the atomic nucleus and its structure, nuclear forces, and the components of the nucleus. It also describes the achievements of Soviet scientists in the field of nuclear energy. About the Author After graduating from the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics at university, Vera Aleksandrovna entered postgraduate studies and later became a research fellow at the Joint Institute for Nuclear Research in the town of Dubna. For nearly twelve years, she participated in experiments conducted on a particle accelerator — the synchrocyclotron. Vera Aleksandrovna is a co-author of many scientifi c papers on the study of the properties of mu-mesons. In recent years, she has published over ten articles in journals such as Znanie — Sila (Knowledge Is Power), Science and Life, Technology for the Youth, and others. The topics of these articles include problems in nuclear physics, high-energy physics, astrophysics, controlled thermonuclear fusion, the application of scientific achievements in The human practice, and the future of science. Many of these articles have been reprinted in foreign journals. In 1973, our publishing house released her book Mysteries of the Microworld, which discussed some current problems in the physics of elementary particles. Conversations About the Atomic Nucleus is the author’s second book to appear in the Eureka series. Illustrations: K. Moshkin Translated from the Russian & typeset in LaTeX by Damitr Mazanav

subject:
soviet literature,physics,popular science,nuclear physics,plasma physics,elementary particles,structure of matter,tokamaks,particle accelerators,history of physics,sci-pop


btih: 3f9c777e5ab6223dffb3d005584a5324c48fec9a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_404
creator: I. A. Deryugin,V. N. Kurashov
date: 1967-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-a.-deryugin-and-v.-n.-kurashov-quantum-effects-in-information-transmission-systems-ntt-1967
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-13T09:49:55Z,2025-12-13T09:56:55Z
publicdate: 2025-12-13T09:49:55Z
publisher: NASA Technical Translations
subject: soviet literature,quantum mechamics,information systems
title: Quantum Effects In Information Transmission Systems
year: 1967
description:
The basic assumptions of information theory change radically in the optical and infrared bands for a low level of eigen noise in the communication channel. The general expression for the entropy capacity of narrow-band and wide-band communication systems is obtained, and the requirements for optimum signal characteristics are determined. Translation of ''Kvantovyye effekty v sistemakh peredachi informatsii."' In: Kvantovaya Elektronika (Quantum Electronics), Proceedings of the Republic Seminar on Quantum Electronics, Kiev, pp. 292-319, 1966.


btih: 11bc2c28c5f7ff2351b73cff8b88cfd727759f23
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: இ. நோவிக்‌ (I. Novic)
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-novic-society-and-nature-social-and-ecological-problems-in-tamil-progress-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-11T05:37:42Z,2025-12-11T06:17:06Z
publicdate: 2025-12-11T05:37:42Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,ecology,nature,society,man's impact on nature
year: 1982
description:
இந்த புத்தகம் புறச் சூழல் பிரச்சினைகள் மற்றும் அதனுடன் தொடர்புடைய அறிவியல், தொழில்நுட்பப் புரட்சிகளைப் பற்றிய ஒரு விரிவான அறிமுகத்தை வழங்குகிறது. நூல், இன்றைய சூழல் நெருக்கடிகளின் தத்துவ மற்றும் அறிவியல் சார்ந்த விளக்கங்களை ஆராய்ந்து, உயிர் மண்டலத்தை சீரமைக்கும் பரிந்துரைகளை முன்வைக்கிறது. வாசகர்கள், விஞ்ஞான முறைகள் மற்றும் புறச் சூழல் பிரச்சினைகள் எவ்வாறு தொடர்புடையவை என்பதைப் புரிந்து கொள்ள வாய்ப்பு பெறுவர். மேலும், புத்தகம் விஞ்ஞான அறிவுத்துறையின் பின்புலத்தில் புறச் சூழல் பிரச்சினைகளுக்கு தீர்வுகள் எவ்வாறு முன்மொழியப்படுகின்றன என்பதையும் எடுத்துரைக்கிறது. அறிவியல், தொழில்நுட்ப வளர்ச்சி, மற்றும் சுற்றுச்சூழல் ஒருங்கிணைப்பின் எதிர்காலத்தை பற்றி உள்ள கருத்துக்கள் மற்றும் செயல்திட்டங்கள் இங்கு அடங்கியுள்ளன, இதனால் வாசகர் சூழல் பாதுகாப்பு மற்றும் நிர்வாகத்தில் புதிய பார்வையை உருவாக்கலாம். மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்‌: நா. துூர்மராஜன்‌ எம்‌. ஏ.

title:
சமூகமும் இயற்கையும் சமூகவியல் புறச்சூழல் பிரச்சினைகள் (Society And Nature Social And Ecological Problems In Tamil )


creator: Taufic Ibrahim,Arthur Sagadeev
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ibrahim-sagadeev-classical-islamic-philosophy-progress-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-14T14:53:33Z,2026-02-04T22:21:53Z
publicdate: 2023-09-14T14:53:33Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: Classical Islamic Philosophy
year: 1990
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhay396,fav-allinspiring,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-gherling,fav-harvir_21,fav-jahanzeb_shah,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-ranwar,fav-zaky_malik

description:
This IS a wide-ranging survey of the classical Moslem philosophy, covering such of its schools as kalam, Eastern peripateticism and speculative Sufism.  This is one of the world's first attempts to examine these schools as an integral area of thought. Many aspects in the works of the Moslem philosophers are approached from a new angle free of prevailing· stereotypes. Translated from the Russian by H. Campbell Creighton, M. A. (Oxon) Many thanks to Daniel Baker for the original scans.

subject:
philosophy,islam,religious philosophy,kalam,falsafa,tasawwuf,metaphysics,logic,physics,Ishraqism,Wujudism,faith,reason,god,islamic theology


btih: f399fa785c3c0b2439ae46ae2c5ba4f2d710f038
creator: I.V. Proskuryakov
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-v.-proskuryakov-problems-in-linear-algebra-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-09T15:37:41Z,2026-02-04T22:21:32Z
publicdate: 2025-06-09T15:37:41Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Problems In Linear Algebra
year: 1978
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-c_sar_augusto_olimpio_nunes476,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pio07,fav-pramod_surya_makkena,fav-seafarer54,fav-tay123840,fav-thomasey

description:
In preparing this book of problems the author attempted firstly, to give a sufficient number of exercises for developing skills in the solution of typical problems (for example, the computing of determinants with numerical elements, the solution of systems of linear equations with numerical coefficients, and the like), secondly, to provide problems that will help to clarify basic concepts and their interrelations (for example, the connection between the properties of matrices and those of quadratic forms, on the one hand and those of linear transformations, on the other), thirdly to provide for a set of problems that might supplement the course of lectures and help to expand the mathematical horizon of the student (instances are the properties of the Pfaffian of the skew-symmetric determinant, the properties of associated matrices, and so on). Compared with other problem book, this one has few new basic features. They include problems dealing with polynomial matrices (Sec. 13), linear transformations of affine and metric spaces (Secs. 18 and 19), and a supplement devoted to group rings, and fields. The problems of the supplement deal with the most elementary portions of the theory. Still and all, I think it can be used in pre-seminar discussions in the first and second years of study. Starred numbers indicated problems that have been worked out or provided with hints. Solutions are given for a small number of problems. The book was translated from the Russian by George Yankovsky and was first published by Mir Publishers in 1978. All credits to IA user  Quantum AI Contents Preface 5 Chapter I DETERMINANTS Sec. 1. Second and third-order determinants 9 Sec. 2. Permutations and substitutions 17 Sec. 3. Definition and elementary properties of determinants of any order 22 Sec. 4. Evaluating determinants with numerical elements 31 Sec. 5. Methods of computing determinants of the n th order 33 Sec. 6. Monirs, cofactors and the Laplace theorem 65 Sec. 7. Multiplication of determinants 74 Sec. 8. Miscellaneous problems 86 Chapter II SYSTEMS OF LINEAR EQUATIONS Sec. 9. Systems of equation solved by the Cramer rule 95 Sec. 10. The rank of a matrix. The linear dependence of vectors and linear forms 105 Sec. 11. Systems of linear equations 115 Chapter III MATRICES AND QUADRATIC FORMS Sec. 12. Operations involving matrices 131 Sec. 13. Polynomial matrices 155 Sec. 14. Similar matrices, characteristic and minimal polynomials. Jordan and diagonal forms of a matrix. Functions of matrices. 166 Sec. 15. Quadratic forms 182 Chapter IV VECTOR SPACES AND THEIR LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS Sec. 16. Affine vector spaces 195 Sec. 17. Euclidean and unitary vector spaces 205 Sec. 18. Linear transformations of arbitrary vector spaces 220 Sec. 19. Linear transformations of Euclidean and unitary vector spaces 236 Sec. 20. Groups 251 Sec. 21. Rings and fields 265 Sec. 22. Modules 275 Sec. 23. Linear spaces and linear transformations (appendices to Secs. 10 and 16 to 19) 280 Sec. 24. Linear, bilinear, and quadratic functions and forms (appendix to Sec. 15) 284 Sec. 25. Affine (or point-vector) spaces 288 Sec. 26. Tensor algebra 295 ANSWERS Chapter I. Determinants 312 Chapter II. Systems of linear equations 342 Chapter III. Matrices and quadratic forms 359 Chapter IV. Vector spaces and their linear transformations 397 Supplement 427 Index 449

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:I.V. Proskuryakov - Problems in Linear Algebra - Mir - 1978:epub:79875025-66a8-4390-85e7-260c0bdaeb60

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",span style="background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",a href="https://archive.org/details/@quantum_ai" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
soviet literature,problem books,problems and solutions,determinants,linear equations,matrices,quadratic forms,vector spaces,linear transformations,permutations,cofactors,eigenvalues,tensor algebra


btih: 93f7fd28d6d3dd9756103af3f755085eb37e1bee
creator: Graham Greene
date: 1959-01-01T00:00:00Z
external-identifier: urn:lcp:Graham Greene - The Quiet American - FLPH - 1959:epub:ba3a7675-fc88-4655-8c25-8d6683b9e236
identifier: graham-greene-the-quiet-american-flph-1959
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-11T15:17:28Z,2026-02-04T22:04:42Z
publicdate: 2025-01-11T15:17:28Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature
title: The Quiet American
year: 1959
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-andres8,fav-graysmith544,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-rdrbk,fav-tblock102,fav-the_bode,fav-theperegrine

description:
Graham Greene's  The Quiet American  can be seen as a critical exploration of Western imperialism and its impact on the developing world. The novel, set against the backdrop of the First Indochina War, follows a British journalist, Thomas Fowler, who becomes entangled in the political intrigue surrounding an idealistic American, Alden Pyle, whose covert actions in Vietnam represent the United States' attempts to intervene in foreign conflicts under the guise of promoting democracy. Greene’s portrayal of the American Pyle as naïve and dangerous, contrasted with the morally complex Fowler, aligns with Soviet critiques of Western interventionism. The novel critiques the ideological blind spots of Western powers, highlighting the devastating consequences of their foreign policies in countries striving for independence and self-determination. From a Soviet viewpoint,  The Quiet American  serves as a cautionary tale about the destructive nature of imperialism and the duplicitous motives behind foreign interventions. Preface Vol. V. Laninoy Commentary by Yu. G. Clark Design by B. N. Goryaeva


btih: a9219919c15f6a75d37476794853353beba118de
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_bradley
creator: Eduard Vilde
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: eduard-vilde-milkman-of-the-manor-eesti-raamat-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-13T11:39:55Z,2026-02-04T21:43:42Z
publicdate: 2025-05-13T11:39:55Z
publisher: Eesti Raamat Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,estonian literature
title: Milkman Of The Manor
year: 1976
description:
Certainly. Eduard Vilde's Milkman of the Manor (Mäeküla piimamees), published in 1916, is considered Estonia’s first psychological novel. Set in a rural Estonian estate, the story revolves around Tõnu Prillup, a tenant farmer who, after his wife's death, marries her younger sister, Mari, to care for his children. Ulrich von Kremer, the German baron of the manor, becomes infatuated with Mari and offers Prillup a lucrative milk contract and a better farm in exchange for Mari becoming his mistress. Initially resistant, Prillup eventually persuades Mari to comply due to financial pressures. However, the arrangement leads to moral conflicts and fails to bring the anticipated prosperity, highlighting the complexities of human desires and societal pressures. Translated from the Estonian by M. Rauk Eduard Vilde Méekiila piimamees Kirjastus «Eesti Raamat» Tallinn 1974 Cover design and illustrations by A. Hoidre


btih: 8963bbcde52a5fec85adaa45cf1526f834b00534
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cctu_pico_sena,fav-nikemaul,fav-roberto_mart_nez718
creator: F. Zavelski
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: f.-zavelski-tiempo-y-su-medicion-fisica-al-alcance-de-todos_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-11T04:40:38Z,2025-12-11T05:22:25Z
publicdate: 2025-12-11T04:40:38Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Tiempo Y Su Medición ( Física Al Alcance De Todos)
year: 1990
description:
El texto explica que para comprender cómo se construyen los conocimientos científicos es imprescindible conocer cómo se realizan las mediciones. Desde la antigüedad, la humanidad ha desarrollado métodos cada vez más precisos para medir el tiempo, pasando de observaciones aproximadas a instrumentos capaces de detectar desplazamientos minúsculos de los continentes o irregularidades ínfimas en la rotación terrestre. A medida que la ciencia avanzó hacia el estudio del micromundo, de la vida antigua o de la estructura de la Tierra, fue necesario inventar nuevos procedimientos que permitieran medir intervalos que van desde millonésimas de segundo hasta miles de millones de años. El libro describe cómo estos métodos surgieron, qué procesos permiten estudiar y qué descubrimientos fundamentales posibilitaron en campos tan diversos como la física atómica, la geología, la astronomía y la biología. También muestra cómo la idea del tiempo y sus formas de medición evolucionaron junto con el progreso científico y técnico, revelando la relación entre experimentación, resultados, deducciones y evaluación crítica. De este modo, el lector no solo adquiere una visión más clara del universo, sino que también desarrolla criterios propios sobre la validez y magnitud del conocimiento científico. Traducido del ruso por Consuelo Fernández, Alvarez, licenciada en Ciencias Físicas Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,ciencia popular,medición del tiempo,historia de la ciencia,física,metodología científica,divulgación científica


btih: 6082c002ca105b600d019690c596d136fbd112aa
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-silky_seattle
creator: F. Dostoyevsky
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: f.-dostoyevsky-notes-from-a-dead-house-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-16T13:09:21Z,2026-02-04T21:49:17Z
publicdate: 2025-01-16T13:09:21Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature,russian literature
title: Notes From A Dead House
year: 1950
description:
Fyodor Dostoyevsky's  Notes from a Dead House  is a semi-autobiographical account of his experiences in a Siberian prison camp after being convicted for political dissent. The novel offers a harrowing depiction of life among convicts, exploring their diverse personalities, crimes, and coping mechanisms amidst brutal conditions. Dostoyevsky delves into themes of human suffering, moral redemption, and the resilience of the human spirit. Through vivid storytelling, he critiques the dehumanising effects of the penal system while highlighting the shared humanity of even the most ostracised individuals. Translated From The Russian By L. Navrozov And Y. Guralsky Designed By M. Klyachko Note the decade is approximate

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:F. Dostoyevsky - Notes from A Dead House - FLPH - 1950:epub:26a2850a-507d-4955-acf0-25e16231cdfd


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-vignam
creator: A. N. Panchenkov
date: 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: panchenkov-the-hydrodynamics-of-the-hydrofoil
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-11-02T06:48:21Z,2026-02-05T20:58:59Z
publicdate: 2021-11-02T06:48:21Z
title: The Hydrodynamics Of The Hydrofoil
year: 1970
description:
The results of the investigation in the area of the hydrofoil theory are systematized in this monograph. A great deal of attention is given to the mechanical-mathe­ matical aspects of the hydrofoil theory and to the develop­ ment of the effective methods for solving the basic equa­ tions in the hydrofoil theory. The book considers the theory of steady motion of a wing with an arbitrary profile in a plane-parallel flow; the linear theory of thin hydrofoils in the two-dimensional and three-dimensional flows; the theory of a hydrofoil in an unsteady flow; problems of the interaction of hydrofoils and motion of hydrofoils near the interface of fluids with different densities. The monograph is intended for scientists and engineer­ ing personnel at scientific research and design organiza­ tions specializing in the area of hydrodynamics of the submerged hydrofoil, aerodynamics, and aerohydrodynamics. Chief Editor* Corresponding Member of the Ukr.S.S.R. Academy of Sciences N. A. K il’chevskiy.

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 4",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;"

subject:
soviet,physics,hydrodynamics,hydrofoils,technology,data,tables,hydrofoil theory,development,basic equations,solutions,two dimensional flows,three dimensional flows,profile,wing,interface,submerged,aerodynamics,aerohydrodynamics,investigations


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Dikovsky
date: 1947-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: dikovsky-the-commandant-of-bird-island-flph
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-09-10T10:26:28Z,2026-02-04T20:21:25Z
publicdate: 2022-09-10T10:26:28Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: blockquote,p class="p1",span class="Apple-converted-space"
subject: soviet literature,adventure,stories,sailors,ships
title: The Commandant Of Bird Island
year: 1947
description:
An extremely rare collection of short stories by Sergei Vladimirovich Dikovsky, translated into English and intended for export. The collection takes its name from one of the presented works "The Commandant of Bird Island", which was written by the author in 1939. It tells the story of a sailor from the Soviet border boat "Bold", whose team detains a Japanese vessel with saboteurs near Kamchatka. They take the ship in tow, leaving two sailors on it, one of whom falls overboard during a fight with a Japanese who cut the rope connecting the ships. During an unexpected storm, the ship breaks up, and the remaining Soviet sailor Kositsyn and the Japanese get to an uninhabited island, where our sailor, without sleep and without a minute of rest, will have to confront seven Japanese saboteurs. And so, until help comes... The edition includes 5 stories, such as "Patriots" (1937) and "The End of Sago Maru" (1938), and is also accompanied by a small number of illustrations. The book was translated from Russian by N. Kaye, edited by L. Stoklitsky, illustrations by E. Burgunker. The book was published in1947   by Foreign Languages Publishing House.


btih: 8a46ec83b23e25a8e9af50b7cbcb23125224eb68
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ईगर अकीमुश्किन (Igor Akimushkin)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: igor-akimushkin-the-dog-family-stories-in-hindi-raduga-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-22T11:12:26Z,2026-02-04T22:23:53Z
publicdate: 2024-08-22T11:12:26Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers,रादुगा प्रकाशन
title: यह सभी कुत्तें है (The Dog Family Stories ( In Hindi)
year: 1987
description:
A little book describing various members of the dog family  कुत्ते के परिवार के विभिन्न सदस्यों का वर्णन करने वाली एक छोटी सी किताब चित्रकारः अ० केलेइनिकोव  अनुवादकः संगमलाल मालवीय

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,zoology,wild animals,dog family,wolves,foxes,hyenas,सोवियत साहित्य,लोकप्रिय विज्ञान,ललित विज्ञान,जूलॉजी,जंगली जानवर,कुत्ता परिवार,भेड़िये,लोमड़ी,लकड़बग्घा


btih: 11b9d35e75c2e22a5217f3967a7b2f1de6eec181
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ম্যাক্সিম গোর্কি (Maxim Gorky)
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: childhood-amar-chelebela-maxim-gorky_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-11T07:42:13Z,2025-12-11T09:09:11Z
publicdate: 2025-12-11T07:42:13Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: em
subject: russian novel,soviet literature,রাশিয়ান উপন্যাস,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য
title: আমার ছোটবেলা ( My Childhood in Bengali)
year: 1950
description:
এখানে  আমার ছোটবেলা  (Maxim Gorky’র  My Childhood ) গ্রন্থের একটি দুই অনুচ্ছেদের সংক্ষেপ, স্পষ্ট ও নির্ভুলভাবে বাংলায়: ম্যাক্সিম গোর্কির  আমার ছোটবেলা  তার শৈশবের কঠোর অভিজ্ঞতার আত্মজৈবনিক বিবরণ। পিতার মৃত্যু ও মায়ের দুর্বল অবস্থার পর তাকে নানাবাড়িতে থাকতে হয়, যেখানে দারিদ্র্য, পারিবারিক কলহ, অশিক্ষা ও নিষ্ঠুরতা তার দৈনন্দিন বাস্তবতা হয়ে ওঠে। ছোট আলেক্সেই সেখানে বড়দের নিরন্তর ঝগড়া, হিংসা ও লোভ দেখলেও একই সঙ্গে মানবিকতার ছোট ছোট দৃষ্টান্তও আবিষ্কার করে। তার নানি তাকে গল্পের জগতে নিয়ে যায় এবং মানুষের প্রতি সহমর্মিতা গড়ে ওঠার প্রথম ভিত্তি রচনা করেন। এই বইয়ে গোর্কি রাশিয়ার নিম্নবিত্ত সমাজের জীবনযাত্রা, ধর্মীয় সংস্কার, শ্রমজীবী মানুষের সংগ্রাম ও মানসিকতার একটি প্রত্যক্ষচিত্র তুলে ধরেছেন। তিনি দেখিয়েছেন কীভাবে কঠিন বাস্তবতা ও বৈরী পরিবেশের মধ্যেও একজন শিশুর মধ্যে কৌতূহল, দৃঢ়তা ও নৈতিকতা বিকশিত হতে পারে।  আমার ছোটবেলা  তাই শুধু ব্যক্তিগত স্মৃতিচারণ নয়, বরং উনিশ শতকের রাশিয়ান সমাজের গভীর সামাজিক সত্যের এক অন্তর্দৃষ্টিপূর্ণ দলিল। All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: B. Levin,L. Radlova
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: chitra-madhyamare-graha-nakshatra-bigyana-s-parida-tr.-1988-fw
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ori
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-07-31T10:09:59Z,2026-02-04T15:55:50Z
publicdate: 2023-07-31T10:09:59Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,ସୋଭିଏଟ୍,ଶିଶୁ ପୁସ୍ତକ
title: Chitra Madhyamare Graha Nakshatra Bigyana (A Picture Book of Astronomy in Oriya)
year: 1988
description:
A picture book in astronomy for children in Oriya Translated from the Russian by S. Parida ସୋଭିଏତ୍ ଶିଶୁ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଓଡିଆରେ ଅନୁବାଦ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା | Soviet children's literature translated into Oriya Many thanks to Srujanika Publications for the scans.

stripped_tags:
span class="HwtZe" lang="or" xml:lang="or",span class="jCAhz ChMk0b",span class="ryNqvb",span class="jCAhz",div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-pio07
creator: A. Ishlinsky
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ishlinsky-orientation-gyroscopes-et-navigation-par-inertie-tome-1-mir-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-27T08:27:17Z,2026-02-04T22:29:05Z
publicdate: 2022-06-27T08:27:17Z
publisher: Èditions Mir
subject: gyroscopes,physique,mechanique
title: Orientation, Gyroscopes Et Navigation Par Inertie Tome 1 -
year: 1984
description:
Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original. Traduit du russe par V. Kolimêev Dans de nombreux cas d'importance pratique* le mouvement d'un véhicule guidé (avion* fusée* navire* etc.) doit s'effectuer de façon à ne présenter que de petits écarts par rapport à un programme donné. La réalisation de cette condi­ tion exige que l’on règle convenablement l'intensité et la direction de la force qui communique le mouvement au véhicule. A cet effet, il faut connaître, à tout instant* l'orientation et la position du véhicule dans l'espace. Il apparaît que si le véhicule est porteur d'appareils gyroscopiques de précision* son orientation et sa position peuvent être déterminées sans avoir à tenir compte d'information supplémentaire provenant de l'extérieur et sans observer des repères terrestres. Il suffit de connaître la position et l'orientation du véhicule à l'instant initial et de déterminer ensuite* à l'aide de calculateurs* les coordonnées du mobile par une résolution continue d'un système d'équations. Ces équations peuvent être finies (algébriques ou trigonométriques) ou différentielles. Dans le premier cas* elles traduisent des relations de nature géométrique entre les paramètres qui déterminent l'orientation des gyroscopes et celle du véhicule. Dans le second cas* elles expriment des relations cinématiques (non holonomes) analogues. Des équations différentielles décrivent aussi le comportement des gyroscopes et d*autres éléments d'un système destiné à la localisation d'un véhicule en mouve­ ment. Ce système est appelé système de navigation par inertie, ou centrale à iner­ tie* ou encore navigateur inertiel* parce que son fonctionnement est basé sur les propriétés d'inertie de la matière, c'est-à-dire sur les lois de la mécanique clas­ sique. La présente monographie est consacrée à l'exposé des bases théoriques de la navigation par inertie utilisant des gyroscopes. 5 l'établissement et à la résolu­ tion des équations des principaux problèmes relatifs aussi bien à la détermination de l'orientation et de la position des objets mobiles qu'à l'étude du comporte­ ment des dispositifs gyroscopiques utilisés. Elle traite également de la théorie des gyroscopes et des appareils gyroscopiques (gyroscopes libres* gyropendules, gyrostabilisateurs, plates-formes gyroscopiques. gyrocompas. accéleromètres gyroscopiques* c’est-à-dire des appareils dont les indications constituent, pour les problèmes mentionnés plus haut, des variables indépendantes données qui interviennent dans des équations correspondantes). La monographie examine uniquement la navigation par inertie des mobiles qui se déplacent à la surface de la Terre ou à une altitude constante donnée au- dessus de celle-ci. Malheureusement* le fonctionnement des navigateurs inertiels s’avère instable lorsqu'ils sont utilisés pour localiser un mobile qui change non seulement ses coordonnées géographiques mais également sa distance au centre de la Terre. Ils ne peuvent donc servir à une navigation de longue durée dans  6 AVANT-PROPOS l'espace. De tels navigateurs inertiels peu stables ne sont utilisés qu'à bord des véhicules qui subissent pendant très peu de temps l'action des forces autres que les forces de gravitation (poussée, résistance aérodynamique, etc.). Certaines questions théoriques relatives à ces systèmes de navigation sont exposées par l'auteur dans sa monographie « Guidage par inertie des fusées balistiques *. La partie principale du texte de la présente monographie est publiée pour la première fois. En outre, la monographie contient, sous une forme nouvelle, les résultats de certaines recherches que l'auteur a publiées’précédemment dans des revues scientifiques de mécanique et en partie dans ses livres: « Mécanique des systèmes gyroscopiques » (principalement les paragraphes des deux premiers chapitres) et « Guidage par inertie des fusées balistiques » (paragraphe sur l’accé- léromètre et annexe). La monographie est publiée en deux tomes. Le premier — « Cinématique des mobiles gyrostabilisés » — traite essentiellement des questions géométriques et cinématiques relatives à l'orientation et à la stabilisation des mobiles. Le second tome — « Systèmes gyroscopiques de navigation par inertie* — de volume un peu plus grand, expose, en plus delà théorie de certains appareils et dispositifs gyroscopiques et du rappel de la mécanique du mouvement relatif, les bases théoriques de la mécanique des systèmes de navigation par inertie. L'auteur tient à remercier particulièrement M. Temtchenko pour son aide efficace lors de la rédaction de la monographie et sa préparation à la publication. Il manifeste sa gratitude à V. Storojenko qui a bien voulu relire le.texte du manus­ crit et susciter des améliorations importantes, et à V. Lidsky pour ses recom­ mandations utiles sur l'exposé de la partie mathématique de la monographie.


btih: 248f142a2bf593f441ddd0a8664c0cbbf5b99c19
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: one-two-three-in-telugu-progress-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-22T14:27:00Z,2025-11-22T14:47:59Z
publicdate: 2025-11-22T14:27:00Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,picture story books
title: లాప్తెవ్-ఒకటి, రెండు, మూడు (One Two Three In Telugu )
year: 1978
description:
A picture story book for children. Gorgeous drawings.  అనువాదం: రాచమల్లు రామచంద్రారెడ్డి రెండవ ముద్రణ Many thanks to Anil Battula garu for making this scan available.


creator: M. E. Omelyanovsky
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: omelyanovsky-dialectics-in-modern-physics-progress
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-12-03T11:49:57Z,2026-02-05T20:54:35Z
publicdate: 2021-12-03T11:49:57Z
title: Dialectics In Modern Physics
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-hiera_k,fav-jahanzeb_shah,fav-marko_t454,fav-michael_r_ttger,fav-mitchell_thompson213,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-sw33tums

description:
This monograph brings together into a unifi.ed whole the ideas and problems that have been considered in many of my published works (articles in Voprosy filosofii and papers in collective works devoted to the philosophical problems of science, published in Russian, for instance, in the series Dialectical Materialism and Modern Science. Most of the problems or the aspects of them that are treated here have been discussed in my earlier work, but the present book con­ tains new material, additions, and more precise defi.nitions, and also a number of new conclusions. I have been especially interested to show that dialectics and its very important requirement of applying the all-round universal flexibility of concepts objectively is the logic of modern science. The basic substance of the book (as its title says) is Marx­ist-Leninist dialectics in modern physics. Dialectics is not a formal mental construction but rather a living method of cognising nature and of searching for new truths in modern science, and in physics in particular, as far as this book is concerned .

subject:
physics,philosophy,dialectics,dialectical materialism,philosophy of science,quantum theory,theory,observations,contradictions,paradoxes,determinism,elementary particles,measurement,axiomatics,soviet,progress


creator: I. M. Gelfand; G. E. Shilov
date: 1967-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gelfand-shilov-generalized-functions-vol-3-theory-of-differential-equations
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-10-18T10:35:15Z,2026-02-04T21:59:50Z
publicdate: 2021-10-18T10:35:15Z
title: Generalized Functions Vol 3 Theory Of Differential Equations
year: 1967
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dngp,fav-elvedin_ramovic,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-janf23,fav-jimbontron,fav-malthouse,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-shauhram,fav-tharon_holdsworth

description:
The first systematic theory of generalized functions (also known as distributions) was created in the early 1950s, although some aspects were developed much earlier, most notably in the definition of the Green's function in mathematics and in the work of Paul Dirac on quantum electrodynamics in physics. The six-volume collection, Generalized Functions, written by I. M. Gel′fand and co-authors and published in Russian between 1958 and 1966, gives an introduction to generalized functions and presents various applications to analysis, PDE, stochastic processes, and representation theory. In Volume 3, applications of generalized functions to the Cauchy problem for systems of partial differential equations with constant coefficients are considered. The book includes the study of uniqueness classes of solutions of the Cauchy problem and the study of classes of functions where the Cauchy problem is well posed. The last chapter of this volume presents results related to spectral decomposition of differential operators related to generalized eigenfunctions.

subject:
generalized functions,mathematics,soviet,differential equations,theory,cauchy problems,partial differential equations,uniqueness of solutions,decomposition,generalized eigenfunctions


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-coppletank,fav-nick_boyd670,fav-nikemaul
creator: Ivan Bunin
date: 1952-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-bunin-shadowed-paths-flph
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-10-04T08:51:23Z,2026-02-04T22:29:41Z
publicdate: 2023-10-04T08:51:23Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,russian novel
title: Shadowed Paths
year: 1952
description:
A Russian novel. Translated from the Russian by Olga Shartse Edited by Philippa Hentges Designed and Illustrated by b. Markevich


btih: 5ad9913b5d543699ac8d09a384459c4c1ea28176
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: इवान तुर्गनेव (Ivan Turgenev)
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-turgenev-mumu-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-27T13:10:37Z,2026-01-27T13:17:05Z
publicdate: 2026-01-27T13:10:37Z
title: मूमू (रूसी कहानी) (Mumu in Hindi)
year: 2026
description:
A tragic story of a mute serf and his dog, highlighting cruelty of serfdom. Quiet obedience contrasts with injustice.  एक गूँगे किसान और उसके कुत्ते की मार्मिक कथा। दासप्रथा की अमानवीयता उजागर होती है।


btih: 7f7195cd8a63acc2dcd24f7a68982e16cd8f2b02
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: इवान तुर्गनेव (Ivan Turgenev)
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-turgenev-the-epilogue-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-27T13:11:29Z,2026-01-27T13:16:21Z
publicdate: 2026-01-27T13:11:29Z
title: उपसंहार (रूसी कहानी) (The Epilogue in Hindi)
year: 2026
description:
A reflective piece examining emotional consequences after conflict. Memory and regret dominate the narrative.  संघर्ष के बाद की भावनात्मक स्थिति पर चिंतन। स्मृति और पश्चाताप मुख्य तत्व हैं।


btih: 5ac1a85f01bc422d46373012979e9dcd1b953a89
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ভ্লাদিমির বগোমোলোভ ( Vladimir Bogomolov)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-naam-chhilo-tar-ivan-vladimir-bogomolov_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-10T09:33:16Z,2025-12-10T09:54:42Z
publicdate: 2025-12-10T09:33:16Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: ইভান --- নাম ছিল তার ইভান (Ivan in Bengali)
year: 1983
description:
ভ্লাদিমির বগোমোলোভের  ইভান'' (যা  ইভানের শৈশব'' নামেও পরিচিত) একটি দ্বিতীয় বিশ্বযুদ্ধভিত্তিক ছোট উপন্যাস, যেখানে ইভান নামের এক কিশোর ছেলের গল্প বলা হয়েছে। ইভান মাত্র বারো বছরের ছেলে, যুদ্ধের সময় সে তার বাবা-মাকে হারায় এবং সোভিয়েত সেনাবাহিনীর হয়ে একজন গুপ্তচর হয়ে ওঠে। তার কম বয়স ও শিশুসুলভ সরলতাকে শত্রুশিবিরের ভেতর গোপন তথ্য সংগ্রহের জন্য ব্যবহার করা হয়। ইভানের চরিত্র যুদ্ধের বিভীষিকা এবং সেই বিভীষিকা তার নিষ্পাপ মনকে কীভাবে আঘাত করে তা স্পষ্ট করে। এক সাধারণ শিশু থেকে এক সাহসী গুপ্তচরে পরিণত হওয়ার যাত্রা শুধু ব্যক্তিগত সংগ্রামের কাহিনি নয়, বরং যুদ্ধের সময় শিশুদের অভিজ্ঞতা ও মানসিক অবস্থার ওপর গভীর প্রভাবও তুলে ধরে। উপন্যাসে ইভানের অন্তর্দাহ, তার সাহস এবং শেষ পর্যন্ত তার মর্মান্তিক পরিণতির বিবরণ রয়েছে, যা পাঠককে যুদ্ধের নিষ্ঠুরতা ও মানবতার ক্ষয় গভীরভাবে অনুভব করায়। All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.

stripped_tags:
div class="text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-10 [--thread-content-margin:--spacing(4)] @w-sm/main:[--thread-content-margin:--spacing(6)] @w-lg/main:[--thread-content-margin:--spacing(16)] px-(--thread-content-margin)",div class="[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn",div class="flex max-w-full flex-col grow",div class="min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal [.text-message+&]:mt-1",div class="flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden first:pt-[1px]",div class="markdown prose dark:prose-invert w-full break-words light markdown-new-styling",code,div class="z-0 flex min-h-[46px] justify-start",div class="mt-3 w-full empty:hidden",div class="text-center"


btih: 5a23c2ca6a8b46e086391f8431744dee0776ecf0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: द.ग्री.जातूला (D. G. Zatula),से.अ.मामेदवा (S.A. Mamedova)
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-g.-zatula-s.-a.-mamedova-virus-friend-or-foe-in-hindi-mir-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-21T06:24:28Z,2026-02-04T19:57:03Z
publicdate: 2024-08-21T06:24:28Z
publisher: Mir Publishers,मीर प्रकाशन
title: विषाणु- मित्र या शत्रु ? (Virus – Friend Or Foe in Hindi)
year: 1989
description:
इस पुस्तक में विषाणुविज्ञान को सरल भाषा में प्रस्तुत किया गया है। इसमें मनुष्य द्वारा अध्ययन किये जा रहे सूक्ष्मदर्श अंर्तकोशिकीय जैव पदार्थों विषा- - णुओं का वर्णन किया गया है। इसके लेखक मीत्री ग्रीगोरेविन जातूला ने जीव विज्ञान में डी० एस० सी० की तथा लेखिका सेविल श्रशराफ किजी ममेदवा ने पी० एच० डी० की उपाधि प्राप्त की है। द० ग्री० जानूला मोनियत विज्ञान अकादमी के उपसदस्य हैं तथा सं० अ० ममेदवा यूक्रेइन के एक सूक्ष्मजीव-विज्ञान- संस्थान में अनुसंधान-कार्य में व्यस्त हैं। लेखकों ने रोवक भाषा में यह बताया है कि विषाणु वैज्ञानिक अदृश्य पदार्थों का अध्ययन कैसे करते हैं, इसके लिए उन्हें कितने विचित्र, कुशल व मनोरं- जक ढंग अपनाने पड़ते हैं। पुस्तकः मे विषाणुओं द्वारा फैलाई जाने वाली बीमारियों व उनसे सुरक्षा के उपायों पर भी विचार किया गया है। अनुवादक रमिंद्र पाल सिंह विषय-सूचो प्रस्तावना 7 अदृश्य राज्य के द्वार पर 9 निस्यंदी विष की विचित्र आदतें 22 विषाणु की "बास्तुकला" 42 कोशिका में विषाणु 54 आक्रामक - वनस्पति जगत में 70 मनुष्य, जन्तु तथा विषाणु 85 शताब्दी के रोग के रहस्य 107 उपसंहार 122

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,सोवियत साहित्य,लोकप्रिय विज्ञान,ललित विज्ञान साहित्य,virus,virus disease,health,life sciences,medicine,parasites,वायरस,वायरस रोग,स्वास्थ्य,जीवन विज्ञान,चिकित्सा,परजीवी


backup_location: ia906504_11
btih: b702874a1921d3633db07a5f8084f9008276790d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-leonardo662020
creator: Антонио Лима-де-Фариа,Antonio Lima-de-Faria
date: 1991-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: М.: Мир http://elar.urfu.ru/bitstream/10995/1760/1/1130179.pdf
identifier: B-001-004-537-ALL
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2017-09-08T16:57:05Z,2026-02-04T09:57:33Z
publicdate: 2017-09-08T16:57:05Z
subject: PDF
title: Эволюция без отбора: Автоэволюция формы и функции
year: 1991
format:
Abbyy GZ,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Excel,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text,Text PDF,ZIP


backup_location: ia907107_24
btih: 11c7f647b9f8672f72114c5cab9620ac7c02709a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-anna_speleoastronom,fav-nanruj,fav-swarup_dey
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: B-001-033-124-ALL
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus,English,German
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-03-12T17:01:27Z,2026-02-04T10:09:05Z
publicdate: 2020-03-12T17:01:27Z
subject: A300
title: Избранные задачи. Сборник
year: 1977
description:
М.: Мир The Otto Dunkel Memorial Problem Book (1957) Избранные задачи из журнала "American Mathematical Monthly" Задачи и олимпиады


avg_rating: 5
creator: V. Petrov
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-petrov-artificial-satellites-of-the-earth-hpc-1960
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2023-12-06T07:52:23Z,2026-02-06T01:45:05Z,2023-12-10T02:39:59Z
publicdate: 2023-12-06T07:52:23Z
publisher: HPC
reviewdate: 2023-12-10T02:39:59Z
title: Artificial Satellites Of The Earth
year: 1960
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-elv_mi,fav-flanker39,fav-internetdyke,fav-irohamca,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul

description:
CONTENTS How to Make a Satellite and Why What Media Helped to Resolve the Problem of Making a Satellite Rocket-Carriers of the Artificial Earth Satellite Types of the Artificial Earth Satellites Basic Equipment of the Satellite of the Earth Duration of Stay and Observation on an Earth Satellite Security of Life on an Earth Satellite Return of Artificial Satellite to the Earth Military Significance of the Satellite Conclusion Appendices Bibliography The present book describes the courses which were followed by scientists in an attempt to conquer space, the many difficulties which they had to face, and yet to be met, and the fundamental problems capable of being resolved by means of the artificial satellites of the earth in the cosmos. It also discusses the stages essential for the solution of the problem of the successful flight of man in cosmic space, the pre-requisites indispensable for its accomplishment, and, finally, the vast possibilities it opens for the acquisition of knowledge of many things yet unknown. This is not the only purpose of this book. It has another and, perhaps, more important objective in view. Unfortunately, today, the greatest discoveries of mankind are being utilized for military purposes. As soon as man began to fly in air military aircraft made their appearance. Then followed the splitting of the atomic nucleus. Again, this discovery was utilized immediately in making the atomic and later the hydrogen bomb. We are still unfamiliar with the cosmos. We have witnessed only the launching of the first artificial sputnik of the earth in the cosmos.

subject:
soviet space technology,space,satellites,space programme,laika dog,spaceship,rocket engines,orbits,space history,soviet technology,USSR


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dan_chapman603,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nezih_dural,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07
creator: S. Pikelner
date: 1963-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: s.-pikelner-physics-of-interstellar-space-a-popular-science-outline-flph
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-03-16T16:48:11Z,2026-02-05T23:07:30Z
publicdate: 2023-03-16T16:48:11Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
title: Physics Of Interstellar Space ( A Popular Science Outline)
year: 1963
description:
 Russian Text Edited by Academician V. G. Fesenkov   Translated from the Russian By Mary Zirin A book covering basic aspects of interstellar matter its physical processes and interpretation. The observational evidence in the form light and its decipherment using spectrograph are disussed in detail. A book describing various astrophysical processes that occur in interstellar medium.  CONTENTS INTRODUCTION  Chapter One. PLANETARY NEBULAE 22 1. Stars and the Galaxy 5  2. The Atom and Its Properties 14 3. Instruments for the Study of Nebulae 23  4. The Results of Spectral Observations 26  5. Hydrogen Radiation .33  6. Radiation in Forbidden Lines .43  7. Methods of Determining the Temperature of Nebulae 46  8. Determining the Chemical Composition of Nebulae 50  9. The Continuous Spectrum of Nebulae 52 10. Thermal Balance and the Temperature of Planetary Nebulae 55 11. The Dynamics and Evolution of Planetary Nebulae 59  Chapter Two. DIFFUSE NEBULAE . 12. The Temperature of Diffuse Nebulae .70  13. The Mass of Diffuse Nebulae 71 14. The Presence of Dust in Nebulae. The Relationship of Stars and Nebulae .75 15. The Relation Between Emission and Reflection Nebulae 77  16. The Distribution of Nebulae in the Galaxy 82 Chapter Three. INTERSTELLAR GAS 85  17. Interstellar Absorption Lines .85  18. Ionisation of  Interstellar Hydrogen . 89 19. The Temperature of Interstellar Gas 94 20. Radio-Emission of Interstellar Gas 101 21. Hydrogen Radio-Emission in the 21-cm Line .107 22. The Distribution of Hydrogen in the Galaxy 112 23. The Temperature of Neutral Hydrogen 117 24. Interstellar Dust .121 25. The Dynamics of Interstellar Gas and Nebulae 133 26. The Formation of Hot Stars and Gas Acceleration 139 Chapter Four. MAGNETIC FIELDS IN THE GALAXY 152   27. Theoretical Premises 152 28. Cosmic Rays 159 29. Non-thermal Galactic Radio-Emission 162 30.Individual Radio-Emission Sources and Non-thermal Emission in the Optical Region .165 31. The Regular Field in Spiral Arms 182 32. The Spherical Subsystem of Rarefied Gas .194 Chapter Five. THE INTERSTELLAR MEDIUM: A STEP IN THE EVOLUTION OF GALACTIC MATTER 200 33. Stellar Evolution 200  34. Evolution of Galaxies .213 Many thanks to @hawakajhonka for making the books available.

subject:
physics,plasma,interstellar material,nebulae,spectrum,astronomy,astrophysics,galaxies,cosmology,magnetic fields,interstellar gas,stellar evolution,non-thermal radiation,radio astronomy,interstellar dust,21 cm hydrogen line


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07,fav-vignam
creator: S. Godounov,A. Zabrodine,M. Ivanov,A. Kraïko,G. Prokopov
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: godounov-zabrodine-ivanov-kraiko-prokopov-resolution-numerique-des-problemes-mul
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-09-24T05:36:59Z,2026-02-04T22:03:37Z
publicdate: 2022-09-24T05:36:59Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Résolution Numérique Des Problèmes Multidimensionnels De La Dynamique Des Gaz
year: 1979
description:
La présente monographie traite de la hase théorique d’une méthode effective d’intégration numérique des systèmes d’équations quasi linéaires aux dérivées partielles du type hyperbolique et illustre l’application de cette méthode à la résolution d’un bon nombre de problèmes portant sur la dynamique des gaz instationnaire, sur l ’aérodynamique externe et interne ainsi que sur certains autres domaines de la mécanique des milieux continus. Les auteurs espèrent que la monographie présente un intérêt pour un vaste public de chercheurs, d’étudiants et de stagiaires du troisième cycle se spécialisant dans le domaine des méthodes numériques et de leur application aux problèmes de la mécanique des milieux continus. Les auteurs de la monographie ou bien sont les créateurs de la méthode ou bien ils ont beaucoup contribué à son développement et son application. Le livre est divisé en deux parties. La première partie comportant quatre chapitres traite de la base théorique de la méthode. La seconde partie du livre comprenant trois chapitres illustre les possibilités de la méthode sur l’exemple de la résolution de plusieurs problèmes relevant de la gazodynamique bi- et tridimen­sionnelle, stationnaire et instationnaire. Traduit du russe par Valéri Platonov

subject:
physique,systèmes d’ équations hyperboli­ques linéaires,d’intégration numérique,interprétation physique,gazodynamiques,coordonnées curvilignes,diffraction


btih: 143afe729e0984c6bb8c636c53161e08df6a7051
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: prize-winning-chinese-stories-part-2-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-13T06:21:39Z,2026-06-26T07:01:30Z
publicdate: 2024-12-13T06:21:39Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Press Beijing
subject: chinese literature,chinese stories
title: चीन की पुरस्कृत कहानियां (द्वितीय खण्ड) (Prize Winning Chinese Stories Part 2 In Hindi)
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-ashutosh_jha324,fav-h_k_rai,fav-jashan_preet662,fav-sureshpal360

description:
चीन की पुरस्कृत कहानियां के इस द्वितीय खण्ड में नौ कहानियां संग्रहीत हैं। प्रथम खण्ड की भांति, इस द्वितीय खण्ड की कहानियों की विषय-वस्तु भी चीन के वर्तमान सामाजिक जीवन के विविध पहलुओं से जुड़ी है। रचनाकारों ने सामाजिक जीवन के सकारात्मक पक्षों को यदि दृढ़ता से रेखांकित किया है, तो नकारात्मक पक्षों पर - फिर वे कितने ही विरल क्यों न हों उतनी ही दृढ़ता से प्रहार भी किया है। किन्तु ऐसा करते समय उन्होंने सूक्ष्म संवेदनाओं के निरूपण के किसी भी कलाकार के लिए अपरिहार्य दायित्व को दरकिनार नहीं किया। इसमें ही उनके शिल्प की सार्थकता निहित है। लेखक : ली क्वोवन, खो यूनलू तथा अन्य अनुवादक : अजय प्रब‌ह्मात्मज सम्पादक : श्ये वाङफान


btih: 95457eff137d3ab8519ec5900d28d51c32971931
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-roberto_mart_nez718
creator: P. N. Paniukov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: p.-n.-paniukov-geologia-aplicada-a-la-ingenieria-editorial-mir-moscu
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T07:26:28Z,2025-12-05T08:00:10Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T07:26:28Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
subject: literatura soviética,geología aplicada,ingeniería minera,condiciones geológicas
title: Geología Aplicada A La Ingeniería
year: 1981
description:
Este texto presenta la reedición y actualización del manual clásico de P. N. Paniukov sobre geología aplicada a la ingeniería, originalmente reconocido en la URSS y en el extranjero por sus aportes al estudio de las condiciones geológicas en minería. Ante la necesidad de un curso especializado para centros superiores mineros, el nuevo libro desarrolla los principios esenciales de la disciplina, subrayando la importancia de comprender adecuadamente los factores ingeniero-geológicos para evitar riesgos y mejorar el rendimiento técnico-económico de las operaciones mineras. Basado en la amplia experiencia docente del Instituto de Minería de Moscú, el manual fue completado tras la muerte del autor por sus discípulos, quienes elaboraron las secciones sobre geodinámica y predicción de condiciones geológicas.   Traducido del ruso por el ingeniero Virgilio Lianos Mas Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.


btih: aa5255f2ad1e2a1e2809fca13e0e0a6fc7799d44
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-roberto_mart_nez718
creator: D. K. Sattarov
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-k.-sattarov-william-eliezer-fibro-optica-d.-k.-sattarov-mir-mir-moscu-mir-publishers-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-03T04:21:46Z,2025-07-03T04:47:08Z
publicdate: 2025-07-03T04:21:46Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Fibro Óptica
year: 1977
description:
Este libro presenta una visión crítica y técnica del desarrollo inicial de la óptica de fibras, un campo cuya difusión no se limitó a círculos científicos reducidos, sino que alcanzó rápidamente al público general a través de medios divulgativos. A diferencia de otros descubrimientos, la fibra óptica despertó un interés temprano y entusiasta, aunque a menudo marcado por exageraciones. Esta popularidad inicial generó muchas ideas y diseños, algunos poco realistas, lo que llevó incluso a los especialistas a replantearse los límites reales de la tecnología. El autor examina las verdaderas posibilidades y limitaciones de la fibra óptica, subrayando que su aplicación está regida por principios físicos, condiciones tecnológicas y factores prácticos concretos. La falta de comprensión de estos aspectos puede llevar a errores costosos en diseño y fabricación. Al mismo tiempo, se destaca que las capacidades de la fibra óptica están lejos de haberse agotado y que su potencial técnico-económico es aún sorprendente, incluso para los expertos. Esta obra se basa en la experiencia directa del autor en la creación de dispositivos fibrosos, y busca orientar al lector hacia un conocimiento más riguroso y realista del tema. Traducido del ruso por Dr. Jaime Castro Blanco Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,óptica de fibras,tecnología fotónica,dispositivos ópticos,divulgación científica,ingeniería aplicada


btih: 38c29aa82aa7c16c473cc2cf21ea5db67ac4a94b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alinahollow,fav-matt_bradley,fav-nikemaul
creator: D. Mamin-Sibiryak
date: 1955-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-mamin-sibiryak-the-privalov-fortune-flph-1955
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-28T06:21:17Z,2025-09-16T10:09:06Z
publicdate: 2025-06-28T06:21:17Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,soviet novel,soviet realism
title: The Privalov Fortune
year: 1955
description:
The Privalov Fortune by D. Mamin-Sibiryak is a social-realist novel set in the Urals during the late 19th century. It follows the story of Sergei Privalov, a young engineer who inherits a large industrial fortune. Determined to modernise and bring ethical reform to the corrupt world of factory owners and merchants, he soon faces resistance from entrenched interests and his own inner conflicts. The novel portrays the clash between old capitalist values and emerging progressive ideals, offering a vivid picture of Russia’s industrial development and the moral dilemmas of its intelligentsia. Translated from the Russian by V. Shneerson Designed by M. Taranov

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:D. Mamin-Sibiryak - The Privalov Fortune - FLPH - 1955:epub:0dcc1c94-374d-44ea-b132-d1b4e42971e3


btih: e97f51fa5889b6c48c85141c9bb8cfe4a2f166e2
creator: Арнольд Гордон,Ричард Форд
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: djvu14519
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-02-03T20:07:21Z,2026-02-04T20:22:47Z
publicdate: 2021-02-03T20:07:21Z
title: СПУТНИК ХИМИКА. ФИЗИКО-ХИМИЧЕСКИЕ СВОЙСТВА, МЕТОДИКИ, БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ (СПРАВОЧНИК). ГОРДОН А., ФОРД Р.
year: 1976
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-anstep,fav-hello_world201,fav-laichar,fav-lucke133,fav-prenestina,fav-swarup_dey,fav-t011641

description:
Спутник химика. Физико-химические свойства, методики, библиография (справочник). Арнольд Гордон, Ричард Форд. 1976. Издательство "Мир". The Chemist's Companion: A Handbook of Practical Data, Techniques, and References 1st Edition. Arnold J. Gordon, Richard A. Ford. Авторам справочника удалось решить сложную задачу – собрать в одной книге разнообразный справочный материал. Это фактические данные из области физической химии, сведения о физических методах исследования, применяемых в химии, а также практические указания, относящиеся к технике эксперимента и методам математической обработки опытных данных. Справочник состоит из 9 основных глав: 1) свойства молекулярных систем, 2) свойства атомов и связей, 3) кинетика и термодинамика, 4) спектроскопия, 5) фотохимия, 6) хроматография, 7) экспериментальная техника, 8)  математическая информация, в том числе сведения о Международной системе единиц (СИ) и о переводе единиц из одной системы в другие, 9) информация о справочниках общего и специального характера. Полезное и удобное справочное пособие для химиков всех специальностей, преподавателей, аспирантов и студентов.

format:
Additional Text PDF,Archive BitTorrent,DjVu,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
div style="text-align:justify;",font color="#666666" face="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif",span style="font-size:11.68px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",font,span style="background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",span style="font-size:11.68px;",span style="color:rgb(102,102,102);font-family:Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:11.68px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",br style="color:rgb(102,102,102);font-family:Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;font-size:11.68px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);" /

subject:
химия,наука,справочник,химик,химики,Мир,издательство "Мир",science,chemistry,chemist,chemists,handbook,Mir,Mir titles,Mir books


backup_location: ia906806_20
creator: V. V. Amelkin
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: AmelkinDifferentialEquationsInApplicationsScienceForEveryoneMir1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-01-15T10:36:57Z,2026-02-03T21:41:53Z
publicdate: 2019-01-15T10:36:57Z
subject: physics,differential equations,science for everyone,mir publishers,applications
title: Differential Equations In Applications (Science For Everyone)
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alejandroxtg,fav-arthurpariz,fav-captain1949,fav-carson_main,fav-chattapol,fav-david_richards2,fav-dstev1,fav-floura28zz,fav-fredorm2017,fav-iamthegelo,fav-ilem,fav-indira675,fav-kip8,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-radio247,fav-raghu13957,fav-rakesh9026,fav-rhysgaurav,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-torsmen50

description:
Continuing the Science for Everyone Series we now come to Differential Equations in Applications by V. V. Amel'kin From the back cover: This book is an easy-reading introduction to ordinary differential equations and their use in the study of real phenomena and processes. Problems taken from various fields of knowledge illustrate the tools used in setting up differential equations and the methods employed in their qualitative investigation. The book should be useful to  high-school students, teachers of science courses, college students, and specialists of, non-mathematical professions who use mathematics in their work. The book discusses many interesting problems and has 2 chapters. The first one is dedicated to constructing the differential models and finding their solutions. The second chapter is more interesting, it shows you the way to deal with differential equations qualitatively. The book was translated from the Russian by Eugene Yankovsky and was first published by Mir in 1990. This I think was one of the last books published by Mir, as after that the USSR came apart and so did all these wonderful state run publishers. Update: New link has been posted, earlier link was missing pages 180-181. Thanks Khalid for reporting this. Contents Chapter 1. Construction of Differential Models and Their Solutions 11 1.1 Whose Coffee Was Hotter? 11 1.2 Steady-State Heat Flow 14 1.3 An Incident in a National Park 18 1.4 Liquid Flow Out of Vessels. The Water Clock 26 1.5 Effectiveness of Advertising 30 1.6 Supply and Demand 32 1.7 Chemical Reactions 34 1.8 Differential Models in Ecology 38 1.9 A Problem from the Mathematical Theory of Epidemics 44 1.10 The Pursuit Curve 51 1.11 Combat Models 55 1.12 Why Are Pendulum Clocks Inaccurate? 69 1.13 The Cycloidal Clock 73 1.14 The Brachistochrone Problem 81 1.15 The Arithmetic Mean, the Geometric Mean, and the Associated Differential Equation 88 1.16 On the Flight of an Object Thrown at an Angle to the Horizon 93 1.17 Weightlessness 96 1.18 Kepler’s Laws of Planetary Motion 100 1.19 Beam Deflection 112 1.20 Transportation of Logs 119 Chapter 2. Qualitative Methods of Studying Differential Models 136 2.1 Curves of Constant Direction of Magnetic Needle 136 2.2 Why Must an Engineer Know Existence and Uniqueness Theorems? 143 2.3 A Dynamical Interpretation of Second-Order Differential Equations  155 2.4 Conservative Systems in Mechanics 162 2.5 Stability of Equilibrium Points and of Periodic Motion 176 2.6 Lyapunov Functions 184 2.7 Simple States of Equilibrium  189 2.8 Motion of a Unit—Mass Object Under the Action of Linear Springs in a Medium with Linear Drag 195 2.9 Adiabatic Flow of a Perfect Gas Through a Nozzle of Varying Cross Section  203 2.10 Higher-Order Points of Equilibrium  211 2.11 Inversion with Respect to a Circle and Homogeneous Coordinates 218 2.12 Flow of a Perfect Gas Through a Rotating Tube of Uniform Cross Section 223 2.13 Isolated Closed Trajectories 236 2.14 Periodic Modes in Electric Circuits 250 2.15 Curves Without Contact 260 2.16 The Topographical System of Curves. The Contact Curve 263 2.17 The Divergence of a Vector Field and Limit Cycles 270 Selected Readings 274 Appendices 275 Appendix 1. Derivatives of Elementary Functions  275 Appendix 2. Basic Integrals 278


creator: Ya. B. Zeldovich
date: 1973-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: zeldovich-higher-mathematics-for-beginners-and-its-application-to-physics-mir-1973
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-03T12:59:07Z,2026-02-06T02:12:33Z
publicdate: 2022-06-03T12:59:07Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Higher Mathematics For Beginners And Its Application To Physics
year: 1973
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-adil_abboubi558,fav-andres_caballero803,fav-andrey_kudriavtsev,fav-ares_flow,fav-arthurpariz,fav-arun_rakshit,fav-asim_bijarani,fav-be_m_s_qu_suerte_,fav-carson_main,fav-croissante_la,fav-danielhegedus,fav-david_richards2,fav-desiree_chambers,fav-dorian_wilson,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-fredorm2017,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-hello_world201,fav-hewurfeljr,fav-iane_la_flor,fav-jetmorgann,fav-johnthetraditionalistcatholic,fav-jsa619,fav-jwile62,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-koolobo2,fav-krishna_ardhaniya,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-mert_ege_nce,fav-mi_ko45,fav-ms157,fav-nikemaul,fav-noearchive,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-radio247,fav-raghu13957,fav-rainy_days000,fav-rtfisher,fav-samatteb,fav-sharow0,fav-shauhram,fav-sigmaalgebra,fav-sky357,fav-sreejith_sreeram,fav-sundeep_maithani,fav-sunny5231,fav-terralucida,fav-timomartin,fav-verginiaa,fav-whitejack,fav-wyteskwuid,fav-yuan_cao275

description:
The title of this book gives the clue to our main aim, which is to initiate the reader into the realm of differential and integral calculus and, by applying these methods to the more important divisions of physics, to demonstrate the significance and power of higher mathe­matics. In this book, the student is regarded as a friend and ally who puts his faith in the teacher and the textbook and wishes ardently to make use of and apply to nature and technology the mathematical techni­ques offered to him. Comprehension of the subject expands as the result of analyzing examples and applications. In the strictly logical approach, the question of the significance and usefulness of the theo­ rems studied remains in the background. In the present text, by con­ trast, we bring to the fore the mathematical ideas and their relation­ ship with the study of nature. The notorious pitting of poets against physicists (mathematicians too) is a figment of the imagination of the poet B. Slutsky. In mathe­matics there is more poetry than any poet ever imagined. The history of science is proof that good mathematics is prophetic: mathematical analysis of the known opens up the path into the realm of the unknown and leads to new physical notions. In “Higher Mathematics for Beginners” I strove towards a const­ructive approach, to the eliciting of the meaning and aims of mathe­matical concepts and attempted, at least in part, to convey the spirit of the heroic period when these notions were born. The last two chapters (Dirac’s Remarkable Delta Function and What Next) are entirely different from the remainder of the book. The style too is quite changed. The aim there is to give the reader a feeling (of necessity, very superficial) of what complicated things lie ahead. Translated from the Russian by George Yankovsky First published 1973 Revised from the 1972 Russian edition

subject:
physics,mathematics,functions,graphs,differential equations,derivative,integral,applications,water flow,radioactive decay,mechanics,thermodynamics,electric oscillations,dirac delta function


avg_rating: 5
backup_location: ia906103_14
creator: Andrei Nekrasov
description: A story book for children about a captain's voyage in the sea
identifier: AndreiNekrasovAdventuresOfCaptainWrungel
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2016-03-29T17:44:23Z,2026-06-17T16:07:23Z,2021-11-28T22:36:22Z
publicdate: 2016-03-29T17:44:23Z
reviewdate: 2021-11-28T22:36:22Z
subject: soviet literature,chidlren's book,picture book,story book
title: Adventures Of Captain Wrungel
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-andres8,fav-baltica,fav-irohamca,fav-kristina_hamilton,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-seafarer54,fav-vidya_ashok


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-adep75,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-pashala,fav-samanthajod
creator: G. Gobulev
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gobulev-nikolai-vavilov-the-great-sower-mir-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-08-05T13:53:02Z,2026-02-04T22:03:31Z
publicdate: 2022-08-05T13:53:02Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Nikolai Vavilov: The Great Sower (Outstanding Soviet Scientists)
year: 1987
description:
Translated from the Russian by Vadim Sternik First published 1987 Revised from the 1979 Russian edition Together with the names of Darwin, Linnaeus, Mendel and other giants of science, the name of N. Vavilov adorns the cover of the international journal Heredity. There are but a few prominent scientists worldwide, who, in our century, worked as fruitfully as he did so that humankind would have plenty of bread. Nikolai Vavilov was elected to the Academies of Sciences of India, Germany, Czechoslovakia, Scotland, the Royal Society of London, the New-York Geograph­ ic and American Botanic Societies, the Linnean So­ciety of London, and other scientific institutions else­ where. A mountain in the Antarctic Regions, a glacier in the Pamirs, streets and squares in many a city have been named after him. An international committee has decid­ ed to name a large area of the Moon's surface after the Vavilov brothers (his brother, S. Vavilov, an out­ standing physicist, headed the USSR Academy of Sciences for many years). Portraits of the Great Sower can be encountered in the offices of plant breeders and agronomists in Mexico and Ceylon. Those who continue the glorious cause begun by him are working everywhere. A special committee of the United Nations Organi­zation has deemed it imperative to rely on Vavilov's theory of the centres of origin of cultivated plants in planning international expeditions. As during his life-time, N. Vavilov continues to con­ tribute to the world's agricultural theory and practice.

subject:
biography,soviet science,soviet scientist,agriculture,plants,farming,heredity,genetics,plant improvement,plant breeding,hybridisation,artificial selection


btih: a8736e37d552cec88a7e3f85ac57381328859ee4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: અલેક્સેઈ તોલ્સ્ટોય (Alexei Tolstoy)
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: cock-with-a-crimson-comb-in-gujarati-progress-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: guj
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-13T12:55:54Z,2026-03-13T13:02:01Z
publicdate: 2026-03-13T12:55:54Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature
title: કુકડા ક્લગી લાલ - રશિયન લોકવાર્તા (Cock With A Crimson Comb A Russian Folk Tale In Gujarati )
year: 1980
description:
A Russian folk tale retold by Alexei Tolstoy રશિયન લોકવાર્તા રજૂઆત-અલેક્સેઈ તોલ્સ્ટોય અનુવાદક --અતુલ સવાણી ચિત્રકાર -યેવ્ગેની રાચેવ


btih: 22dec0537364837180e11c8d40c86414fcd7798f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_bradley
creator: Dmitry Medvedev
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: dmitry-medvedev-stout-hearts-this-happened-near-rovno-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-13T14:01:11Z,2026-02-04T21:39:36Z
publicdate: 2025-05-13T14:01:11Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,soviet stories
title: Stout Hearts ( This Happened Near Rovno) (Library of Soviet Literature)
year: 1950
description:
Library of Soviet Literature Translated From The Russian By David Skvirsky Designed By V. Belyukin Many thanks to Shankar Bramhe Samaj Vidnyan Granthalay, Pune for making this book available. CONTENTS Rehearsal Forward Meeting Baptism of Fire On the March Our Numbers Grow In Camp A Ghastly New Order Father and Daughter Paul Siebert The Silver Broadsword Family of Partisans Small Kolya Holiday Better Than Genuine Friends Passed By Quick Justice Garland Our Capital Exploit At Zdolbunovo Station Marfa Strucinska Two Operations Helpers Sham and Real Masters Received by Koch Agents and Profiteers Meeting Kovpak Volodya Escape Retribution In a New Camp Rout of Master Killers To Be Continued Respite Send-Off The Last March A Treacherous Silence Kuznetsov’s Letter Epilogue


creator: E. B. Dynkin
date: 1961-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: dynkin-theory-of-markov-processes
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-03-01T13:00:05Z,2026-02-04T21:41:44Z
publicdate: 2022-03-01T13:00:05Z
subject: mathematics,soviet,markov processes,measurable sets,subprocesses
title: Theory Of Markov Processes
year: 1961
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cevikmac,fav-floydman75,fav-john_clark467,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-marcello2025,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-thegreenflyingkiwi,fav-user964685

description:
The present book aims at investigating the logical founda- tions of the theory of Markov random processes. The theory of Markov processes has developed rapidly in recent years, The properties o£ the trajectories of such processes and their infinitesimal operators have been studied, and intimate connexions have been discovered between the behaviour of the trajectories and the properties of the differential equations corresponding to the process. These connexions are useful for studying differential equa- tions as well as Markov processes. The material thus accumu- lated has made necessary a critical survey of the fundamen- tals of the theory. In particular, the usual statement o£ the Markov principle of "absence of after-effects" has been found to be inadequate and various authors have proposed different forms for a strengthened principle whereby a pro- cess is "strictly Markov." It has become obvious that the most natural subject for s~~dy is presented by Markov pro- cesses cut of£ at a random instant. All these and other ideas were originally introduced by different authors in different forms, according to the specific purposes of their specialized works - in which stationary Markov processes are considered almost exclusively, This book cannot be used by the student to make his first acquaintance with the theory of Markov processes. Although we have not assumed formally any previous acquaintance with the theory of probability, in fact a reading of the book can only prove of value to someone already acquainted with an elementary exposition of the theory of Markov processes, such as is contained, for instance, in Feller's "Introduc- tion to probability theory and its applications," Vol. 1 (Vvedenie v teoriyu veroyatnostei i ee prilozheniya), or Gnedenko's "Course of probability theory" (Kurs teorii veroyatnostei). The present work is closely allied to a monograph now in the press entitled "Infinitesimal operators of Markov pro- cesses" (Infinitezimalnye operatory markovskikh protsessov), which is devoted to the task of classifying Markov processes. The two works should be regarded as the two parts of a single monograph on the theory of Markov processes. The present material comes from a series of papers and special courses given by the author at Moscow and Pekin universities. The author is grateful to his audience for a number of observations which he made use of during the final preparation of the manuscript.


backup_location: ia907006_24
creator: N. L. Glinka
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: glinkaproblemsingeneralchemistrymir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-11-18T06:26:18Z,2026-02-04T22:03:11Z
publicdate: 2019-11-18T06:26:18Z
stripped_tags: em,ol
title: Glinka Problems In General Chemistry
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-argita_zhollanji,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-floura28zz,fav-kuaku_kuame,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-shauhram,fav-timomartin,fav-verante,fav-whoskiana

description:
From the Back Cover Professor N. Glinka’s book Problems and Exercises in General Chemistry closely corresponds to the well- known textbook General Chemistry by the same author. Mir Publishers have prepared an English translation of the latest, 21st Russian edition of the textbook, which has been divided into two volumes to facilitate work with the book. Many generations of students used N. Glinka’s General Chemistry in studying the subject; secondary school graduates used it in preparing for their entrance examinations to higher educational establishments, and specialists of non-chemical professions often find answers to their questions in it. (from the preface) In addition to problems and exercises of a traditional form, many sections of the present book contain review questions that will permit the student to see how well he or she has mastered the relevant material. Each question is followed by a set of answers, from among which one or more correct ones must be chosen; sometimes it is also necessary to sub­stantiate the answer by selecting the correct explanation from among a number of choices following the question. Should the chosen answer fail to coincide completely or partly with those given at the end of the book, this will indi­cate that the student must again study the introductory text to the given section, or the relevant material in the textbook. The book was edited by V. A. Rabinovich and Kh. M. Rubina and was translated from the Russian by G. Leib. First published by Mir in 1981, second publishing in 1986. Thanks to mukul for the scan PDF | Bookmarked | Paginated | Cover | 290 pp. Contents Preface 5 Chapter 1. Simple Stoichiometric Calculations 11 Equivalent. Law of Equivalents 11 Fundamental Gas Laws 15 Partial Pressure of a Gas 18 The Mole. Avogadro’s Law. Molar Volume of a Gas 21 Determining the Molecular Masses of Gaseous Substances 26 Derivation of Chemical Formulas. Calculations Involving Chemical Formulas and Equations 29 Chapter 2. Basic Classes of Inorganic Compounds 35 Chapter 3. Structure of the Atom. Radioactivity 45 Electronic Structure of Atoms. Dependence of Element Properties on the Structure of Their Atoms 45 Structure of Atomic Nuclei. Radioactivity. Nuc­lear Reactions 53 Chapter 4. The Chemical Bond 59 Kinds of Chemical Bond. Ways of Forming a Co­valent Bond 59 Molecular Polarities. Geometrical Structure of Molecules 68 Ionic Bond. Polarization of Ions 74 Hydrogen Bond. Intermolecular Interaction 77 Chapter 5. Fundamental Laws of Chemical Reactions 80 Energy Conversions in Reactions. Thermochemical Calculations 80 Rate of a Chemical Reaction. Chemical Equilibrium 95 Chapter 6. Solutions 114 Concentration of Solutions. Solubility 114 Energy Effects in the Formation of Solutions 123 Physicochemical Properties of Dilute Solutions of Non-Electrolytes 125 Chapter 7. Solutions of Electrolytes 132 Weak Electrolytes. Dissociation Constant and Degree of Dissociation 132 Strong Electrolytes. Activity of Ions 141 Ion Product of Water. pH 143 Solubility Product 148 Exchange Reactions in Electrolyte Solutions. Hydrolysis of Salts 154 Chapter 8. Oxidation-Reduction Reactions. Fundamentals of Electrochemistry 165 Oxidation Number. Oxidation and Reduction 165 Oxidizing and Reducing Agents 169 Balancing Oxidation-Reduction Equations 175 Chemical Sources of Electrical Energy. Electrode Potentials 182 Direction of Oxidatiop-Reduction Reactions 191 Electrolysis 195 Chapter 9. Complex Compounds 203 Determining the Composition of a Complex Ion 203 Nomenclature of Complex Compounds 205 Equilibria in Solutions of Complex Compounds 207 Chapter 10. General Properties of Metals. Alloys 212 Chapter 11. The Periodic System of Elements. Properties of Elements and Their Compounds 219 General 219 Hydrogen 220 The Halogens 222 Oxygen Subgroup Elements 225 Nitrogen Subgroup Elements 229 Carbon and Silicon 236 Group I Metals 238 Group II Metals. Water Hardness 241 Group III Elements 245 Metals of Groups IVi V, VI, andVII 247 The Noble Gases. Group VIIIMetals 251 Appendix Table 1. Selected SI Units 255 Table 2. Conversion of Selected Non-System Units to SI Units 256 Table 3. Values of Selected Fundamental Physical Constants 256 Table 4. Names of Most Important Acids and Their Salts 256 Table 5. Standard Enthalpies of Formation 258 Table 6. Dissociation Constants of Selected Weak Electrolytes in Aqueous Solutions at 25 °C 260 Table 7. Activity Coefficients of Ions at Different Ionic Strengths of Solution 262 Table 8. Solubility Product Agp of Selected Spar­ingly Soluble Electrolytes at 25 °C 263 Table 9. Standard Electrode Potentials q>° in Aqueous Solutions a t 25 °C 264 Table 10. Instability Constants of Selected Complex Ions in Aqueous Solutions at 25 °C 266 Table 11.Atomic Masses to Four Significant Figures 266 Mendeleev’s Periodic Table of the Elements 270 Mendeleev's Periodic Table 270 Four Place Logarithms 272 Answers to Problems 276 Index 284

subject:
chemistry,problems and solutions,atomic structure,compounds,periodic table,acids,bases,solutions,chemical reaction,elctrolytes,pH,water


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abc_3210o,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-ken_liddy
creator: D. Bergelson
date: 1939-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-bergelson-the-jewish-autonomous-region-flph-1939
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-07T11:29:46Z,2026-02-04T19:57:01Z
publicdate: 2024-07-07T11:29:46Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,soviet jews,russian jews
title: The Jewish Autonomous Region
year: 1939
description:
A short booklet describing life in the Jewish autonomous region in Soviet Russia.  Artist: H. Klering


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: -ميخائيل_شولوخوف (Mikhail Sholokov)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: 1983_20240713
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: per
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-13T14:27:53Z,2026-02-03T19:59:07Z
publicdate: 2024-07-13T14:27:53Z
subject: soviet literature,russian literature
title: جنگ_۽_انسان (War and Man)
year: 1983
description:
A Soviet Novel كتاب جو نالو - مصنف - جنگ و انسان میخائيل شولو خوب مترجم - عمر میمن چارو پهريون چاپو ہو- هران مارچ ۱۹۷۸ رین جولاء ۱۹۸۳ All credits to the original uploaders.


btih: 7ad69379b94ccb55aa8b36c932ab902f6e74197e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dnaultra5,fav-raghu13957,fav-seafarer54
creator: D. J. Panov
date: 1963-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-j.-panov-formulas-for-the-numerical-solution-of-partial-differential-equation
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-23T04:04:33Z,2025-07-23T04:32:58Z
publicdate: 2025-07-23T04:04:33Z
title: Formulas For The Numerical Solution Of Partial Differential Equations By The Method Of Differences
year: 1963
description:
This text discusses the importance of boundary value problems for partial differential equations in modern technological theory. Although analytical methods are theoretically well-developed, they are often impractical due to complex computations and the lack of suitable formulas for real-world problems. Hence, engineers and scientists increasingly turn to approximate methods, which are divided into two groups: (a) methods yielding approximate analytical expressions (like the Ritz and Galerkin methods), and (b) numerical or graphical methods (like the method of differences), which provide numerical solutions but no analytical form. The second group, especially the method of differences, is more broadly applicable and less restricted by problem conditions, making it highly valuable in practice despite being relatively recent and not widely known among engineers. This volume aims to bridge that gap by presenting a structured account of these numerical methods, with explanations and examples, making it both a reference and a practical textbook. The primary focus is on solving boundary value problems for the Laplace equation, due to their significance, computational complexity, and the clarity with which they demonstrate the method of differences. The third edition includes updates, particularly on solving hyperbolic equations using the method of characteristics. Translated by Charles M. Stern

subject:
soviet lilterature,mathematics,differential equations,solutions of differential equations,boundary value problems


btih: a562777d42a90f3ec04310ca4c37078b94e396a7
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-jetmorgann,fav-marccic
creator: D. M. Sazanov
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-m.-sazanov-microwave-circuits-and-antennas-mir-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-01T12:39:26Z,2026-03-01T13:40:59Z
publicdate: 2026-03-01T12:39:26Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Microwave Circuits And Antennas
year: 1990
description:
The objective of this text is to give the reader an insight into the theoretical aspects,- analysis, synthesis and design of antennas and their r.f. transmission (feeder) systems, including preparatory steps for the use of existing and contemplated CAD systems. It is presumed that the reader has a working knowledge of the most generally used.divisions of higher mathematics, basic circuit theory, and Maxwell’s equations. From a course on electrodynamics, the reader is supposed to know the characteristics of guided and unguided electromagnetic waves, the fundamental principles of reciprocity, duality, equivalence, and the Poynting theorem. As a reminder, these topics are recapitulated in the appendix to the text. Basically, this text follows in the steps of Antennas published by G.T. Markov and D.M. Sazonov in i975, and Microwave Circuits by D.M. Sazonov, A.N. Gridin and B.A. Mishustin which appeared in an English translation in 1981. In contrast to the above two books, a discourse on theory is combined with practical designs, and there is no division of the material into two separate parts. It is to be stressed that because of the limited space available, there are no separate sections on the measurement of characteristics of microwave circuits and antennas, including antennas for short, medium and long wavelengths. The relevant theoretical aspects, however, will b found in other chapters to the extent envisaged by the curriculum. For a more detailed exposition of the subject-matter the reader may turn to [5] and [6], and also Chapters 15 and 16 in [1]. Translated from the Russian by Boris V. Kuznetsov

subject:
soviet literature,electronics,engineering,radio systems,microwave systems,microwave control,antennas,dipole antennas,antenna arrays,linear antenna systems


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-hannah_8208,fav-smellyhansen
creator: D. Mamin-Sibiryak
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-mamin-sibiryak-tales-for-alyonushka-progress-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-03-20T17:45:38Z,2026-02-04T19:57:06Z
publicdate: 2024-03-20T17:45:38Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: Tales For Alyonushka
year: 1978
description:
A collection of stories for children. D. Mamin-Sibiryak’s “Tales for Alyonushka”  The Little Tale Before the Big Tale Long-Ears—Squint-Eyes—Stub-Tail, The Bravest Rabbit fo Them All Teeny-Weeny Bug Stingy-Wingy—Long-Nose the Mosquito and Shaggy-Raggy – Button-Tail the Bear Vanka-Vstanka’s Birthday Party Quicky-Tricky the Sparrow, Handy-Dandy the Ruff and Yasha the Cheerful the Cheerful Chimney Sweep The Last of the Flies  Blackie the Big Black Crow and Goldie the Little Yellow Canary Turkey-Perky, the Cleverest of the Birds  A Parable About Milk, Oatmeal and Murka the Tomcat  Time for Bed  Translated by Irina Zheleznova  Drawings by Georgi Yudin All credits to Guptaji.

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:D. Mamin-Sibiryak - Tales for Alyonushka - Progress - 1978:epub:db685d55-f07e-46e9-9e0f-79f769d277a0

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 7",span style="font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;font-size:14pt;",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:14pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;",font face="TimesNewRomanPSMT" size="4",font

subject:
soviet literature,children's stories,folk tales,fantasy tales,picture books,illustrated books,story books,animal stories,russian stories


btih: dafd7fcfaa479b2e630dafbdc920736880e26309
creator: V. S. Shipachev
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-s.-shipachev-higher-mathematics-mir-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-04-07T07:03:30Z,2026-04-07T08:02:38Z
publicdate: 2026-04-07T07:03:30Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Higher Mathematics
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dstev1,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-jiam_maji854,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-navendur,fav-pio07

description:
This book provides a systematic introduction to the fundamentals of higher mathematics, suitable for university and higher technical courses where various branches are taught together. It presents the material with an emphasis on clarity, rigour, and simplicity, while also aiming to cultivate interest in mathematics and broaden the reader’s intellectual outlook. The exposition follows a structured progression from simple to more complex ideas, beginning with limits of number sequences and extending to functions of several variables. Real numbers are introduced axiomatically to ensure a concise and logically sound foundation. The main focus of the book is mathematical analysis, including differential and integral calculus, with particular attention to the concept of a function, treated in a more complete and systematic manner than at the elementary level. The text is primarily theoretical in nature and is intended to be supplemented with problem books for practical application. Edited by A.N. Tikhonov Translated from the Russian by Irene Aleksanova I've proofread and formatted your table of contents neatly, correcting typos (e.g., "Varlable" to "Variable", "Chaptor" to "Chapter", "Diferential" to "Differential"), standardizing numbering (e.g., fixing inconsistent chapter prefixes like 1.x, 2.x, 3.x), reordering out-of-sequence items, and improving clarity while preserving the original structure. CONTENTS From the Editor Preface Notation Introduction Part One. Analysis of Functions of One Variable Chapter 1. Real Numbers 1.1.1. Sets. Notation. Logical Symbols 1.1.2. Real Numbers and Their Principal Properties 1.1.3. Geometric Representation of Real Numbers 1.1.4. Bounds of Number Sets 1.1.5. The Absolute Value of a Number Chapter 2. The Limit of a Sequence 1.2.1. Number Sequences 1.2.2. Convergent Sequences 1.2.3. Monotone Sequences 1.2.4. Theorem on Nested Intervals Chapter 3. Plane Analytic Geometry 1.3.3. Polar Coordinates 1.3.4. Transformation of Rectangular Coordinates 1.3.5. The Equation of a Plane Curve 1.3.6. First-Order Curves 1.3.7. Second-Order Curves 1.3.8. The General Equation of a Second-Order Curve Chapter 4. Functions of One Variable 1.4.1. The Function 1.4.2. The Limit of a Function 1.4.3. Theorems on the Limits of Functions 1.4.4. Two Remarkable Limits 1.4.5. Infinitely Small and Infinitely Large Functions 1.4.6. Comparing Infinitely Small and Infinitely Large Functions 1.4.7. Continuity of a Function 1.4.8. Continuity of Some Elementary Functions 1.4.9. Classification of Points of Discontinuity of Functions 1.4.10. Principal Properties of Continuous Functions 1.4.11. Composite Functions 1.4.12. Inverse Functions Chapter 5. Differentiation 1.5.1. The Derivative 1.5.2. The Differentiability of a Function 1.5.3. The Differential 1.5.4. The Rules of Differentiating the Sum, the Difference, the Product and the Quotient 1.5.5. Calculating the Derivatives of a Constant Function and Power Function, of Trigonometric Functions and Logarithmic Functions 1.5.8. The Logarithmic Derivative. The Derivative of a Power Function with Any Real Exponent. Table of Derivatives of the Basic Elementary Functions 1.5.10. Higher-Order Derivatives and Differentials 1.5.11. The Parametric Representation of a Function and Its Differentiation Chapter 6. Investigating Functions by Differentiation 1.6.1. Fundamental Theorems of Differential Calculus 1.6.3. Taylor's Indeterminate Forms. L'Hôpital's Rule 1.6.4. Investigating the Behaviour of Functions and Constructing Graphs 1.6.5. Interpolation of Functions 1.6.8. Methods of Approximation of the Roots of Equations Chapter 7. The Indefinite Integral 1.7.1. The Antiderivative and the Indefinite Integral 1.7.2. Principal Properties of the Indefinite Integral 1.7.3. Table of Fundamental Integrals 1.7.4. Principal Methods of Integration 1.7.5. Integration of Rational Functions 1.7.6. Integration of Irrational and Transcendental Functions Chapter 8. The Definite Integral 1.8.1. Definition of the Definite Integral 1.8.2. The Conditions for the Existence of the Definite Integral 1.8.3. Integrability of Continuous and Certain Discontinuous Functions 1.8.4. Principal Properties of the Definite Integral 1.8.5. Evaluation of Integrals. Mean Value Formula 1.8.6. An Integral with a Variable Upper Limit 1.8.8. A Change of Variable in the Definite Integral 1.8.9. The Formula for Integration by Parts in the Definite Integral 1.8.10. Some Applications of the Definite Integral in Physics and Geometry 1.8.11. Improper Integrals 1.8.12. Approximation of Definite Integrals Part Two. Analysis of Functions of Several Variables Chapter 9. Solid Analytic Geometry 2.9.1. Rectangular Coordinate System in Space. The Vector 2.9.3. Linear Operations Involving Vectors and Their Principal Properties 2.9.4. Theorems on the Projections of Vectors 2.9.5. Representations of Vectors as Sums of Base Vectors 2.9.6. The Scalar Product of Vectors 2.9.7. The Vector Product of Vectors 2.9.8. The Triple Product of Three Vectors 2.9.9. Equations of a Surface and a Curve 2.9.10. The Equation of a Cylindrical Surface 2.9.11. Equations of a Plane 2.9.12. The Equation of a Straight Line 2.9.13. Mutual Positions of a Straight Line and a Plane 2.9.14. Second-Order Surfaces Chapter 10. Elements of Higher Algebra 2.10.1. Matrices 2.10.2. Determinants 2.10.3. Investigating the Behaviour of a System of Three First-Degree Equations with Three Unknowns 2.10.4. The Matrix Notation of a System of Linear Equations. The Inverse of a Matrix Chapter 11. The Concept, the Limit and the Continuity of a Function of Several Variables 2.11.1. The Concept of a Function of Several Variables 2.11.2. Geometric Representation of a Function of Two Variables 2.11.3. The Limit of a Function of Two Variables 2.11.4. The Continuity of a Function of Two Variables Chapter 12. Partial Derivatives and the Differentiability of Functions of Several Variables 2.12.1. Partial Derivatives 2.12.2. The Differentiability of a Function 2.12.3. Derivatives of Composite Functions 2.12.4. The Differential of a Function 2.12.5. The Directional Derivative. The Gradient 2.12.6. Higher-Order Partial Derivatives and Differentials 2.12.7. Taylor's Formula for a Function of Two Variables 2.12.8. The Extrema of a Function of Two Variables 2.12.9. The Method of Least Squares Chapter 13. Integration 2.13.1. Double Integrals 2.13.2. Reducing a Double Integral to an Iterated Integral 2.13.3. A Change of Variables in a Double Integral 2.13.4. Some Geometric and Physical Applications of Double Integrals 2.13.5. Line Integrals 2.13.6. Green's Theorem 2.13.7. The Conditions for Independence of a Line Integral of the Path of Integration 2.13.8. Integration of Total Differentials 2.13.9. Some Applications of the Second-Kind Line Integrals 2.13.10. Triple Integrals 2.13.11. Surface Integrals 2.13.12. Ostrogradsky's Theorem 2.13.13. Stokes' Theorem 2.13.14. Scalar and Vector Fields Part Three. Series. Differential Equations Chapter 14. Series 3.14.1. Number Series 3.14.2. Series with Nonnegative Terms 3.14.3. Alternating Series 3.14.4. Absolute and Conditional Convergence of Series 3.14.5. Power Series 3.14.6. Series of Complex Numbers 3.14.7. Fourier Series Chapter 15. Ordinary Differential Equations 3.15.1. First-Order Differential Equations 3.15.2. Differential Equations of the Second and Higher Order 3.15.3. Second-Order Linear Differential Equations 3.15.4. Second-Order Linear Differential Equations with Constant Coefficients 3.15.5. Employing Linear Differential Equations When Studying Index

subject:
soviet literature,mathematics,mathematical analysis,real analysis,calculus,functions,differentiation,integration,multivariable calculus,differential equations,series,analytic geometry


